Moe - 15

MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION
EXPOSITION (MOE)
DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED

Jakkur Airport, Bellary Road
Bangalore -560 064
India
Tel : +91 – 802 – 856 – 7523
Fax : +91 – 802 – 856 – 7998
E mail : msundaram@deccanair.com
msundaram@deccanair.com
DECCAN AVIATION
AVIATION LIMITED
CAR-
CAR-145 APPROVED MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION
EXPOSITION (MOE)
Approved by The Director of Airworthiness, Civil Aviation Department, Bangalore
vide letter no. Q / Deccan (NS) /1722 dated 27th August 2008
NOTE: This exposition bearing issue no.01 dated Aug. 2008 shall provide the policies of the organization. Procedures and practices to
be followed to meet the policy requirements are provided in the Engineering Procedures Manual (EPM), Logistics Procedures Manual
(LPM), Shop Procedure Manual (SPM), Forms Manual and Training Manual, which are required to be read in conjunction with this
MOE
********************
********************
Name of MOE Holder Location Copy No.

Kolkata – Line station Kolkata 15
DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED PAGE NO : I
MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION EXPOSITION REV NO : 01
REVISION RECORD DATE : Aug 2008
Revision Revision Details of Pages Revised Incorporated Date

Number Date By Incorporated
Rev. 0 Feb. 2008 All Pages
Rev. 1 Aug. 2008 All Pages
*******************
PAGE NO : II
REV NO : 01
MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION EXPOSITION
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES DATE : Aug 2008
PAGE NO : III
REV NO : 01
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES DATE : Aug 2008
DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED PAGE NO : IV
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED PAGE NO : V
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part Title Page No
Part - 0 General
0.1 Introduction 1,2
0.2 Definition 3
Part - 1 Management
1.1 Corporate commitment by the accountable manager 1
1.2 Safety and quality policy 2, 3, 4
1.3 Management personnel – post holders 5, 6, 7
1.4 Duties & responsibilities of the management personnel 8 to 13
1.5 Management organization chart 14 to 18
1.6 List of certifying staff 19, 20
1.7 Manpower resources 21, 22
1.8 General description of facilities at each address intended to be approved 23 to 38
1.9 Organization’s Activities 39 to 48
1.10 Notification procedure to DGCA regarding changes to organization’s 49, 50
activities / approvals / location / personnel
1.11 Exposition issue / amendment procedure 51, 52, 53
Part Title Page No

Part 2 Maintenance Procedures
2.1 Supplier evaluation and subcontractor control procedure 1, 2, 3, 4
2.2 Acceptance / inspection of aircraft components & materials 5, 6, 7, 8
2.3 Tagging, storage and release of aircraft components and material to aircraft 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
maintenance 14
2.4 Acceptance of tools and equipment & control of inspection / servicing 15, 16, 17, 18
requirements including alternate tools & equipment
2.5 Calibration of tools and equipment 19, 20, 21, 22
2.6 Use of tools & equipment by staff (including alternate tools) 23, 24, 25
2.7 Cleanliness standards of maintenance facilities 26, 27
2.8 Maintenance data / instructions & relationship to aircraft / aircraft 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,
component manufacturer’s instructions including updating & availability to 33, 34, 35, 36, 37
staff
2.9 Repair 38, 39
2.10 Aircraft maintenance programme compliance 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,
45
2.11 Airworthiness directives procedure / DGCA mandatory modification / Alert 46, 47, 48
Service Bulletin – Control Procedure
2.12 Optional modification procedure 49, 50
2.13 Maintenance documentation in use and completion of the same 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
56
2.14 Technical (maintenance) records control 57, 58, 59, 60, 61,
62, 63, 64
2.15 Rectification of defect arising during base / line maintenance 65, 66, 67
2.16 Release to service procedure 68, 69, 70, 71, 72
2.17 Records for the contracted operator (customer) 73
2.18 Reporting of occurrences (Major defects / incidents & accidents) 74, 75, 76, 77, 78
2.19 Return of defective aircraft components to store 79, 80, 81
2.20 Dispatch of defective components to outside contractors 82, 83
2.21 Control of computer maintenance record systems 84, 85, 86
DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED PAGE NO : VI
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part Title Page No

2.22 Control of man-hour planning versus scheduled maintenance work 87, 88
2.23 Control of critical tasks 89, 90
2.24 Specific maintenance procedures /ground handling 91,92, 93, 94, 95
2.25 Procedures to detect and rectify maintenance errors 96, 97, 98, 99
2.26 Shift/ task handover procedures 100, 101
2.27 Procedures for the notification of maintenance data inaccuracies and 102, 103
ambiguities to the type certificate holder
2.28 Production planning procedure 104, 105
Part Title Page No

L2 Additional Line Maintenance Procedures
L2.1 Line maintenance control of aircraft components, tools, equipments, Etc. 1, 2, 3, 4
L2.2 Line maintenance procedures related to servicing / fuelling etc. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11
L2.3 Line maintenance control of defects and repetitive defects 12, 13, 14, 15
L2.4 Line procedure for completion of the technical log 16, 17, 18, 19, 20
L2.5 Line procedure for pooled parts and loan parts 21, 22, 23, 24
L2.6 Line procedure for return of defective parts removed from aircraft 25, 26
L2.7 Line procedure for control of critical tasks 27, 28
Part Title Page No

3 Quality Procedures
3.1 Quality audit of organization procedures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
3.2 Quality audit of aircraft / component 8, 9, 10
3.3 Quality audit findings – reporting -remedial action procedure 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
16
3.4 Authorized staff qualifications and training procedures 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
3.5 Certifying staff records 22, 23
3.6 Quality audit personnel 24, 25
3.7 Support / Certifying staff 26
3.8 Task trained and authorized persons 27
3.9 Aircraft or component maintenance task exemption process control 28
3.10 Concession control for deviation from organization’s procedures 29, 30
3.11 Qualification procedure for specialized activities such as NDT / NDI, etc. 31, 32
3.12 Control of manufacturers’ and other maintenance working teams 33, 34, 35
3.13 Human factors training procedure 36, 37, 38
3.14 Competence assessment of personnel 39, 40, 41
Annexure -1 Requirements for Issue of approval / authorization 1, 2, 3, 4
Part Title Page No

4.1 Contracted operators 1
4.2 Operator’s procedures and paperwork 2, 3, 4, 5
4.3 Contracted operator’s records completion 6
DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED PAGE NO : VII
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part Title Page No

Part 5 Forms
5.1 Sample of documents 1
5.2 List of sub – contractors 2
5.3 List of line maintenance stations 3
5.4 List of contracted car-145 organization as per car-145.70 (a) (16) 4
Part Title Page No

Part 6 Operator’s Maintenance Procedures
6.1 Basic maintenance procedures 1, 2
6.2 Engine performance monitoring (Trend Monitoring) 2
6.3 Engine oil consumption 3
6.4 Power assurance check 3
6.5 Continued airworthiness of aged aircraft 3, 4
6.6 Certificate of registration 4
6.7 Aero mobile station license 4
6.8 Issue of certificate of airworthiness 4
6.9 Review of certificate of airworthiness 4
6.10 Renewal of certificate of airworthiness 5
6.11 Issue of export certificate of airworthiness 5
6.12 Quality check of fuel 5
6.13 Quality check of oil 5
6.14 Quality check of hydraulic fluid 5
6.15 Ferry flight permission 6
6.16 Weighing of aircraft 6
6.17 Carriage of documents on board the aircraft 6
6.18 CVR / DFDR read outs and recording integrity 6
6.19 Test Flights 7
6.20 First – aid – kit 7
6.21 Furnishing materials 7
6.22 Minimum Equipment list (MEL) 7, 8
6.23 Procedure for certifying the components from an accidental aircraft 8
6.24 Aerial work operations 8
6.25 Carriage of acceptable dangerous goods 9
********************
DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED PAGE NO : VIII
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008
DISTRIBUTION LIST
Name of MOE Holder Location Copy No.

O/o D.G.C.A ( Head Quarters) New Delhi 1
Director of Airworthiness ( Bangalore ) Bangalore 2
Accountable Manager Bangalore 3
Chief Engineer Bangalore 4
Quality Manager Bangalore 5 (Master Copy)
Library - Bangalore Bangalore 6
Director of Airworthiness - Delhi New Delhi 7
Delhi - Line Station New Delhi 8
Jammu – Line Station Jammu 9
Director of Airworthiness - Mumbai Mumbai 10
Mumbai – Line station Mumbai 11
Raigarh – Line station Raigarh 12
Surat – Line Station Surat 13
Director of Airworthiness - Kolkata Kolkata 14
Kolkata – Line station Kolkata 15
Director of Airworthiness - Chennai Chennai 16
Chennai – Line station Chennai 17
Controller of Airworthiness - Bhubaneswar Bhubaneswar 18
Bhubaneswar – Line station Bhubaneswar 19
Controller of Airworthiness, Hyderabad Hyderabad 20
Hyderabad– Line Station Hyderabad 21
Vizag – Line Station Vizag 22
Katra – Line Station Katra 23
********************
DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED PAGE NO : IX
DATE : Aug 2008

ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS USED:
AD Airworthiness Directive
ADD Acceptable Deferred Defect
AMC Acceptable Means of Compliance
AMP Aircraft Maintenance Programme
AOG Aircraft on Ground
ATA Air Transport Association
AWL Airworthiness Limitation
CAR Civil Aviation Requirements

C of A Certificate of Airworthiness
CDL Configuration Deviation List
CMR Certificate of Maintenance Review
CRS Certificate of Release to Service
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
DAL Deccan Aviation Limited

DGCA Directorate General of Civil Aviation
ENG Engineering
EO Engineering Order
EPM Engineering Procedures Manual
FDR Flight Data Recorder
GD Goods Dispatch
GEP General Engineering Procedures
GR Goods Receipt
HQ Headquarter
IATA International Air Transport Association

IEM Interpretative and Explanatory Material
IMS Inventory Management System
JAA Joint Aviation Authorities

JAR Joint Aviation Requirements
LMP Line Maintenance Procedures

DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED PAGE NO : X
DATE : Aug 2008

ABBREVIATIONS
MEL Minimum Equipment List

MMEL Master Minimum Equipment List
MOE Maintenance Organisation Exposition
MMP Maintenance Management Procedure
MO Maintenance Organisation
MOR Mandatory Occurrence Report
MPD Maintenance Planning Document
MRB Maintenance Review Board
MSN Manufacturer Serial Number
NDT Non Destructive Test

NDI Non Destructive Inspection
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer

OMS Occurrence Management System
OOP Out Of Phase
PD Planning Department
PMA Parts Manufacture Approval
QD Quality Department
QSP Quality System Procedures
SB Service Bulletin
SIL Service Instruction/Information Letter
SL Service Letter
SMI Scheduled Maintenance Inspection
SPM Standard Practices Manual
SRM Structural Repair Manual
TC Type Certificate
TI Technical Instruction
TIL Technical Information Letter
*****************
DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED PAGE NO : 1
REV NO : 01
PART – 0 DATE : Aug. 2008

GENERAL ORGANIZATION
0.1 INTRODUCTION
a). M/s Deccan Aviation Limited was established in 1995 by a group of retired pilots from Indian Army
Aviation wing with the objective of providing efficient and safe air transport services for Charters,
Heli-Tourism, Film Shooting, Medical Evacuation etc. to various domestic destinations utilizing a
mixed fleet of fixed and rotary wing aircraft.
b). Deccan Aviation is also involved in the maintenance of aircraft used for commercial / private air
transport and components intended for fitment thereto.
c). Deccan Aviation presently owns (operates and maintains) One Bell 206B3, One 206L3, Three Bell
407, One AS 355F1 Helicopters and One Pilatus PC-12 & One King Air B200 airplane.
d). Deccan Aviation also operating under lease, One Bell 206B3, One Bell 212, One Bell 412 Helicopter
and One Pilatus PC-12 airplane.
e). Deccan Aviation also provides operational support (man power for operation) for aircraft owners /
operators under one-off / long term contract.
f). This Maintenance Organisation Exposition (MOE) defines the Quality and Safety policy followed by
the Engineering Department in carrying out Maintenance, adhering to various statutory requirements
promulgated by DGCA and manufacturer’s instructions to ensure highest degree of Airworthiness
Standards and safety of aircraft.
g). This MOE is the main reference document for all Maintenance and Quality activities of M/s Deccan
Aviation Limited and forms the basis for CAR-145 Maintenance Approval (issue & continuation of
approval) for the maintenance of aircraft and components.
h). This MOE contains the scope of work deemed to constitute approval and along with the associated
manuals, shows how the organization intends to comply with the CAR-145 requirements.
i). This Maintenance Organisation Exposition is split into various parts as described below ;
Part - 0 General Organization

Part - 1 The Management.
Part - 2 Maintenance Procedures
Part - L2 Additional Line Maintenance Procedures
Part – 3 Quality System Procedures
Part – 4 Contracted Operator’s Procedures
Part – 5 Forms
Part – 6 Operator’s Maintenance Procedures
j). Aircraft maintenance organization involved in maintenance of aircraft used for commercial air
transport and components intended for fitment thereto is required to be approved by DGCA in
accordance with the provision of CAR-145.
k). Competent authority to approve and regulate the aircraft maintenance organization approved as per
CAR-145, having their principle place of business in India or any other country shall be the DGCA.
l). Contents of MOE is be approved by the DGCA and subsequent amendments to remain an up-to-date
description of the organization and its policies, will be made only after specific approval from DGCA.
This Maintenance Organisation Exposition meets the requirement of CAR-145 for grant of approval
to carryout maintenance of aircraft or its components in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions,
aircraft rules, CAR’s and any other instructions issued by the DGCA.
REV NO : 01

m). This MOE is prepared as per guidelines stipulated in CAR145.A.70, for use of all maintenance,
quality & logistics personnel, associated with the maintenance and airworthiness of aircraft.
n). The Maintenance Organization Exposition will be distributed as per the distribution list given in the
MOE.
o). This is a dynamic document and will be kept continuously updated by the Quality Manager as and
when there are changes to the manufacturer’s requirements, maintenance policies, applicable aircraft
rules, civil aviation requirements and other instructions issued by DGCA from time to time.
p). MOE will be amended time to time whenever there is a change Name / Location of the Organization,
Accountable Manager / Nominated Personnel (Nominated by Organisation and Accepted by DGCA)
or the facilities, equipment, tools, procedures, work scope or certifying staff that could affect the
approval of the organization.
q). Amendments requiring approval will be submitted to The Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore
for approval.
r). Approved copy of amendment will be distributed to all Controlled copy holders by Quality
Department, under covering letter for carrying out the amendment in the MOE held by them.
s). Detailed procedure of amendment is described at para 1.11 of this MOE
********************
REV NO : 01

0.2 DEFINITION
Large aircraft Large aircraft means an aircraft, classified as an aero plane with a maximum take of
mass of more than 5700kg, or a multi engine helicopter
Certifying Staff Certifying staff means personnel responsible for the release of an aircraft or a
component after maintenance.
Component Component means any engine, propeller, part or appliance.
Human Factors Human factors means principles which apply to aeronautical design, certification,
training, operations and maintenance and which seek interface between the human
and other system components by proper consideration of human performance.
Human Human performance means human capabilities and limitations which have an impact
Performance on the safety and efficiency of aeronautical operations.
Support Staff Support staff means those DGCA licensed engineers / approval holders issued in
accordance with Rule 61 and approved by the organization to ensure that all relevant
tasks or inspections in base / shop environment, have been carried out to the required
standard and does not hold necessary release to service certification privileges.
Certifying Staff Certifying staff means personnel responsible for the release of an aircraft or a
component after maintenance. Such certifying staffs are issued with Certification
Authorization by Quality Manager after ensuring qualification, experience and
competence.
Relevant aircraft Relevant aircraft and/or component means those aircraft or components specified in
and / or the particular certification authorization
components
Certification Certification authorization means the authorization issued to certifying staff by the
authorization organization and which specifies the fact that they may sign certificates of release to
service with in the limitations stated in such authorization on behalf of the approved
organization
Maintenance Maintenance Organization Exposition means the document or documents that

Organization contain the material specifying the scope of work deemed to constitute approval and
Exposition showing how the organization intends to comply with the CAR-145 requirements.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

PART - 1 - MANAGEMENT
1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER

(Ref: CAR 145.A.70.a.1)
This exposition and any associated referenced manuals define the organisation and procedures upon which the
DGCA CAR 145 approval of Deccan Aviation Limited is based as required by CAR 145.7A.70.
These procedures are approved by the undersigned and must be complied with, as applicable, when work / orders
are being progressed under the term of the CAR 145 approval.
It is accepted that these procedures do not override the necessity of complying with any new or amended
regulation published by the DGCA from time to time where these new or amended regulations are in conflict
with these procedures.
It is understood that the DGCA shall approve this organisation whilst the DGCA is satisfied that the procedures
are being followed and work standards maintained. It is further understood that the DGCA reserves the right to
suspend, limit or revoke the CAR 145 approval of the organisation, if DGCA has evidence that procedures are
not followed or standards not upheld.
Signed :
Dated : 18-08-2008
Name : Col. Jayanth Poovaiah (Retd)
Title : Accountable Manager and Director
For and On behalf of DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED
Countersigned:
Dated : 18-08-2008
Name : Capt.G.R.Gopinath (Retd)
Title : Managing Director
For and On behalf of DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY

(Ref: CAR 145.A.65 & 145.A.70.a.2)
a). Accountable Manager will establish a safety and quality policy for the organization and ensure
that the same is included in the Maintenance Organization Exposition. (CAR 145.A.65.a
refers).
b). Accountable Manager will ensure thru post holders (chief engineer & quality manager), taking
in to account the human factors and human performance, that the procedures are established to
comply with applicable regulations and ensure good maintenance practices, so that aircraft /
component may be released to service in accordance with CAR 145 requirements.
1.2.1 ORGANIZATION’S GOAL
NO ACCIDENTS.
NO HARM TO THE PEOPLE &
NO DAMAGE TO THE ENVIRONMENT.

REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.2.2 SAFETY POLICY
All employees of the organization are responsible for ensuring safety at all times.
Good Safety performance is important to the success of Aviation business.
Through our policy of continuous improvement, we will maximize the inherent safety of our operations
by reducing incidents and accidents. We undertake to provide a quality service which can be used with
confidence by our customers.
To achieve our Goal of Utmost Safety, we will adopt the following policies;
• Recognize SAFETY as a prime consideration at all times
• Adopt Safety management in the organization
• Apply human factor principles to all our decisions
• Encourage full reporting of all hazards, incidents, occurrences associated with our maintenance
and Operation.
• Recognize that compliance with laid down procedures, quality standards, safety standards and
regulations is the duty of all personnel.
• Recognize the need for all personnel to co-operate with the quality auditors
• Consult, listen and respond openly to our staff and customers.
• Work with others – our partners, supplier, competitors and regulators – to raise the safety
standards.
• Recognize those who contribute to improve safety performance
Col. Jayanth Poovaiah (Retd)

Accountable Manager
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.2.3 QUALITY POLICY
Quality Policy of the organization is stated below
To carryout maintenance on aircraft & components which will result in release of airworthy aircraft and
component, which meets the airworthiness requirements and standards spelt out by the manufacturer,
airworthiness authority of the country of manufacture and DGCA.
Deccan aims;
• TO PROVIDE HIGHEST STANDARDS OF QUALITY SERVICE TO OUR CUSTOMERS.
• TO CONSTANTLY STRIVE & IMPROVE THE STANDARDS, THERE BY MAINTAINING

OUR POSITION AS A LEADING SERVICE PROVIDER OF AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE AND
ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES.
The organization requirements and procedural aspects of this policy are covered in the Company’s Maintenance
Organization Exposition, Engineering Procedures Manual and other associated manuals
It is the responsibility of all management personnel to implement the Quality Policy and procedures set out in this
and associated manuals and to ensure that they are understood and followed by all members of staff. These
procedures ensure compliance with Quality Requirements of the Airworthiness Authorities.
Quality will be ensured by the Quality Department and all other employees of the organization as TEAMWORK.
It is the responsibility of all of us to comply with this policy, co-operate with the Quality Department in the
execution of their duties and strive to improve Quality Standards at every opportunity.
Capt. Jayanth Poovaiah (Retd)

Accountable Manager
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.3 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

(Ref: CAR 145.A.30 & EPM Section-1, Chapter 13)
a). Management Personnel for the purpose of CAR-145 approval will consist of the following personnel who
will be responsible to ensure that the AMO complies with the requirements of CAR-145;
i). Accountable Manager ; Col. Jayanth Poovaiah (Retd).
ii). Quality Manager : Mr. R. Meenakshisundaram
iii). Chief Engineer : Mr. S. U. Khan
Regional Engineering Manager

Bangalore Region
iv). (Including Sub-Base Hyderabad : Mr. Chandrasekhar ( DGCA FORM-4 NOT REQUIRED)
and Line stations Chennai /
Koppal, Tornagallu, Vizag)
Regional Engineering Manager -

Delhi Region
: Mr. Surjeet Saini ( DGCA FORM-4 NOT REQUIRED)
v). (Including Sub-Base -Jammu / and
Line station -Katra)
Regional Engineering Manager -

Mumbai Region
: Mr. Harinathan ( DGCA FORM-4 NOT REQUIRED)
vi). (Including sub-Base Surat &
Raigarh)
Regional Engineering Manager

Kolkata Region Mr. Saikat Mukherjee ( DGCA FORM-4 NOT
:
vii). (Including Sub-Base - REQUIRED)
Bhubaneswar)
b). Accountable Manager, Quality Manager & Chief Engineer will be stationed at Bangalore, the head office of
the organization.
c). Management of Line, Base & Shop maintenance functions of the CAR-145 approved maintenance
organization will be carried out by one person and he is designated as Chief Engineer.
d). Regional Engineering Manager will generally be located at each sub-base and are permitted to interact with
the respective Regional / Sub-regional Airworthiness Office.
e). Detailed responsibilities of the management personnel are provided in EPM Section-1, Chapter-13
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.3.1 ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER
a. Managing Director will appoint a suitable person as an Accountable Manager, with corporate and
financial authority for ensuring that all maintenance activities are carried out to the standard required by
the CAR-145. (CAR 145.A.30a refers).
b. Accountable manager will;
1. Ensure that all necessary resources are available to accomplish maintenance in

accordance with CAR 145.A.65.b to support the organization approval. (CAR
145.A.30.a.1 refers).
2. Establish and promote the safety and quality policy specified in CAR 145.A.65.a
(CAR 145.a.30.a.2 refers).
3. Demonstrate to DGCA, the basic understanding of CAR 145 requirement and

familiarity with human factor principles. (CAR 145.A.30.a.3 refers).
c. Accountable manager will ensure that the nominated personnel (post holder’s) have sufficient
background and satisfactory experience related to aircraft / component maintenance, quality auditing
and are able to demonstrate relevant domain knowledge and also demonstrate the working knowledge
of the CAR.(CAR 145.A.30.b.3 refers)
1.3.2 INTIMATION OF NOMINATED PERSONNEL (Post Holder’s) TO DGCA

(Ref: CAR 145.A.30.b.2)
a. Accountable Manager will nominate a Quality Manager with responsibility for monitoring the Quality
system, including the associated feedback system as required by CAR 145.65.c, and forward his/her
credentials along with DGCA FORM 4 to Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore under confidential
cover. (CAR 145.A.30.b.2 refers).
b. Quality Manager will have direct access to the Accountable Manager to ensure that the Accountable Manager
is kept properly informed on Quality and regulation compliance matters. (CAR 145.A.30.c refers)
c. Accountable Manager will also appoint a Chief Engineer, with a responsibility for ensuring that all
Maintenance activities (Line, Base, Component, Specialized activities) are carried out to the standards
specified in CAR 145.A.65. and forward his/her credentials along with DGCA FORM 4 to Regional
Airworthiness Office, Bangalore under confidential cover. (CAR 145.A.30.b.2 refers).
d. Whenever there is any change in the Post Holders, such changes will immediately be intimated to the
Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore and the Accountable Manager will nominate the new persons
meeting the qualification requirements given in MOE 1.3.3, for the acceptance of the Regional Airworthiness
Office, Bangalore.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.3.3 QUALIFICATION, EXPERIENCE AND TRAINING REQUIREMENT OF NOMINATED

POST HOLDER’S
1.3.3.1 CHIEF ENGINEER
a). Chief engineer will have the following minimum qualifications and experience;
i) Licensed Aircraft Maintenance Engineer as per DGCA requirement.
ii) Ten years practical experience as an AME in aircraft maintenance, out of which a
minimum of 3 years in managerial capacity.
iii) Familiar with basic requirement of CAR 145.
iv) Familiar with human factor principles.
v) Must be endorsed / type trained in various aircraft, under maintenance, with the
organization.
1.3.3.2 QUALITY MANAGER
a). Qualification and experience requirements of quality manager are;
i) Licensed Aircraft Maintenance Engineer as per DGCA requirement.
ii) Ten years practical experience as an AME in aircraft maintenance out of which, a
minimum of 3 years experience in quality department.
iii) Must be endorsed / type trained in various aircraft, under maintenance, with the
organization.
iv) Familiar with the basic requirements of CAR 145 and human factor principle
1.3.3.3 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
a). Post holders nominated by Accountable manager will fulfill the requirement of initial training prior to
change over to CAR-145 / during induction and refresher training at least once in every 24 months.
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.4 DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

(Ref: CAR 145.A.25 a, b, c, d & EPM Section-1, Chapter-13 & 15)
1. The accountable manager is responsible for ensuring that maintenance carried out by the approved
maintenance organisation meets the standards required by Manufacturer / DGCA.
2. He is responsible for ensuring that necessary finance, manpower resources and facilities are
available to enable the CAR-145 approved organization to perform the maintenance activities
in accordance with the scope of approval.
3. He is responsible for establishing and promoting the safety and quality policies specified in
CAR-145.A.65(a)
4. He is responsible for nominating senior person’s meeting the requirements provided in this
MOE as Chief Engineer & Quality Manager to head the maintenance and quality departments
of the organization.
5. He is responsible for ensuring facilities are provided for training and assessing the competence
of all personnel including management personnel.
6. He will ensure that appropriate instructions are developed, documented and followed for
compliance in the form of MOE and associated procedure manuals.
7. He will nominate a suitably qualified senior person during lengthy absence of any post holder.
8. He will ensure through review meetings that the quality non-conformities raised, Incident /
Accident findings are actioned as per established procedure, to meet the intended standards and
to prevent recurrence.
9. He will take appropriate preventive action against erring personnel.
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.4.2 CHIEF ENGINEER
RESPONSIBLE TO: ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER
1. Chief Engineer is responsible for execution of all engineering activities such as Line, Base, Component
Maintenance & Specialized activities, within the organization scope of approval.
2. Chief Engineer is responsible to; (ensure that the organization meets the requirement / standards in the
following areas)
Maintenance Data;
a. Ensure availability of relevant and updated maintenance data to carryout the intended work in
accordance with the organizations scope of approval.
b. Ensure Aircraft maintenance programme is prepared / revised in accordance with the latest
revisions of the Maintenance Data and approval for the same is obtained from the Regional
Airworthiness Office, Bangalore.
c. Ensure Inspection schedules are prepared / revised in accordance with the latest Maintenance
Programme and as per the procedure established.
d. Ensure proper arrangement is made for obtaining timely revision services from the publishers
of the maintenance data.
e. Ensure procedures are established to circulate maintenance data to various line / base / shop
stations under controlled copy numbers and obtain feedback about updation & compliance.
f. Establish Procedures to assess, plan and comply / implement the requirements of Technical
literature such as Service Bulletins, Airworthiness Directives, and Mandatory Modifications
etc.
Facilities;
g. Establish facilities appropriate to carryout the planned work, prior to the commencement of the
work.
h. Ensure working environment is appropriate to the tasks being undertaken.
i. Establish office accommodation appropriate to the management of the planned work.
j. Ensure availability of controlled and calibrated instruments, Special tools, equipment

(including GSE), general tools and materials to perform the planned tasks.
k. Establish Standard practices and procedures for use within the organisation, derived from
approved sources, and keeping them up to date.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

Man power;
l. Ensure adequate man power is available to plan, perform / supervise, certify the maintenance
activities.
m. Ensure required man power is recruited after competence assessment to meet the organization
requirements on routine basis.
n. Ensure available man power is sufficiently trained on Induction, On Job and periodically to
update the skills of the manpower to carryout the intended functions.
Training
o. Ensure competence of all personnel engaged in maintenance by establishing a programme of

induction training and continuation training (including human factors training) using;
1. Internal and External sources,
2. On the job instruction and evaluation,
3. Examination and testing (as necessary).
Inspection & Certification;
p. Ensure Standard procedures are established and published within the organisation, to achieve
good maintenance practices and compliance with DGCA requirements and for establishing a
system for the organisation to ensure that work is accomplished to the highest standards of
airworthiness and workmanship.
q. Ensure human factor limitations are considered while planning general / shift / one-off
maintenance activities.
r. Establish procedures for Satisfactory completion and certification of all work required by
contracted operator / customer, in accordance with the maintenance contract / work
specification.
s. Ensure that organization’s procedures and standards are complied with, when carrying out the
maintenance.
t. Establish procedure, so that all maintenance activities are properly documented and such
records are retained safely and securely till the pre-defined statutory time period.
u. Ensure Airworthiness standard of aircraft, by monitoring life of components, inspection of

systems, compliance of service bulletins, airworthiness directives, mandatory modifications
and ensuring timely compliance action.
v. Ensure thru the work force under his control that the quality of workmanship in the final
product is to a standard acceptable to the organization and DGCA
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

Logistics including storage;
w. Ensure materials are procured from company approved sources and are airworthy.
x. Establish procedure for inspection and acceptance of materials into Bonded stores.
y. Establish proper storage facilities for aircraft spares, consumables and other commercial items.
z. Establish procedure for issue of materials for maintenance and ensure proper procedure for
return of parts from maintenance to stores / repair agencies.
Non-conformities Correction
aa. Ensure that quality deficiency observations (Non-conformities) arising from Independent
Quality system audits are responded to in proper and timely manner with corrective action to
prevent re-occurrence.
Feedback to Accountable Manager / Manufacturer / DGCA
bb. Establish procedure for notifying the accountable manager whenever deficiencies emerge
which require his attention in respect of finance and the acceptability of standards.
cc. Establish procedure for reporting to the manufacturer and to DGCA any occurrence to the
aircraft (or a component), which could affect airworthiness and hazard safety of the aircraft or
its occupants.
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.4.3 QUALITY MANAGER
RESPONSIBLE TO: ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER
a. The Quality Manager is responsible for establishing an independent quality system, including the
associated feedback system to monitor compliance with DGCA requirements.
b. The Quality Manager is responsible for preparing and implementing a quality audit programme in
which compliance with all maintenance procedures are reviewed at regular intervals, in relation to the
aircraft maintained by DAL and any observed non-compliances or poor standards are brought to the
attention of the person concerned via the respective manager’s.
c. Quality Manager is responsible to provide feedback to the accountable manager in the event of any
reported discrepancy not being adequately attended to, by the relevant person, or in respect of any
disagreement over the nature of a discrepancy.
d. With specific reference to the CAR 145 approval, the quality manager is responsible for:-
1. Creating a quality audit system to assess whether the organization is functioning as per
policies listed in MOE and procedures laid out in the procedure manuals and whether the
aircraft /component is being maintained or serviced in accordance with the appropriate
maintenance data.
2. Evaluating the quality system procedures established by the organization and approve the
same.
3. Establishing audit plan and programme and monitor execution of the same to assess
compliance of regulations / standards / procedures and its effectiveness.
4. Assessing suppliers / contractors for extension of the quality system, to the satisfaction of
DGCA.
5. Assessing suppliers of new and used components, and materials, for satisfactory product
quality in relation to the requirements of the organization.
6. Assessing external specialist and issue authorization, for services required by the company
for maintenance activities.
7. Establishing Standard practices and procedures for use within the organisation, derived from
approved sources, and keeping them up to date.
8. Reviewing of audit findings and action (corrective & preventive) taken by the organization
to prevent re-occurrence.
9. Liaisoning with DGCA on all matters concerning quality and safety.
10. Assessing the capabilities and issue company approvals to support staff for carrying out
scheduled / unscheduled maintenance.
11. Assessing the capabilities and issue company authorization to certifying staff for carrying
out scheduled / unscheduled maintenance and for issuing CRS certificate.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

12. Encouraging all maintenance personnel for timely and fearlessly reporting in-accuracies or
mistakes committed by them to the management, so that no aircraft is released with
deficiencies.
13. Auditing of completed documents/ work packages / inspection schedules and provide
feedback in the form of non-compliances or technical circulars.
14. Amendment of MOE and submitting the proposed amendments to DGCA for approval.
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.5 MANAGEMENT ORGANISATION CHART

(Ref: EPM Section-1, Chapter-13)
Managing Director
Capt. G.R. Gopinath
Accountable Manager
Col. Jayanth Poovaiah

(Retd)
Chief Engineer Quality Manager
Mr. S.U. Khan Mr. R. Meenakshisundaram
********************
PAGE NO : 15
DATE : Aug 2008
1.5.1 ENGINEERING ORGANISATION CHART (Ref: EPM Section-1, Chapter-14)
Managing Director
Accountable
Manager
Chief Engineer Quality Manager
Manager – Head - Logistics Component Overhaul / Sub-Base / Line Quality Auditor

Training Manager
Technical Services Repair shop personnel Station Personnel
Tech Officer
(Records) Wheels & Brake Tech. Officer
shop In-charge (Quality)
Tech Officer
(Software) Stores Inspector Certifying Staff
Technical Officer
Technician
Tech Officer
(Planning) Tools & Equipment Battery Shop-In-
In-Charge charge
Training Instructor
Tech officer
(Directives & Certifying staff
Occurrences) Technician
Technical Officer
(Training) Helicopter Component
Tech Officer Shop-In-charge
(AMP & Schedules)
Certifying staff
Tech. Officer Technician
(Library)
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.5.2 SUB-BASE / LINE STATION ENGINEERING ORGANIZATION CHART
CHIEF ENGINEER
Regional Engineering
Manager
Engineering Manager / Engineering In – charge

(Hyderabad, Chennai, Koppal, Tornagallu, Vizag)
(Surat, Raigarh), (Jammu, Katra) (Bhubaneswar)
Support / Certifying Staff
Foreman / Technicians
Technical Officers
Stores / In-Charge
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.5.3 BASE / SUB-BASE / LINE STATION ENGINEERING PERSONNEL & THEIR FUNCTIONS
a. Organization provides maintenance services to customers at various locations with in the country,
apart from Bangalore, the main base. Such locations are identified as sub-base or line station
depending on whether the location is approved by DGCA for carrying out scheduled inspections or
not.
b. Locations other than Bangalore, which are approved by DGCA, are designated as Sub-base.
Locations where the aircraft is operating for more than 15days are designated as line (usually
operating) station.
c. At Bangalore, all support / certifying staff & non-certifying staff will report to the Regional
engineering manager, who in turn will report to the Chief engineer. Regional Engineering Manager
at Bangalore base will not liaise with the Regional airworthiness Office, Bangalore
d. Chief engineer at Bangalore will only liaise with the Regional Airworthiness Office with respect
to production engineering (Maintenance) matters.
e. Tech. Officers at Bangalore are given individual portfolio (such as software, records, directives,
library etc) and all tech. officers will be reporting to Manager – Technical services, who will in-
turn, report to the chief engineer.
f. Stores in-charge at Bangalore is designated as Stores inspector. Stores inspector & tools &
equipment in-charge will report to Head-Logistics.
g. Sub-base stations (Mumbai / Delhi / Kolkata) will be headed by Regional Engineering Manager
who will report to Chief engineer and also liaise with the respective regional airworthiness / air
safety office with respect to the airworthiness / air safety related matters of respective sub-bases
and other sub-bases / line stations falling under their purview.
h. Other sub-bases such as (Surat / Raigarh /Jammu / Chennai / Bhubaneswar) will be headed by
Engineering Manager / in-charge and reporting to their respective regional engineering manager.
i. Tech. services personnel at sub-base are designated as Tech. Officer (sub-base). Logistics & stores
personnel at sub-base are designated as stores in-charge (sub-base).
j. All support / certifying staff, non-certifying staff, Tech. services staff and Logistics staff (including
stores personnel) at sub-bases or line station will report to the Regional / Base engineering manager
or in-charge of respective stations.
k. Support / Certifying staff may be required to communicate with chief engineer directly on various
issues to avoid communication gap /delay, but such communications will be intimated / copied to
respective Regional / Base engineering manager for information
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

l. Tech. services functions at sub-base will be carried out by Tech. Officer (sub-base), who will also
communicate / co-ordinate with Manager – Tech. services and other Tech. Officers at Bangalore to
carryout the Tech. services function. Functions such as preparation / approval of maintenance
programme, inspection schedules will be the functions of Tech. Officer at Base only
m. All logistics & stores function at sub-base will be carried out by stores in-charge (sub-base), who
will also communicate / co-ordinate with Head-Logistics & Stores inspector at Bangalore to
carryout the logistics and stores function.
n. Line stations are headed by a certifying staff designated as Engineer in-charge and supported by
non-certifying staff. In such stations, tech. services function & logistics functions will be handled
by the engineer in-charge.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.6 LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF & SUPPORT STAFF

(CAR 145.A.35.j, & EPM Section-3, Chapter-28)
a). List of Certifying and Support staff employed by the Organization are given below and the details
are maintained in a folder in Quality Department.
No Name Lic.No. Line / Base / Component Remarks

Cat. CERTIFICATION LIMIT
1 Mr. S.U.Khan Bangalore A&C 2963 Line / Base
2 Mr. K. Chandrashekar Ban-Comp A&C 7010 Line / Base / Component
3 Mr. Abhimanyu Verma Bangalore A&C 6869 Line / Base
4 Mr. Ranjan Rao Bangalore A&C 7746 Line / Base
5 Mr. Arvind Kumar Bangalore A 8981(B) Line
6 Mr. M.K.Ramaswamy Bangalore R 6267 Line / Base
7 Mr. Sunil Kumar Bangalore A&C 7736(B) Line
8 Mr. Satyam Singh Patel Bangalore A&C 8376(B) Line
9 Mr. Rajendra Kr. Verma Bangalore A&C 8904 Line / Base
10 Mr. Mayank Singh Bangalore A&C 7170(B) Line
11 Mr. Jees George Bangalore A&C 7456(B) Line
12 Mr. Manas Goswami Bangalore A&C Line
13 Ms. Nita Talreja Bangalore A&C 9238 (B) Line
14 Mr. Farooq Zeeshan Bangalore A&C 7688(B) Line
15 Mr. P.T. Suresh Bangalore A&C 11179(B) Line
16 Mr. Mohit Mahajan Bang-Batt E&R 10006(B) Component
17 Mr. Soundarakumaraswamy Bang-Batt E, I &R 8242 Line / Base / Component
18 Mr. Lingoji Rao Bang-W&B A&C 2815 Component
19 Mr. Tojo Cherian Bang-W&B A&C 7490 Component
20 Mr . A. Palani Bang-W&B NDT C of C NDI
21 Mr. Vidyashankar Bang-W&B NDT C of C NDI
22 Mr. Harinathan Mumbai A&C 6638 Line / Base / Component
23 Mr. Amit Sharma Mumbai A&C 7496 Line / Base
24 Mr. Sandeep Pillay Mumbai A&C 6775 Line / Base
25 Mr. Sumit Mozika Mumbai R 8537 Line / Base
26 Mr. Sanjeev Kumar Mishra Mumbai A&C 7648(B) Line
27 Mr. Ashveny Porwal Mumbai A&C 8972(B) Line
28 Mr. Shashi Shankar Raju Mumbai A&C 7604 Line / Base
29 Mr. Santosh Kr. Verma Mumbai A&C 9911(B) Line
30 Mr. Mohammad Parvej Khan Mumbai A&C 9914(B) Line
31 Mr. Jagesh Choudhary Surat A&C 6993 Line / Base
32 Mr. Sameer Kumar Surat R 7354 Line / Base
33 Mr. Shubranshu Nair Surat A&C 8674(B) Line
34 Mr. Surjeet Saini Delhi A&C 2937 Line
35 Mr. Aditya Prakash Delhi A&C 6363 Line / Base
36 Mr. Rakesh Kumar Singh Delhi A&C 6923 Line / Base
37 Mr. G.C.Shukla Delhi A&C 3449 Line / Base
38 Mr. Debabrata Upadhyay Delhi A&C 7997 Line / Base
39 Mr. Deepak Upadhyay Delhi A&C 9150 Line / Base
40 Mr. Avadhesh Gupta Delhi A&C 9998(B) Line
41 Ms. Abhilasha Kumari Delhi R 8487 Line / Base
42 Mr. Arun Choudhary Delhi A & C(B) 7838 Line
43 Ms. Surabhi Delhi A&C 10507(B) Line
44 Mr. Jitendra Kumar Singh Delhi A&C 7188 Line
45 Mr. Rakesh Kumar Delhi A&C 10573 Line
46 Mr. Anish Suresh Hyderabad A&C 8939 Line / Base
47 Mr. Arun Prabhu Hyderabad A&C 6652 Line / Base
48 Mr. Amit Ranade Hyderabad A&C 7447 Line / Base
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

49 Mr. Kaushik Saha Kolkata A&C 6515 Line / Base
50 Mr. Saikat Mukherjee Kolkata A&C 6742 Line / Base
51 Mr. S.K.Pandey Bhubaneswar A&C 7743 Line / Base
52 Mr. Shobit Gupta Raigarh A&C 8887(B) Line
53 Mr. Ajit Delhi A&C 7011 Line / Base Operator’s employee
54 Mr. Kanda Delhi A&C 2173 Line Operator’s employee
55 Mr. K.R. Pemmaiah Bangalore A&C 8254 Line / Base Operator’s employee
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.7 MANPOWER RESOURCES ( Line / Base / Component Maintenance)
(Ref: CAR 145.A30.d, e, f & EPM Section-1, Chapter-14, Section-3, Chapter-9 & 23)
a). Organization is approved to carryout maintenance on the following categories of aircraft /

component under CAR-145 approval;
1. Line / Base Maintenance of Aircraft below 5700 Kg.
2. Line / Base Maintenance of Helicopters.
3. Component Maintenance
i. Helicopter airframe dynamic components ( C-10 & C-11)

ii. Nickel –Cadmium Batteries ( C-5 )
iii. Wheels & Brakes of Heavy Aircraft ( C-14 )
iv. Engine (B-1)
b). Base maintenance of airplane / helicopter are carried out at larger intervals, hence the base certifying
staff also function as line certifying staff, to meet organization requirements.
c). Resources (Numbers) of Base / Line / Component certifying staff available at various line / base
station are listed below region wise, with respect to the type and number of aircraft or component
under maintenance at each station.
d). Manpower resources list will be updated by Quality Manager on quarterly basis and doesn’t require
approval by Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore.
Location Details of aircraft / component No. of Staff available for Maintenance

under Maintenance ( Line / Base / Component)
Type Regna Certifying / Technicians Tech –Services* Quality
Support staff
* Tech-Services include Maint. Data / Records / Planning staff
Bell 206B3 VT-DCA

VT-DAS
VT-OMC
Bell 407
VT-SGP
VT-VSL
AS 355 F1 VT-DAX
Schweizer 330 VT-KDO 15 28
VT-JSW
Bangalore Caravan 208B 12 2
VT-AHB
VT-TAE
P68 C VT-TLF
VT-TLH
King Air C90A VT-SSL
Component Maintenance shop 1 1
Battery shop 2 8
Wheels and Brake shop 4 31
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

Location Details of aircraft / component No. of Staff available for Maintenance

under Maintenance ( Line / Base / Component)
Type Regn Certifying / Technicians Tech –Services* Quality
Support staff
* Tech-Services include Maint. Data / Records / Planning staff
Bell 206B3 VT-NTV

Bell 206L3 VT-DAL
Delhi Bell 230 VT-PPR
(Including EC-145 VT-VNJ
Jammu & King Air C90 VT-SLK 14 17 6 Nil
Katra VT-EQO
stations) Pilatus PC-12 VT-DAR
VT-JSL
VT-MEG
Bell 206 B3 VT-AGJ

Bell 407 VT-MSR
Mumbai Bell 412 VT-DAI 9 7 1 Nil
Pilatus PC-12 VT-DAV
King Air B200 VT-DAF
Surat Bell 212 VT-DAM 3 4 1 Nil
Raigarh Caravan 208B VT-JIN 1 2 Nil Nil
Kolkata Citation CJ2 VT-DOV 2 2 Nil Nil

Bhubaneshwar Bell 407 VT-DAZ 1 4 1 Nil
Citation CJ1+ VT-DOV Nil

Hyderabad Bell 407 VT-DAW 3 5 Nil Nil
Bell 206L4 VT-PAR Nil
Total No of Personnel at all station. 55 109 21 2
e). Few operator’s employ technical staff (who are licensed as per DGCA requirements and non-
licensed technical personnel) and attach those staff with the organization to work on their aircraft.
Such personnel will also be counted in the man power resources, as long as such agreement is in
place. Such owner / operator sponsored technical personnel will follow the policies and procedures
laid down by the organization in this MOE and associated procedure manuals for discharging their
functions. Such personnel, if qualified as per requirements, will be issued with approval
/authorization to perform maintenance work on the aircraft.
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FACILITIES AT EACH ADDRESS INTENDED TO BE

APPROVED (Ref: CAR 145.A.25, EPM Section-1, Chapter-15)
a). Brief detail about each of the facilities approved for line / base / component maintenance are
provided in sub-paragraph of this chapter, location wise.
b). General requirements of various facilities such as Base / Line / Shop are provided in EPM Section-1,
Chapter-15.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.1 BASE MAINTENANCE FACILITY – BANGALAORE
Bangalore – Line / Base / Component Maintenance Facility
Address: Jakkur Airport, Bellary Road, Bangalore – 560064, India
Telephone : +91- 802-856-7523, 802-856-7524, 804-245-9696
Fax : +91-802-856-7998, 802-856-7525
Email – jayanthp@deccanair.com, msundaram@deccanair.com, sukhan@deccanair.com
Area is leased by Govt. of Karnataka to the organization. All structures including

Access
hangar / office area are built by the organization
Bangalore facility has a hangar space area of approximately 3600 sq. feet, capable
of accommodating four to five helicopters with its rotor blades removed. Hangar
Area
is closed from all sides, enabling the maintenance personnel to carryout their
functions during rain.
Day’s room temperature varies from 20°C to 30°C, hence environment control of
Temp.
hangar is not necessary.
Dust Dust and airborne contamination is less and the hangar is kept clean by routine
Line & Base Maintenance facility at Bangalore
Pollution cleaning of all area in and around hangar.
Noise Noise pollution is less in the area, where the hangar is situated and hence doesn’t
Pollution affect distract personnel from carrying out the intended task.
Ten overhead fixed halogen lights are available to provide sufficient lighting in
Lighting the hangar, so that any maintenance activity can be carried out in an efficient
manner.
Hangar is equipped with sufficient trestles, ladders, workshop benches, temporary
storage racks, overhead gantry, 230V power supply, 28V ground battery power
supply, pneumatic air source, stand for stacking rotor blades etc.
Equipment
Necessary general tools, special tools, equipment required to carryout
maintenance as per scope of approval granted are available at the hangar.
Environmentally controlled bonded store is located in area of 800 sq.ft (approx.)
for storing of parts / components etc. Receipt and Dispatch section is located in an
area of 300 sq.ft (approx). Quarantine / Repair / Scrap stores are located in a
segregated area of 150 Sq. ft.
Stores
Storage facilities are maintained clean and non-air conditioned areas are well
ventilated.
Storage racks strong enough to hold large components are provided, so that
components are not distorted during storage.
Air conditioned office space of about 3000 sq. ft is available to seat 20 plus staff
Office belonging to Maintenance, Tech-services, Quality, logistics department. 15 seat
Space conference cum training facility with overhead projector is available for
conducting induction / refresher training.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.2 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE FACILITIES - BANGALORE
Area is leased by Govt. of Karnataka to the organization. All structures including

Access
hangar / office area are built by the organization.
Component Maintenance facility is located on the ground floor adjacent to the
hangar and is spread out in an area of approx. 1000 sq. ft
Battery shop facility is located on the first floor of the building adjacent to the
Area
hangar and is spread out in an area of approx. 1200 sq.ft
Wheels and Brake shop is located on the entire ground floor of the building
adjacent to the hangar and is spread out in an area of 4000 sq.ft
Helicopter airframe component overhaul facility and Battery shop facility is air
conditioned to maintain a temperature of about 20°C
Temp.
Wheels and Brake shop is non-air conditioned facility and Day’s room
Component Maintenance facility at Bangalore
temperature varies from 20°C to 30°C, hence environment control of wheels and
brake shop is not necessary.
Dust Dust and airborne contamination is less and the shops are kept clean by routine
Pollution cleaning of all area in and around the shop.
Noise Noise pollution is less in the area, where the shops are situated and hence doesn’t
Shop areas are designed in such a way that natural lighting is available in the shop
Lighting and sufficient lights are also provided, to ensure that any maintenance activity can
be carried out in an efficient manner.
Helicopter airframe component shop is provided with degreasing equipment for
cleaning parts, shot blaster for blast removal of paints / coatings etc, 10 ton
hydraulic press for pressing /ejecting parts such as bearings, liners etc, oven for
heating / baking parts and necessary general and special tools to carryout the
work, with in the granted scope of approval.
Battery shop is provided with sufficient numbers of battery dischargers / chargers

for carrying out the battery capacity testing, overhaul and necessary general and
special tools to carryout the work, with in the granted scope of approval.
Equipment
Wheels and Brake shop is provided with equipments such as tire bead breaker,
fixture for holding wheels while disassembly / assembly, cage for tire inflation,
support stands for storage of tires, balancing equipment, surface plate with DTI,
Hardness tester etc. Dedicated Paint stripping and cleaning room for removal of
paints from hub assemblies. Dedicated rooms and necessary equipment for Non
Destructive inspection such as Magnetic particle, Fluorescent Penetrant, Eddy
current inspection are available with in the premises of the wheel and brake shop.
Lifting assembly for brake units for disassembly of the brake, hydraulic test rig
for testing brake assemblies are also available in the wheel and brake shop.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.3 BASE (Sub-base) MAINTENANCE FACILITY – DELHI
Delhi – Line Maintenance Facility
Address: Hangar No.2, Palam airport, NewDelhi.
Telephone : +91- 11-25673174, 11-25674809, 11-26520036,11-32909542

Fax : +91-11-26520034
Email – gcshukla@deccanair.com; adityaprakash@deccanair.com; surjeet.saini@yahoo.co.in
Area is leased by Delhi International Airport Limited (DIAL) to the organization.

Access
All structures including hangar / office area are built by DIAL.
Hangar is common use hangar, allotted for various operators. Deccan has a hangar
space area of approximately 1500 sq. feet, capable of accommodating three
Area
helicopters with its rotor blades removed. Hangar is closed from three sides,
enabling the maintenance personnel to carryout their functions during rain.
Day’s room (Hangar) temperature varies from 15°C to 40°C, hence environment
Temp.
control of hangar is not necessary.
Line & Base Maintenance facility at Delhi
Multiple overhead fixed halogen lights are available to provide sufficient lighting
Lighting in the hangar, so that any maintenance activity can be carried out in an efficient
manner.
Equipment
Stores
ventilated.
Office Air conditioned office space of about 800 sq. ft is available to seat 15 plus staff
Space belonging to Maintenance, Tech-services, Quality, logistics department..
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.4 BASE (Sub-base) MAINTENANCE FACILITY – MUMBAI
Mumbai – Line / Base Maintenance Facility
Address : Hangar No.8, Juhu airport, Mumbai - 40049
Telephone : +91- 222-661-1601, 222-661-4330
Fax : +91-222-661-1601
Email – mumbaiengg@deccanair.com, hari@deccanair.com
Area is leased from AAI to the organization. All internal structures of office area
Access
are built by the organization except the external hangar structure.
Mumbai facility has a hangar space area of approximately 463 sq. mts, capable of
accommodating two to three helicopters with its rotor blades removed. Hangar is
Area
closed from all sides, enabling the maintenance personnel to carryout their
Temp.
Line & Base Maintenance facility at Mumbai
Six overhead fixed halogen lights are available to provide sufficient lighting in
manner.
storage racks, 230V power supply, 28V ground battery power supply, pneumatic
air source, aircraft jacks, wash cart and stand for stacking rotor blades etc.
Equipment
Necessary general tools, special tools, Pressurization Unit equipment required to
carryout maintenance as per scope of approval granted are available at the hangar.
Environmentally controlled bonded store is located in area of 170sq.ft (approx.)
for storing of parts / components etc.
Quarantine / Scrap stores are located in a segregated area.

Stores
ventilated.
Storage bins/Storage Racks are strong enough to hold spares are provided, so that
Air conditioned office space of about 1400 sq. ft is available to seat 15 plus staff
belonging to Maintenance, Operations Quality, stores and admin department.
Office
Space
6-12 seat conference / training / crew training facility with overhead projector are
available for conducting induction / refresher training.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.5 BASE (Sub-base) MAINTENANCE FACILITY – JAMMU
Jammu – Line / Base Maintenance Facility
Address : Nehru Helipad, Rajbhavan, Jammu
Telephone : +91- 1991-234378/79
Fax : +91-1991-234379
Email – rakeshkumar.singh@deccanair.com
Area is provided by Govt. of J&K under mutual agreement. Manpower is

Access
positioned as and when required basis at this location to carryout the work.
Maintenance facility has a hangar space area of approximately 2000 sq. feet,
capable of accommodating three to four helicopters. Hangar is closed from all
Area
sides, enabling the maintenance personnel to carryout their functions during rain.
Temp.
Line & Base Maintenance facility at Jammu
Ten overhead fixed halogen lights and 5 Tube lights are available to provide
Lighting sufficient lighting in the hangar, so that any maintenance activity can be carried
out in an efficient manner.
supply, pneumatic air source, etc.
Equipment
Necessary general tools, special tools, equipment required to carryout maintenance
as per scope of approval granted are available at the hangar.
Stores
ventilated.
Office Air conditioned office space of about 1000 sq. ft is available to seat staff
Space belonging to Maintenance.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.6 BASE (Sub-base) MAINTENANCE FACILITY – SURAT
Surat – Line / Base Maintenance Facility
Address: Cairn Energy Site, Lakshmi Onshore Terminal, Survey No.-232, Reliance Jetty Road, Suvali Village, Post:
Suvali, Taluka: Chourasiya, Dist: Surat-394510, Gujarat, India.
.Telephone: +91- 9227901168/69. Fax : +0261-2862790/93
Email – svlde@cairnindia.com ; surat@deccanair.com ; jagesh@deccanair.com
Area is property of cairn Energy India ltd, provided to the organization for use, as
the organization also provides Helicopter service for Cairn India Limited. Area
Access
includes Helipad, Hangar, Bonded Store & Quarantine Stores, and Engg. Office
& Ops Office
Surat facility has a hangar space area of approximately 4500 sq. feet, capable of
accommodating three two-blade helicopters with one of its rotor blade tied down
Area
over the tail boom. The maintenance hanger is enclosed from three side to
facilitate maintenance personnel to carryout their functions during rain
Temp.
Line & Base Maintenance facility at Surat
Nine overhead fixed halogen lights are available to provide sufficient lighting in
manner.
Equipment
Environmentally controlled bonded store is located in area of (16ftX15ft) 240
sq.ft (approx.) for storing of parts / components etc. Quarantine / Repair / Scrap
stores are located in a segregated area of 80 Sq. ft.
Stores Storage facilities are maintained clean and non-air conditioned areas are well
ventilated.
Space belonging to Maintenance, Tech-services, and logistics department
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.7 BASE (Sub-base) MAINTENANCE FACILITY – RAIGARH
Raigarh – Line / Base / Maintenance Facility
Address: Aviation Department, Jindal Steel & Power Limited, Kharsia Road, Post Box-16, Raigarh-496001, (C.G.),
INDIA.
Telephone: +91- 7762-304300 extn: 2111, 2112, 5129. Fax : +91-7762-304332
E-mail – shobit.gupta@deccanair.com
Area is provided by Jindal Steel & Power Limited to the organization. All
Access structures including hangar / office area are built by Jindal Steel & Power
Limited.
Raigarh facility has a hangar space area of approximately 50m X 30m X 6.83m,
capable of accommodating four to five fixed wing aircraft or helicopters. Hangar
Area
is closed from all sides, enabling the maintenance personnel to carryout their
Temp.
Line & Base Maintenance facility at Raigarh
Thirteen overhead fixed halogen lights are available to provide sufficient lighting
manner.
storage racks, 230V power supply, 28V ground battery power supply, pneumatic
air source.
Equipment
Stores
ventilated.
Space belonging to Maintenance, Tech-services department.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.8 BASE (Sub-base) MAINTENANCE FACILITY – KOLKATA
Kolkata – Line Maintenance Facility
Address : Room No.209,Hangar No.19,NSCBI Airport, Kolkata-700 052
Telephone : +91- 9432217928,9433196396
Fax : +91-332-511-2022
Email – saikat@deccanair.com
Room and hangar at Hangar No.19 and Hangar No.6 respectively are leased
Access by AAI, Kolkata to scheduled airline division of our organization, who has
allowed us to use the same
Kolkata facility has a hangar space area of approximately 3000 sq. feet, capable of
Area accommodating two ATR72 aero planes. Hangar is closed from two sides,
enabling the maintenance personnel to carryout their functions during rain.
Temp.
Line & Base Maintenance facility at Kolkata
Noise pollution is prevalent in the area, as the hangar is situated inside the airport
Noise
and hence all maintenance personnel take proper precautions during carrying out
Pollution
maintenance
Eight overhead fixed halogen lights are available to provide sufficient lighting in
manner.
supply, pneumatic air source, hydraulic power trolley etc.
Equipment
for storing of parts / components etc. Quarantine / Repair / Scrap stores are
located in a segregated area.
Stores Storage facilities are maintained clean and non-air conditioned areas are well
ventilated.
Office Air conditioned office space of about 300 sq. ft is available to seat 06 staff
Space belonging to Maintenance, Tech-services department.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.9 BASE (Sub-base) MAINTENANCE FACILITY – BHUBANESHWAR
Bhubaneswar – Line Maintenance Facility
Address : East Air hangar, Bhubaneswar - 751014, India
Telephone : +91- 674-243-3537
Fax : +91-674-243-5464
Email – bbsrengg@deccanair.com, skpandey@deccanair.com
Area is leased by Capt. Ajay Kumar Mishra to the organization. All structures
Access
including hangar / office area are built by Capt. Ajay Kumar Mishra.
Bhubaneswar facility has a hangar space area of approximately 2000 sq. feet,
capable of accommodating one helicopter with its rotor blades installed. Hangar is
Area
closed from three sides (Front Face is open), enabling the maintenance personnel
to carryout their functions during rain.
Temp.
Line & Base Maintenance facility at Bhubaneshwar
Three overhead fixed halogen lights are available to provide sufficient lighting in
Lighting the working area in the hangar, so that any maintenance activity can be carried out
in an efficient manner.
Equipment
for storing of parts / components etc. Receipt and Dispatch section is located in
same area. Quarantine / Repair / Scrap stores are located in an area of 300 Sq. ft.
on the first floor.
Stores
ventilated.
Space belonging to Maintenance, Tech-services, Quality, logistics department.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.10 BASE (Sub-base) MAINTENANCE FACILITY – HYDERABAD
HYDERABAD – Line / Base Maintenance Facility
Address: C/O A.P. Aviation Academy. Begumpet, old Airport, Hyderabad, India.
Telephone : +91- 04064581326
Email – arunprabhu@deccanair.com,
Hangar belongs A.P.Aviation Academy in which our organization is permitted to

park its helicopter and carry out maintenance activities for both helicopter and
Access
CJ1+ Fixed wing Aircraft. All structures including hangar / office area are rented
to the organization by A.P. Aviation Academy
Hyderabad facility has a hangar space area of approximately 5000 sq. feet, out of
which approx 1200 sq feet hangar space is allotted for helicopter parking. And the
rest of the space can be utilized on need basis.
Area
Hangar is closed from all sides, enabling the maintenance personnel to carryout
their functions during rain.
Temp.
Line & Base Maintenance facility at Hyderabad
Thirty overhead fixed fluorescent lights are available to provide sufficient lighting
manner.
Equipment
area of 50 sq.ft (approx). Quarantine / Repair / Scrap stores are located in area of
50 Sq.ft
Stores
ventilated.
Office Air conditioned office space of about 100 sq. ft is available to seat 5 staff
Space belonging to Maintenance, Tech-services, Quality, logistics department.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.11 LINE MAINTENANCE STATION – CHENNAI
CHENNAI – Line Maintenance
Address: E-312, TVH Park Villa, Vinayaka Nagar, Thoraipakkam, Chennai – 600096 India.
Telephone : +91- 44-24565312, +91-99406-35721
Email – satyamsingh.patel@deccanair.com
Aircraft is parked at Chennai International airport. All line maintenance activities

Access
are carried out at parking bay.
Area Parking bay allotted by airport authority of India.
Temp. Day’s temperature varies from 20°C to 40°C.

Line Maintenance at Chennai
Dust
Dust and airborne contamination is less in the airport area
Pollution
Noise Noise pollution is acceptable in the parking bay area, where the aircraft is parked
Pollution and hence doesn’t affect / distract personnel from carrying out the intended task.
Maintenance activities are carried out during day time only. No maintenance
Lighting
activities are carried out in the night
Necessary general tools, water wash equipment required to carryout line

Equipment
maintenance are available and is carried to the airport, as and when required.
No parts are stored on routine basis. Required parts are transported from
Stores Bangalore as per requirement. Consumables & Parts intended for day to day use
are held in appropriate manner for line maintenance consumption.
Office Air conditioned office space is available to seat 3 staff belonging to Maintenance /
Space Operation at the address mentioned above.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.12 LINE MAINTENANCE STATION – KOPPAL
KOPPAL – Line Maintenance
Address : Baldota Koppal Aerodrome, Koppal, Karnataka
Telephone : 08539-286570
Email – mr.ranjanrao@deccanair.com
Aircraft is parked at MSPL airport at Koppal. All line maintenance activities are
Access
carried out at parking bay.
Area Koppal is a private airport built by MSPL Limited.

Line Maintenance at KOPPAL
Dust
Pollution
Noise Noise pollution is less / non-existent in the airport, where the aircraft is parked
Lighting

Equipment
maintenance are available and is carried to the airport, as and when required.
Office Office space is available to seat 3 staff belonging to Maintenance at the address
Space mentioned above.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.13 LINE MAINTENANCE STATION – TORNAGALLU
TORNAGALLU – Line Maintenance
Address: Jindal Vidyanagar Airport, Bellary Dist, Karnataka, India.
Telephone: 08395-240499, +91-974-003-2075
Email – mayank.singh@deccanair.com
Aircraft is parked at Vidyanagar airport. All line maintenance activities are

Access
carried out at parking bay.
Area Vidyanagar airport is a private airport built by Jindal Steel Works.

Line Maintenance at TORNAGALLU
Dust
Pollution
Lighting

Equipment
maintenance are available and are carried to the airport, as and when required.
Office Office space is available to seat 3 staff belonging to maintenance at the address
Space mentioned above.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.14 LINE MAINTENANCE STATION – VIZAG
VIZAG – Line Maintenance
Address : 201, J.L.Nair Complex, Above Megna Megamart, Guchirajepalayam, Vizag , India.
Telephone : 0891-3065568
Email – vizagengg@deccanair.com
Aircraft is parked at Vizag airport. All line maintenance activities are carried out
Access
at parking bay.
Area Parking bay allotted by airport authority of India.

Line Maintenance at VIZAG
Dust
Pollution
Lighting

Equipment
maintenance are available and are carried to the airport, as and when required.
Office Air conditioned office space is available to seat 3 staff belonging to Maintenance
Space at the address mentioned above.
*******************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.8.15 LINE MAINTENANCE FACILITY – KATRA
Katra – Line Maintenance Facility
Address : Katra Helipad, Katra Udhampur road, Katra, Distt-Udhampur-182301(J&k), India
Telephone : +91- 1991-234378/79
Fax : +91-1991-234379
Email – Katraengg@deccanair.com, rakeshkumar.singh@deccanair.com
Access Area is leased by Sree Mata Veshno Devi Shrine board to the organization.
Katra facility has a hangar space area of approximately 4000 sq. feet, capable of
accommodating four to five helicopters with its rotor blades removed. Hangar is
Area
closed from all sides, enabling the maintenance personnel to carryout their
functions during rain. Hangar is also used by another operator.
Temp.
Line Maintenance facility at Katra
Five overhead fixed halogen lights and 10 Tube lights are available to provide
sufficient lighting in the hangar, so that any maintenance activity can be carried
Lighting
out in an efficient manner.

supply, pneumatic air source, etc.
Equipment
Necessary general tools, special tools, equipment required to carryout maintenance
as per scope of approval granted are available at the hangar.
Stores ventilated.
Space belonging to Maintenance, logistics, and commercial department.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.9 ORGANIZATION’S ACTIVITIES / SCOPE OF WORK

(Ref: AMC-145.A.10 & CAR 145.A.20)
a). Organization is an established AMO capable of and approved by DGCA to carrying out the
following:
1. Line Maintenance
2. Base Maintenance
3. Component Maintenance
4. Specialized Activities
b). Line Maintenance is defined as any maintenance that is carried out before flight to ensure that the
aircraft is fit for the intended flight. Line maintenance includes;
1. Trouble shooting
2. Defect Rectification
3. Component replacement with use of external test equipment if required.
4. Component replacement may include components such as engines and propellers.
5. Scheduled maintenance and / or checks including visual inspections that will detect
obvious unsatisfactory conditions / discrepancies but do not require extensive in depth
inspection. It may also include internal structure, systems and power plant items which
are visible through quick opening access panels/ doors.
6. Minor repairs and modifications which do not require extensive disassembly and can be
accomplished by simple means.
c). For temporary or occasional cases (AD’s, SB’s), the Quality Manager may accept base maintenance
tasks to be performed at line maintenance station provided all requirements are fulfilled.
d). Maintenance tasks falling outside the above criteria are considered to be Base maintenance
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

e). Aircraft wise line / base maintenance classification is given below
Sl. Type of aircraft, engine and propeller Classification of Scheduled Maintenance activity as
No Line Maintenance Base Maintenance
1 Bell 206B3 fitted with RR 250-C20 Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
engines
2 Bell 206L3 fitted with RR 250-C30P Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
engine
3 Bell206L4 fitted with RR 250-C30P Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
engine
4 Bell 407 fitted with RR 250-C47B engine Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
5 AS 355F1 / F2 fitted with RR 250-C20F Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
engine
6 Bell 212 fitted with PT6T-3B engine Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
7 Bell 412 fitted with PT6T-3B engine Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
8 Schweizer 330SP fitted with RR 250- Inspection below Annual Annual inspection and above
C20W engine
9 Agusta 109E fitted with PW 206C engine Inspection below 400hrs 400Hrs inspection and above
10 EC-145 fitted with Arriel 1E2 engine Inspection below 600hrs 600Hrs inspection and above
11 Bell 230 fitted with RR 250-C30G/2 Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
engine
12 PC-12, 12/45 & 12/47) fitted with PT6A- Inspection below Annual Annual inspection and above
67B engine
13 Citation CJ1+ fitted with Williams FJ44- Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
1AP engine
14 Citation CJ2 fitted with Williams FJ44- Inspection below 300hrs 300Hrs inspection and above
2AC engine
15 Caravan 208B fitted with PT6A-114A Inspection below 400hrs 400Hrs inspection and above
engine
16 P68C fitted with Lycoming IO-230 A1B6 Inspection below 200hrs 200Hrs inspection and above
engine
17 King Air B200 fitted with PT6A-42 Inspection below Phase-II Phase-II inspection and above
engine
18 King Air C90A fitted with PT6A-21 Inspection below Phase-II Phase-II inspection and above
engine
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.9.1 ORGANIZATION’S APPROVED SCOPE OF WORK & TERMS OF APPROVAL
a. Scope of work, deemed to be constituting approval of DGCA is listed below in Table 1.9.1.A to
1.9.1.E. (CAR 145.A.20 refers).
TABLE -1.9.1.A
CLASS RATING LIMITATIONS Location LINE BASE

PC-12, 12/45 & 12/47) fitted with PT6A-
Delhi X X
67B engine
PC-12/45 fitted with PT6A-67B engine Bangalore X X
Mumbai X X
Citation CJ1+ fitted with Williams FJ44- Delhi X ---

1AP engine Hyderabad X X
Delhi X X
Caravan 208B fitted with PT6A-114A
Bangalore X X
A2 - engine
Raigarh X X
Aero plane
AIRCRAFT
below
5700 kg AUW King Air B200 fitted with PT6A-42
Mumbai X X
engine
King Air C90A fitted with PT6A-21 Bangalore X X

engine Delhi X ---
P68C fitted with Lycoming IO-230 A1B6

Bangalore X X
engine
Citation CJ2 fitted with Williams FJ44-

Kolkata X X
2AC engine
Terms of Approval at Line Station

PC-12, 12/45 & 12/47) fitted with PT6A-67B engine Up to Annual Inspection
Citation CJ1+ fitted with Williams FJ44-1AP engine Up to 150Hrs Inspection
Delhi Caravan 208B fitted with PT6A-114A engine Up to 400Hrs Inspection
King Air C90A fitted with PT6A-21 engine Up to Phase-I inspection
PC-12/45 fitted with PT6A-67B engine Up to Annual Inspection
Mumbai
King Air B200 fitted with PT6A-42 engine Up to Phase IV Inspection
PC-12/45 fitted with PT6A-67B engine Up to Annual Inspection
King Air C90A fitted with PT6A-21 engine Up to Phase IV Inspection
Bangalore P68C fitted with Lycoming IO-230 A1B6 engine Up to 200Hrs / 1 Yr Inspection
Caravan 208B fitted with PT6A-114A engine Up to 1000Hrs / 1Yr Inspection
Raigarh Caravan 208B fitted with PT6A-114A engine Up to 400Hrs Inspection
Hyderabad Citation CJ1+ fitted with Williams FJ44-1AP engine Up to 300Hrs Inspection
Kolkata Citation CJ2 fitted with Williams FJ44-2AC engine Up to 150Hrs Inspection
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

TABLE -1.9.1.B
CLASS RATING LIMITATIONS Location LINE BASE

Bangalore X X
Bell 206B3 fitted with RR 250-C20
Delhi X X
engines
Mumbai X X
Bangalore X X
Bell 206L3 fitted with RR 250-C30P Delhi X X
engine Hyderabad X X
Jammu X X
Bangalore X X
Bell206L4 fitted with RR 250-C30P
Delhi X X
engine
Hyderabad X X
Bell 206L series fitted with RR 250-

Mumbai X X
C30P engine
Bangalore X X
Delhi X X
Bell 407 fitted with RR 250-C47B Mumbai X X
engine Hyderabad X X
A3 -
AIRCRAFT Jammu X X
Helicopters
Bhubaneswar X X
Bangalore X ---
Bell 212 fitted with PT6T-3B engine
Surat X X
Bell 412 fitted with PT6T-3B engine Mumbai X X
Bell 230 fitted with RR 250-C30G/2

Delhi X X
engine
AS 355F1 / F2 fitted with RR 250-C20F Bangalore X X

engine Mumbai X X
Schweizer 330SP fitted with RR 250-

Bangalore X X
C20W engine
Agusta 109E fitted with PW 206C Jammu X X

engine Delhi X ---
EC-145 fitted with Arriel 1E2 engine Delhi X X
Limitations / Terms of Approval at Line or Base Station

Bangalore Bell 206B3 fitted with RR 250-C20 engines Up to 1200hrs Inspection
Bell 206L3 fitted with RR 250-C30P engine Up to 1200hrs Inspection
Bell206L4 fitted with RR 250-C30P engine Up to 300hrs Inspection
Bell 407 fitted with RR 250-C47B engine Up to 300hrs Inspection
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

AS 355F1 / F2 fitted with RR 250-C20F engine Up to 5000hrs/12yrs Inspection
Bell 212 fitted with PT6T-3B engine Up to 150hrs Inspection
Schweizer 330SP fitted with RR 250-C20W engine Up to 100hrs Inspection
Hyderabad Bell206L4 fitted with RR 250-C30P engine Up to 300hrs Inspection
Bell 407 fitted with RR 250-C47B engine Up to 300Hrs / 12 Months Inspection
AS 355F1 / F2 fitted with RR 250-C20F engine Up to 500 Hrs / 2 Yr Inspection
Bell 412 fitted with PT6T-3B engine Up to 600 Hrs / 12 Months Inspection
Mumbai Bell 206L series fitted with RR 250-C30P engine Up to 300 Hrs Inspection
Bell 407 fitted with RR 250-C47B engine Up to 300 Hrs / 12 Months Inspection
Bell 206B3 fitted with RR 250-C20 engines Up to 300 Hrs Inspection
Bell 206B3 fitted with RR 250-C20 engines Up to 1200hrs Inspection
Bell206L4 fitted with RR 250-C30P engine Up to 300hrs Inspection
Delhi Bell 407 fitted with RR 250-C47B engine Up to 1200hrs / 24months Inspection
Agusta 109E fitted with PW 206C engine Up to 100hrs / 6months Inspection
EC-145 fitted with Arriel 1E2 engine Up to 100hrs Inspection
Bell 230 fitted with RR 250-C30G/2 engine Up to 600hrs / 12months Inspection
Surat Bell 212 fitted with PT6T-3B engine Up to 3000hrs / 5years Inspection
Bell 407 fitted with RR 250-C47B engine Up to 300Hrs / 12Months
Jammu Agusta 109E fitted with PW 206C engine Up to 400hrs Inspection
Bhubaneswar Bell 407 fitted with RR 250-C47B engine Up to 300Hrs / 12Months
TABLE -1.9.1.C
CLASS RATING LIMITATIONS Location Scope of work
Engines B-1 Turbine RR Model 250 Bangalore Module Change
Engines
TABLE -1.9.1.D
CLASS RATING LIMITATIONS Location ATA Chapters
C-5 Ni-cad Battery Bangalore 24
Electrical
Power
C-10 Bell 206L Series, Bangalore 62, 64
Helicopter - Bell 206B3 and
Components Rotors Bell 407
C-11 Bell 206L Series, Bangalore 63, 65
Helicopter – Bell 206B3 and
Trans Bell 407
ATR42 Series, Bangalore 32
C-14 Landing ATR 72 Series,
Gear Airbus A-320
ATP Aircraft Bangalore 32
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

TABLE -1.9.1.E
Specialized D1 – Non Bangalore FPI, MPI, Ultrasonic and Eddy Current
Services Destructive NIL Inspection.
Testing
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.9.2 CAPABILITY LIST - ENGINE
TABLE -1.9.1.F

Engines B-1 Turbine RR Model 250 Bangalore Module Change
Engines
CAPABILITY LIST
Sl.No. PART No. DESCRIPTION
1 All RR 250-C 20 Series Engines
2 All RR 250-C 30 Series Engines
3 All RR 250-C47B engine
1.9.3 CAPABILITY LIST - BATTERY
TABLE -1.9.1.G
CLASS RATING LIMITATIONS Location ATA CHAPTERS

Engines C-5 Ni-cad Battery Bangalore 24
Electrical
Power
CAPABILITY LIST
1 2758 Periodical Check (Charging)
Regular Check (Capacity Testing & Charging)
General Overhaul
General Overhaul
General Overhaul
4 1658-6 Periodical Check (Charging)
General Overhaul
General Overhaul
General Overhaul
7 4078-2 / Periodical Check (Charging)
40678-2 Regular Check (Capacity Testing & Charging)
General Overhaul
General Overhaul
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

9 NCSPB - Periodical Check (Charging)
40060 A Regular Check (Capacity Testing & Charging)
General Overhaul
10 AD40678-2 ATR Main Battery – Aero Design
Electrical Test for new battery from stores.
Electrical Test for battery from aircraft.
General Overhaul.
11 NC001/NC115 Initial commissioning / Capacity check
General Overhaul
13 40179 Capacity Test & Charging
General Overhaul
14 2778-1 Capacity Test
15 32824-001 Marathon Battery Reconditioning & Capacity Testing
General Overhaul
17 61-0478-9 & - Battery Pack Assembly
11
Capacity check
61-3800-1
18 AD301-3017 Emergency battery pack test procedure
19 301-1151 Emergency battery pack capacity test
20 301-3017 Emergency battery pack testing
Amdt A&B
21 3214-30 Emergency lighting power supply recharging
22 3214-31 Emergency battery pack capacity test
23 405 CH Airbus 330 Battery – Recharging, Capacity Test, General overhaul.
24 505 CH Airbus 340 Battery – Recharging, Capacity Test, General overhaul.
25 NCSP-B- Airbus Battery (Indigenized) – Re-charging, Capacity Testing & General
23060LM overhaul
26 39563-001 Battery Pack – Capacity test
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.9.4 CAPABILITY LIST - HELICOPTER COMPONENTS
TABLE -1.9.1.I

Components C-11 Bell 206L Series, Bangalore 63, 65
Helicopter – Bell 206B3 and
Trans Bell 407
CAPABILITY LIST
1 ALL 206L Series – Main Rotor Head
2 ALL 206L Series – Tail Rotor Head
3 ALL 206L Series – Main Rotor Gearbox
4 ALL 206L Series – Tail Rotor Gearbox
5 ALL 206L Series – Freewheeling Assembly
6 ALL 206L Series – Swashplate & Support Assembly
7 ALL 206L Series – Main Rotor Drive Shaft
8 ALL 206B3 – Main Rotor Head
9 ALL 206B3 – Tail Rotor Head
10 ALL 206B3 – Main Rotor Gearbox
11 ALL 206B3 – Tail Rotor Gearbox
12 ALL 206B3 – Freewheeling Assembly
13 ALL 206B3– Swashplate & Support Assembly
14 ALL 206B3 – Main Rotor Drive Shaft
15 ALL Bell 407 – Main Rotor Head
16 ALL Bell 407 – Tail Rotor Head
17 ALL Bell 407 – Main Rotor Gearbox
18 ALL Bell 407 – Tail Rotor Gearbox
19 ALL Bell 407 – Freewheeling Assembly
20 ALL Bell 407– Swashplate & Support Assembly
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.9.5 CAPABILITY LIST - WHEELS & BRAKE
TABLE -1.9.1.I

ATR42 Series,
C-14 Landing ATR 72 Series, Bangalore
Components 32
Gear Airbus A-320
ATP Aircraft
CAPABILITY LIST
Sl.No PART No. DESCRIPTION
1 5006856,-1,-2,-3,-4,-5 Tire Change and Overhaul of Main Wheel assembly fitted on ATR 42-
320/500 aircraft
2 5006858,-1,-2 Tire Change and Overhaul of Nose Wheel assembly fitted on ATR 42-
320/500 aircraft.
3 5006857,-1,-2 Overhaul of Brake Assembly fitted on ATR 42-320 aircraft.
4 5012609 Overhaul of Brake Assembly fitted on ATR 42-320/500 aircraft.
5 C 20195162 Tire Change and Overhaul of Main Wheel assembly fitted on Airbus A-320
aircraft.
6 3-1531,-1,-2,-3, Tire Change and Overhaul of Nose Wheel assembly fitted on Airbus A-320
3-1470 series aircraft
7 C 20225310,
C 20225410 series,
Overhaul of Brake Assembly fitted on Airbus A-320 aircraft.
C 20225508 / 9 / 10
series
8 AHA 1752, Tire Change and Overhaul of Main Wheel assembly fitted on ATR 72-500
AHA 1890 aircraft.
9 AH54452, Tire Change and Overhaul of Nose Wheel assembly fitted on ATR 72-500
AH54474 aircraft.
10 AHA 1653 Overhaul of Brake Assembly fitted on ATR 72-500 aircraft.
11 AHA 2122 Tire Change and Overhaul of Main Wheel assembly fitted on ATP aircraft.
12 AH54422 Tire Change and Overhaul of Nose Wheel assembly fitted on ATP aircraft.
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.10 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE TO DGCA REGARDING CHANGES TO ORGANISATION’S

ACTIVITIES / APPROVALS / LOCATION / PERSONNEL.
(Ref: CAR 145.85, EPM Section-1, Chapter-16)
a). Quality Manager will notify DGCA of any proposal to carryout any of the following changes before
such changes takes place to enable DGCA to determine continued compliance with the CAR-145
and to amend, if necessary, the approval certificate, except that in case of proposed changes in
personnel not known to the management beforehand, these changes will be notified to DGCA at the
earliest opportunity.
1 Name of the organization

2 Main location of the organization
3 Additional location of the organization
4 Any of the persons nominated under 145.A.30.b (Chief Engineer and Quality Manager)
5 Variation in support / certifying manpower (more than 25%) or change in scope of work or
terms of approval that could affect the approval.
1.10.1 CHANGES TO NAME / MAIN LOCATIONS / ADDITIONAL LOCATIONS
a). Quality manager will inform the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore in writing of a proposed
change of the organization name, main location or additional locations, giving reasons along with an
amendment to the relevant parts of this exposition. This will be carried out in a timely manner thus
allowing the exposition amendment to be considered and accepted/rejected before the new location
is used.
a). An intended change of the “Accountable Manager” will be carried out under written proposal to
the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore, by the Managing Director. On receipt of
acceptance letter from the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore, Quality Manager will
organize to issue an amendment to Part 1.1 and Part 1.5 of this exposition. This exposition
amendment will state the corporate commitment signed by the new accountable manager.
1.10.3 NOMINATED PERSONNEL (CHIEF ENGINEER & QUALITY MANAGER)
a). An intended change of the “Chief Engineer” / “Quality Manager” will be carried out under
written proposal l (using FORM-4) to the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore, by the
Accountable Manager. Advance information will be given to the Director of Airworthiness
for enabling him to consider the application and accept / reject the nominee. On receipt of
approval from the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore, Quality Manager will issue an
amendment to Part 1.1 and Part 1.5 of this exposition.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.10.4 CHANGES IN THE COMPANY ACTIVITIES (SCOPE OF APPROVAL, CAPABILITY Etc...)
a). Quality Manager will intimate the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore in writing of
changes in the company activities such as facilities, equipment, tools, materials, procedures,
work scope or certifying staff that could affect the existing approval. QM will intimate the
Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore of the reduction in the number of personnel when it
falls by more than 25 % of the requirement based on man hour plan Vs organization’s activity.
b). In case of addition of scope approval / capability, the Quality Manager will submit the proposed
changes along with audit reports of the facilities requesting for addition of scope of approval /
capability. Once the scope of approval / capability is granted, necessary amendments to the
relevant parts of MOE will be submitted for approval, by the Quality Manager
1.10.5 PROCEDURE FOR ESTBALISHING A NEW SUB-BASE MAINTENANCE FACILITY
a). Quality Manager will send a proposal to the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore in writing
for establishing a new permanent sub-base maintenance facility to commensurate with the
operational / customer requirements. Quality Manager will ensure that the facility is established as
detailed in EPM, Section-1, Chapter-15.
********************
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.11 EXPOSITION ISSUE / AMENDMENT PROCEDURE (Ref: EPM Section -3, Chapter 14)
a). Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) is a document(s) that contain the material specifying
the scope of work deemed to constitute approval and showing how the organization intends to
comply with the CAR-145 requirements.
b). MOE will be prepared & submitted by the Quality Manager to the office of Regional Airworthiness
Office, Bangalore, on behalf of the Accountable Manager and amended based on revisions to
Aircraft Rules, CAR 145 or based on any other regulatory / procedure requirement. (CAR
145.A.70.a refers).
1.11.1 PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR AMENDING THE EXPOSITION
a). Quality Manager will ensure that the exposition is amended as necessary to remain an up-to-date
with the regulatory requirements. MOE issue / amendment will be submitted to the Regional
Airworthiness Office, Bangalore for approval.(CAR 145.A.70.b refers)
b). Changes to this MOE will be initiated by quality manager. The reasons for revision will be provided
in Revision transmittal sheet. Changes will be issued in the form of amendments to the applicable
sheets. The corresponding amended pages will have a higher revision number. The changes made in
the document will be identified by vertical lines at the left margin of the affected paragraph.
Controlled copy holders, on receipt of amendments will amend the MOE and enter in the
amendment record.
c). When ever an additional sheet is required to be inserted in between a two adjacent pages to
accommodate additional information, the corresponding sheet will be identified with an alphabet
suffixed to the previous page number. The revision status of all the amended sheets will be
indicated on the list of effective pages available in the beginning of this document.
d). Amendments requiring approval (Refer – MOE 1.11.3) will be forwarded to Regional
Airworthiness Office and implemented only after obtaining approval. Approved amendments will
be issued to all the control copy holders as per distribution list.
e). The quality manager will review this document once every six months for adequacy and continued
suitability and issue required amendments. The record of such revisions will be documented in the
record of revision sheet of this MOE.
1.11.2 SOURCES OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS WITHIN THE ORGANISATION
a). MOE will be revised whenever necessary as a result of change in Company Policy, Organization
Structure, Scope of approval, address, etc.
b). MOE will also be revised whenever there is a change in CAR-145 requirements, or issue of
airworthiness advisory circulars, which affect the organization’s policy, procedure and maintenance
practices.
c). Generally it will be reviewed twice a year - in the month of June and December.
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

d). The quality manager and chief engineer will review the MOE, including associated procedure
manuals in conjunction with other post holders / senior maintenance personnel and prepare any
proposed amendments for submission to Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore.
e). On receipt of the approved amendments from the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore the
quality manager will ensure distribution of approved revisions to all controlled copy holders thru
Manager –Technical services. Manual holders, on receipt of amendments, will incorporate the
revisions in their copies of the manual in accordance with the revision instructions issued. The
acknowledgement slip of accomplishment will be returned to the Technical Officer - Library
f). Quality Manager’s MOE copy is designated as Master MOE. All superseded / amended copies of the
Master MOE will be retained by Quality Manager in a separate file for reference.
g). Any minor changes to the MOE will be issued as Revisions. If changes to the MOE are more than
50%, then the MOE will be re-issued and the issue number will be identified on the first page.
h). Any observed errors or omissions must be brought to the attention of the quality manager.
1.11.3 DESIGNATION OF PARTS OF EXPOSITION THAT CAN BE AMENDED WITHOUT THE

PRIOR APPROVAL OF DGCA.
a). Part of the MOE which contains the list of man power, grammar mistakes will be amended without
the prior approval of DGCA. Such amended parts will be submitted to the Regional Airworthiness
Office, Bangalore for approval during subsequent revisions.
1.11.4 SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING "LOWER ORDER" DOCUMENTS,

CONSTITUTING THE TOTAL EXPOSITION
(Ref: EPM Section – 3, Chapter – 21)
a). The following updated documents will be available for reference and use and are called as the
‘Lower order” documents, constituting the Total Exposition.
1. Engineering Procedures Manual (EPM)

2. Logistics Procedure Manual (LPM)
3. Shop Procedure Manual (SPM)
4. Training Manual
5. Forms Manual
REV NO : 01
DATE : Aug 2008

1.11.5 PROCEDURES FOR THE CONTROL AND AMENDMENT OF CAPABILITY LIST
a). The Quality Manager will seek the acceptance / approval for enhancement of capability of the
organization along with supporting documents, whenever the capability of the shop / organisation is
required to be amended to include / extend the scope of approval for maintenance of aircraft and/or
components capable of being serviced / repaired / overhauled.
b). Quality Manager will submit the documentary proof supporting the availability of literature, tools &
equipment, manpower, facility etc to the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore. On receipt of
acceptance / approval, the Quality Manager will amend the capability list.
*******************
PART-2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES DATE : Aug 2008
2.1 SUPPLIER EVALUATION AND CONTRACTOR /SUBCONTRACTOR CONTROL PROCEDURE

(Ref: LPM Chapter-2 & 14)
a). This chapter defines the policies and procedures of evaluation & approval of suppliers (source) of
aircraft goods & contractors (approved maintenance organization) so as to assure the airworthiness
standards and quality of aircraft components and materials purchased / work outsourced.
b). Detailed procedures for evaluation of suppliers / contractors are provided in LPM chapter -2 and 14
respectively.
2.1.1 COMPANY POLICY
a). All materials used on Deccan Aviation owned or customer aircraft will be obtained directly or
indirectly (through business partners / facilitators) from the following sources along with proper
release documents. Such sources will be enlisted as Company approved suppliers.
i. Manufacturer of aircraft / engine / components / consumables / raw material (OEM),

ii. Manufacturer’s approved sources,
iii. Parts distributors approved by aviation authority of the country, where the parts distributor
is located,
iv. Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA) holders, approved by FAA, JAA, Transport Canada
(TC)) etc
v. FAA /EASA-145 / approved maintenance organization, with authorized release certificate /
FAA Form 8130-3 or equivalent.
b). All maintenance activities beyond the scope of approval of Deccan Aviation will only be outsourced
for repair, overhaul, testing to manufacturer, manufacturer approved /authorized maintenance
agencies, FAA / EASA-145 / approved maintenance agencies. Such agencies will be enlisted as
Company approved Contractor’s.
c). Any maintenance activities to be outsourced to Non-EASA / TC /FAA -145 approved agencies will
be carried out only after specific clearance from the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore.
2.1.2 COMPANY APPROVED SUPPLIERS / CONTRACTORS
a). All aircraft materials such as Life limited / On-condition parts, rotables, hardwares, consumables, raw
materials etc for use on aircraft will be purchased from organization listed in MOE 2.1.1.a only. All
such parts supplier’s will be evaluated by Head-Logistics and approved by Quality Manager as
Company approved Suppliers.
b). Logistics - Head will maintain list of all such Company approved suppliers / contractors and the same
will be listed as annexure in Chapter-2, Logistics Procedure Manual.
c). Criteria for evaluation of SUPPLIERS are listed below;
i. Company information such as Name, company incorporation details, registered address,

contact phone, mail id, website details etc
ii. Approval information related to manufacturing / distribution issued by

FAA/EASA/Transport Canada (TC) etc.
d). Criteria for evaluation of CONTRACTORS are listed below;

contact phone, mail id, website details etc.
ii. Scope, Capability and Validity of Approval issued by FAA / EASA / TC related to the
maintenance, repair, overhaul intended to be outsourced.
e). Criteria for evaluation of Parts Manufacturer Approval Holder’s are listed below;

contact phone, mail id, website details etc.
ii. Head-Logistics will ensure that the holder’s approval is current and it covers the specific
parts which are to be procured. Copies of approvals with limitations will be obtained for
records.
iii. Head-Logistics will satisfy him (her) self that the PMA holder has established credibility
and good reputation as a manufacturer and has been supplying such parts to various
airlines/operators of repute.
iv. Head-Logistics will ensure that FAA/JAA/CAA is subjecting the PMA holder’s
organisation to regular surveillance with satisfactory results.
v. Head-Logistics will satisfy him (her) self that the parts manufactured by the PMA holder
do not have a history of repeated failures and have achieved a satisfactory service life.
vi. Head-logistics will satisfy that the new component will be accompanied by a release
document issued by the manufacturer or Production Certificate holder. The release
document should clearly state that it is issued under the approval of the relevant national
airworthiness authority under whose regulatory control the manufacturer or Production
Certificate holder works.
f). Procedures for evaluation and approval of suppliers are provided in Logistics Procedure Manual,
Chapter - 2
g). Procedures for evaluation and approval of contractors are provided in Logistics Procedure Manual,
Chapter - 14
2.1.3 PROCUREMENT THRU IN-DIRECT SUPPLIERS
a). At times, due to different countries, language, commercial compulsion such as advance payment
before delivery, credit card payment only etc, Deccan will procure parts thru its business contacts,
who in turn will procure parts from sources listed in MOE 2.1.1.a.
b). In all cases, Head-Logistics will ensure that the authorized release certificate such as FAA Form
8130, EASA / CA Form ONE or the appropriate release / conformity Certificates listed in Annexure-
3.3 & 3.4, Chapter-3 of Logistics Procedure Manual accompanies the material procured
c). Before procurement of spares thru in-direct mode, supplier evaluation procedure will be followed and
Company approved Supplier Code will be allotted for the original supplier / manufacturer.
2.1.4 MONITORING OR CONTROL OF SUPPLIERS / CONTRACTORS

(Refer Para 3.0, Chapter-2, Logistics Procedure Manual)
a). Parts, Components, Consumables, Raw materials will be procured directly / indirectly from Company
approved suppliers only. Maintenance services will be outsourced to agencies (contractors) approved
by manufacturer, or under FAA/ TC /EASA-145 system.
b). Criteria for monitoring or control of suppliers (including PMA holders) / contractors are given
below;
1. Previous experience of the supplier / contractor in supplying parts or providing maintenance

services.
2. Parts manufactured / supplied or maintenance services provided by the supplier /contractor do

not have a history of repeated failures and have achieved a satisfactory service life.
3. Previously demonstrated performance in terms of quality work, turn around time, industry
feedback, cost etc.
4. If the supplier provided parts or contractor provided maintenance services failed to meet the
company requirement, the supplier / contractor will be intimated of the short comings.
5. Repeated failures i.e. more than two times will be considered as Maximum limit and
procurement of parts or availing of maintenance services will be dis-continued with the
respective supplier / contractor and the organization will be de-listed from the company
approved supplier /contractor list.
c). Continuous validity of approval’s issued by the manufacturer or authority of the country, where the
supplier /contractor is located will be monitored by the Head-Logistics, vide Company approved
supplier’s / contractor’s code list.
d). Parts obtained from sources mentioned in 2.1.2 / 2.1.3 above will be inspected on receipt by store
inspector and during installation by certifying person to ensure that satisfactory levels of quality and
airworthiness of the parts are achieved.
e). Supplier’s and Contractors approved by manufacturer or under FAA / TC /EASA-145 will be
assessed as per procedure given in Para 3.0, Chapter -14 of Logistics Procedure Manual
2.1.5 SYSTEM OF PLACING ORDERS

(Refer Para 4.0, Chapter-2 Logistics Procedure Manual)
a). Procurement of materials (Parts, consumables, raw materials etc) for maintenance, outsourcing of
maintenance services etc will be done under serially numbered purchase (or repair) orders,
respectively.
b). Purchase(or repair) order will clearly spell out the following minimum information ;
i. Name, contact details (address, mail id, and telephone /fax no.) of the organization on which
the purchase order is raised.
ii. Description of the material to be supplied / maintenance service requested to be
accomplished.
iii. Part number, Serial Number (in case of repair order)
iv. Expected modification / bulletins / directives status on the part or modification / bulletins /
directives required to be carried out (if applicable)
v. Minimum expected shelf life / service life on delivery (if applicable)
vi. Acceptable release documentations to accompany the material supplied or for the work
carried out.
vii. Copy of Material Safety Data sheet (if applicable).
viii. Specific handling & storage condition.
ix. Acceptable lead time for delivery of material / completion of maintenance activities and
return of components.
x. Warranty clause on material & workmanship.
xi. Details of parts used during maintenance / repair / overhaul and its release documentation.
c). All orders will be placed by Head-Logistics or person authorized by Head-Logistics only.
d). All purchase orders / repair orders will be placed with company approved suppliers / contractors
only.
2.1.6 CONTROL OF SUBCONTRACTORS
a). Deccan Aviation doesn’t sub-contract any of the maintenance activities. Procedures for sub-contracting will be
specified in this chapter, if requirement arises.
********************
2.2 ACCEPTANCE / INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS & MATERIALS.

(Ref: CAR 145.A.42a & d, LPM Chapter-3)
a). This section details the policy requirements to be met for accepting parts into the stores system. It
defines the policies for carrying out segregation and inspection of the aircraft components and
materials received from;
1. Company approved suppliers / contractors,

2. Internal sources such as various line / base stations,
3. Removed from aircraft as Serviceable unit,
4. Received on loan or purchase from other CAR-145 organization, Operator etc.
5. Customer for fitment on their aircraft / component.
b). Detail procedure for acceptance inspection of aircraft components and material are provided in
Logistics Procedure Manual chapter-3
2.2.1 COMPANY POLICY.
a. All components and materials received into the company stores will be inspected for origin,
serviceability status, proper documentation etc.
b. All components received will be classified into various categories such as Acceptable, Serviceable,
Qurantainable, Unserviceable, Repairable, Scrap etc.
c. Classified items will be appropriately segregated and stored at different locations such as Bonded
store, Quarantine store, POL store, commercial store, Repairable store, scrap store etc.
d. All component will be inspected for suitability before installation on the aircraft / component
2.2.2 COMPONENT / MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION & SEGREGATION CRITERIA
a). All components will be classified and appropriately segregated into the following categories:
1. Acceptable Components – Components obtained by the organization, released on CA Form-1 /

EASA Form-1 / FAA Form-8130-3 or 4 or equivalent authorized release certificate (Equivalent
means a release document issued by an organization acceptable to DGCA or by an organization
approved under the terms of a DGCA maintenance bilateral agreement), inspected by stores
inspector for satisfactory condition as per the acceptance criteria ( MOE 2.2.3) and issued with
parts acceptance tag for storage in Bonded stores are called Acceptable ( airworthy)components.
2. Serviceable Components: Components removed from the aircraft by the support / certifying
staff in airworthy condition and tagged with Serviceable tag, with relevant details as required in
serviceable tag are called serviceable components
3. Unserviceable Components: Components which are declared / doubted to be unserviceable by

the maintenance personnel or found damaged during incoming inspection by stores personnel
are called Unserviceable components.
4. Unsalvageable Components : Components which have reached their certified life limit or
contain a non-repairable defect, or assessed to be beyond economical repair are classified as
Unsalvageable (Scrap) and will not be permitted to re-enter the component supply system unless
the manufacturer has extended the service life limits or repair solution is found and approved by
the manufacturer (CAR 145.A.42.d refers)
5. Standard Parts used on aircraft, engine, propeller or other aircraft component when specified in
the manufacturer’s /vendor’s illustrated parts catalogue and /or the maintenance data (Technical
publications) and supported by proper release documents such as Certificate of conformity,
Form One / FAA 8130-3 or equivalent.
6. Material both raw and consumable used in the course of maintenance when it is satisfied that the
material meets the required specification and has appropriate traceability. All material procured
will be accompanied by documentation (appropriate documentation such as certificate of
conformity, test certificate, etc) clearly relating to the particular material and containing a
conformity to specification statement plus both the manufacturing and supplier source.(CAR
145.A.42.a.5 refers)
b). Serviceable Components and Materials segregated as explained above will be subjected to
acceptance inspection before storing them in the bonded stores.
c). Detailed procedures for receipt and acceptance of parts /material are provided in LPM Chapter-3
2.2.3 COMPONENT / MATERIAL INSPECTION & ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
a). All Aircraft components / material received from various company approved suppliers / contractors
will be inspected by the stores inspector to check whether it meets the airworthiness and company
requirements.
b). Criteria for inspection and acceptance are given below;
i. Components / Materials are received from company approved Suppliers / Contractor’s,

Internal sources such as other line / base stations, Removed serviceable from aircraft or
Received from other CAR-145 operator’s on loan / sale basis and accompanied with proper
records.
ii. Proper packing, Proper condition of the part, any transit damage etc.
iii. Part Number, Description, quantity, status (new, overhauled, repaired, as is), maintenance
work carried out etc matches with the purchase (repair) order requirement.
iv. Part number, serial number, Mod status (if shown in data plate) matches with, between the
purchase order, part and the release document.
v. Proper release documents as listed in Annexure 3.3 and 3.4, Chapter-3 of Logistics
Procedure Manual for various types of components / materials are available.
vi. Availability of Strip report / Investigation report for the prematurely failed components,
which was sent for repair / overhaul / test etc.
c). Those components / material which don’t comply with the requirement will be quarantined initially
and clarification sought from the supplier. If supplier is unable to provide the required documentation,
the item will be rejected and necessary action initiated to return the materials as Rejected material to
the supplier. Components and materials meeting the requirement will be stored in Bonded Stores.
d). Detailed procedures for incoming inspection and acceptance procedures are provided in LPM Chap.-3.
2.2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF COMPONENTS FROM INTERNAL SOURCES
a). When parts are received from various line / base station of the company the same will be checked by
stores inspector for transit damage, supporting airworthiness related documents and subjected to
inspection for condition.
b). Items found serviceable with proper documents will be stored in bonded stores or released for use on
other aircraft / component.
c). Detailed procedures for acceptance of components from internal sources are provided in LPM
Chapter-3
2.2.5 COMPONENTS REMOVED AS SERVICEABLE FROM AIRCRAFT
a). All aircraft components, which are removed as serviceable from an aircraft, will be attached with a
serviceable tag by the certifying /support staff, who removed the component.
b). Certifying / support staff will hand over such parts / components to stores for storing in Bonded stores /
issue to other aircraft, after the acceptance inspection of stores inspector.
c). Detailed procedures for acceptance of parts / components removed as serviceable from aircraft are
provided in LPM chapter-3
2.2.6 COMPONENTS / MATERIALS RECEIVED FROM ANOTHER CAR-145 APPROVED

ORGANIZATION / OPERATOR.
a) Parts / Components may be received from other CAR-145 organization or Operator, on loan /sale basis,
for installation on aircraft maintained by Deccan Aviation.
b) Such parts /components will be subjected to acceptance inspection as per MOE 2.2.2 by stores
inspector.
c) Detailed procedures for acceptance of parts / components received from other CAR-145 organization
are provided in LPM Chapter-3
2.2.7 COMPONENTS RECEIVED FROM CUSTOMERS FOR REPAIR / OVERHAUL ETC.
a). When a component is received from customers for repair and / or overhaul, the stores inspector will
inspect for condition, damage and for accompanying documents such as customer’s overhaul / repair
request, history card of the component for proper entries and repairable tag duly signed by authorized
person.
b). On satisfying the above, the component will be routed to the Component overhaul Workshop /
Manufacturer’s approved facility / CAR or EASA Part 145 approved repair station for overhaul / repair.
c). Detailed procedures for inspection of such components and its records are provided in shop procedure
manual.
2.2.8 COMPONENT / MATERIAL RECEIVED FROM CUSTOMER / OPERATOR FOR FITMENT ON

THEIR AIRCRAFT / COMPONENT.
a). When a component / material is received from operator /customers for installation on their aircraft or
components, the same will be subjected to inspection as per MOE 2.2.2 by stores inspector and
accepted items will be stored in appropriate store.
b). Operators / Customers parts will be taken into bonded stores and accounted while issue to their aircraft.
c). Operator / customer, if requires to keep the component / material supplied by them separately, then
those component / material will be stored separately and the same issued to their aircraft / component
only. These requirements will be incorporated into the maintenance contract with the operator /
customer.
2.2.9 PARTS FABRICATED INTERNALLY BY THE ORGANIZATION
a). Fabricated Parts – are those internally fabricated by the organization with acceptance from DGCA, after
procuring engineering drawing and fabrication process information from TC / STC holder. Such parts
will be certified with Fabricated Parts Tag.
b). Pars fabricated i.a.w MOE 2.3.10 will be checked for condition, damage and any abnormalities and for
the duly signed Fabricated Parts Tag, by person approved by Quality Manager.
c). Accepted parts will be credited to bonded stores, after entering relevant data in FLYPAL / Bin card and
stored in bonded stores in a separate area, specifically identified as Internally Fabricated Parts.
********************
2.3 TAGGING, STORAGE AND RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIAL TO

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ( Ref : LPM Chapter-4, 5, 6, 7 & 8)
a). This section details the policy requirements to be followed for tagging, storage, and release of
aircraft components and material to aircraft maintenance.
b). Stores inspector will carryout the following procedures at the Base station at Bangalore and stores
in-charge / Engg in-charge will carryout the procedures at other base station or operating line station
respectively.
c). Detailed procedure for Identification and Traceability, Material handling & storage condition,
Control of shelf life and modification standard, Control of flammable / hazardous / dangerous goods
and control of release of aircraft parts & materials to aircraft maintenance are provided in Logistics
Procedure Manual Chapter 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 respectively.
a). All components and materials will be handled carefully, be well protected and stored properly till
used.
b). Deccan Aviation will provide adequate space and other facilities for storage of aircraft items in clean
and temperature controlled rooms.
c). All components accepted into the stores will be properly tagged which will reflect the status of the
material /component and stored as per manufacturer recommended procedures before release to
aircraft maintenance.
2.3.2 PROCEDURE FOR PROPER HANDLING OF COMPONENTS / MATERIAL
a). General handling instructions provided in the package will be followed during receipt, transfer,
storage or issue of components / materials to avoid damage to material.
b). All components / material will be retained in the original packing or in manufacturer recommended
packing conditions.
c). Heavy / bulky components or materials will not be dragged on the floor or on the shelf, which may
damage the components /materials.
d). Heavy / bulky components will not be stacked one above the other, which may cause damage due to
its weight.
e). ESDS material will be handled as per specific procedures for handling ESDS material, to avoid
component damage due to static electricity.
2.3.3 TAGGING / LABELLING SYSTEM
a). Stores inspector will allot GRN Number (Goods Receipt Note Number) to each of the consignment
of parts / consumables purchased and received in the stores.
b). Stores inspector will allot BRN Number (Base Receipt Note Number) to each of the consignment of
parts / consumables received from any of the station / loaned from any of the operator.
b). Store inspector receiving the incoming parts will attach a parts acceptance tag after inspection and
acceptance, reflecting the status of the parts such as New, Overhauled, Repaired, Serviceable (as
removed), etc.
c). Stores inspector will attach the Unserviceable / Rejected tag, if the item didn’t pass the incoming
inspection and acceptance criteria.
d). Item owned by the organization / loaned from other organization, if rejected will be tagged with
Unserviceable tag and scrapped / returned accordingly.
e). Item purchased by the organization, if rejected will be tagged with rejected tag, issued with
Rejection note and returned to the supplier, thru Head-Logistics.
f). Stores inspector will ensure that all components / parts / Materials entering or exiting the stores
(Bonded, Quarantine, Repair, Scrap, POL) are accompanied with proper tag providing the following
information;
1. Part Number,
2. Description
3. Quantity
4. Serial No.
5. Status of the component (New, Repaired, Overhauled, Serviceable, Unserviceable,
Scrap etc)
g). Support / certifying staff removing the part from the aircraft / component will attach respective
status tag reflecting the status of the parts such as Unserviceable, Repairable, and Unsalvageable
etc. and handover the item to the store inspector.
h). Detailed procedures for issue of various tags are provided in Logistics Procedures Manual chapter
No. 4.
2.3.4 UPDATION OF STORES RECORDS ( CREDITING TO BONDED STORES)
a). Incoming components passing the acceptance criteria and issued with parts acceptance tag will be
handed over by stores inspector to stores assistant for crediting / accounting into the bonded stores
by entering the information about the parts in the FLYPAL inventory software and in the respective
part bin card.
b). At the time of entry into the FLYPAL inventory software / bin card, the following minimum
information will be entered by the stores inspector;
1. Part Number.
2. Description
3. Quantity
4. Authorised Release Note Number & Date
5. Cure date (if applicable)
6. Expiry date or Inspection /servicing due date.
7. GRN / BRN Number
8. Remarks (for ex.; Details of partial lifed item.)
2.3.5 PROCEDURES FOR MAINTAINING SATISFACTORY STORAGE CONDITIONS
a). All storage areas will be maintained clean, temperature controlled (for Bonded stores) as per
industry standards.
b). Proper handling procedures will be established and followed to avoid damage to the components /
material, while handling at Deccan stores.
c). Proper segregation of aircraft components, materials, equipment and tools will be made and stored
in appropriate locations.
d). Manufacturer’s storage instructions for storage of specified components / materials such as
Rotables, temperature sensitive consumables, flammable materials, engines, and bulky assemblies
will be followed to prevent deterioration and damage of stored items.
e). If material / parts received & accepted weren’t received in proper packing, stores personnel will
ensure that proper packing is done and then stored at appropriate location.
f). Batch numbers provided in the release documents will be affixed on the parts and in the respective
parts acceptance tag, to enable identification of specific item vis-à-vis its release documentations.
g). Access to the storage facilities will be restricted to authorized personnel only.
h). Detailed storage procedures for rotables, hard wares, rubberized items, flammable fluids etc are
provided in Logistics Procedures Manual Chapter No. 5, 6 & 7.
2.3.6 SYSTEM FOR CONTROL OF SHELF LIFE AND MODIFICATION STANDARD
a). Shelf life (expiry date / inspection or servicing due date) is entered by the stores assistant at the
time of crediting the parts in the FLYPAL inventory software and in the shelf life register.
b). Store inspector will monitor shelf lives of components on monthly basis and remove life expired
items from stores.
c). Further, the same will be destroyed or sent for servicing /testing and re-certification as the case
may be.
d). Stores in-charge / inspector will ensure rotation of stock to prevent the expiry of shelf life (when
stored) using First-In, First-Out process.
e). Manufacturer of a part / component may issue instruction to verify the modification standard of
stored parts and take necessary action such as repair / test / up-gradation etc. Manager – Technical
services who receive all technical publication (including verification of modification standard of
stored parts) will intimate stores in-charge / inspector to take necessary action such as sending it to
repair / overhaul shop for carrying out the modification. Stores Inspector, will intimate the Head-
Logistics, who in turn will initiate action for incorporating the modification at a company approved
contractor’s facility.
f). Detailed procedures for control of shelf life and modification standard are provided in LPM,
Chapter 6
2.3.7 INSPECTION REQUIREMENT DURING STORAGE
a). Store inspector will monitor any routine inspection / servicing to be carried out on the component,
while in storage, on monthly basis.
b). Any routine inspection /action to be carried out on parts or components may be reflected in the
release document of the parts / components or form a standard storage procedure (such as rotation
of tires on routine basis).
c). Such routine inspection / action to be taken will be reflected in the shelf life register or in the
inventory software, while crediting the item into the bonded stores i.e. at the time of data entry.
d). Stores inspector will advise the respective personnel for carrying out routine inspection /action,
due on the stored parts;
1. Head-Logistics for organizing to carryout the routine inspection, if the item is required
to be sent to the company approved contractor’s facility.
2. Base engineering manager / Engg. In-charge to depute qualified certifying person to

carryout routine maintenance / inspection, if it is with in the purview of the internal
certifying staff.
3. Stores assistant to re-position the part (such as rotation of tires on routine basis)
2.3.8 ISSUE OF COMPONENTS TO THE MAINTENANCE PROCESS
a). Issue of parts / components to the maintenance process will be carried out based on parts
requisition from the support / certifying staff.
b). Parts requisition form (No. 016) will contain at least the following information;
1. Name of the support /certifying staff requesting the part,

2. Aircraft registration marks / serial number on which the parts are required to be used,
3. Location of the store, where the parts are requested for
4. Part number, description and quantity,
5. Illustrated parts catalogue reference no,
6. Reason for request (Life expiry, Defect rectification etc)
c). No parts will be issued to maintenance process without a requisition or based on requisition from
un-authorized (support /certifying) personnel.
d). All parts requisition and issue will be traceable to specific work orders to ensure that the parts
requested and issued were used on a specific aircraft.
e). Support / Certifying staff receiving the parts from the stores will ensure that the particular
component is eligible to be fitted on the aircraft (in line or base maintenance) / component (in shop
maintenance) when different modification and / or airworthiness directive standards may be
applicable for the component.(CAR 145.A.42.b refers).
f). Detailed procedure of issue of parts / components to the maintenance process is provided in LPM
Chapter No. 8
2.3.9 FREE ISSUE DISPENSING OF STANDARD PARTS ( CONTROL, IDENTIFICATION &

SEGREGATION)
a). Deccan Aviation doesn’t intend to follow the process of Free Issue or Dispensing of standard parts
and its use on the aircraft.
b). Any standard parts such as split pins, washers, nuts, bolts etc will be issued based on specific parts
requisition from the authorized staff for use on specific aircraft.
2.3.10 FABRICATION OF PARTS FOR INTERNAL USE DURING OVERHAUL / MAINTENANCE /

MODIFICATIONS / REPAIR OF AIRCRAFT / COMPONENTS
(Ref: CAR 145.A.42.c & EPM Section-2, Chapter-8)
a). Deccan Aviation may fabricate a restricted range of parts for use during overhaul, maintenance,
modification, or repair of aircraft or components, undergoing work within the facility. Fabrication
will be undertaken only if the fabrication /assembly, inspection and testing are clearly within the
technical and procedural capability of the organization.
b). All necessary data to fabricate the part will be submitted either to Type Certificate (TC) Holder or
supplemental type certificate (STC) holder for approval. Any fabrication for internal use of such
fabricated parts will be initiated after obtaining approval / permission from any of the above
authority.
c). Fabrication of parts will be undertaken after an engineering drawing (which includes any necessary
fabrication processes) is procured from the TC / STC holder and acceptance to the same is
obtained from Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore in writing.
d). Chief engineer will designate two independent qualified and competent person to be responsible
for the fabrication and inspection process respectively. Quality manager will conduct a competent
assessment examination and if found competent, will issue approval for fabrication & inspection.
e). Fabricated parts will be subjected to an inspection stage before, separately and preferably
independently from, any inspection of its installation.
f). Inspection procedure will be established in such a way that full compliance with the relevant
manufacturing data and the part will be unambiguously identified as fit for use by stating
conformity to the approved data.
g). Adequate records will be maintained by the person nominated for fabrication about various
fabrication processes such as heat treatment, machining etc. Similarly, the person nominated for
inspection will keep records for various stages of inspection carried out on the fabricated part.
h). Person nominated for fabrication will ensure that all parts, except those having not enough space,
is etched / marked with part number that clearly relates it to the manufacturing / inspection data.
i). Additional to the part number, the organization’s identity will be marked on the part for
traceability purpose.
j). Fabricated parts will be issued Fabricated Part Tag (Form No. 056) and the same will be signed by
both person who were nominated for fabrication and inspection. Fabricated parts will not be issued
with CA Form-1 or any form of CRS.
k). Fabricated parts will be routed to the stores for acceptance inspection (i.a.w MOE 2.2.3) with
relevant document pertaining to fabrication. After acceptance of the part, by the stores inspector,
the fabricated parts will be stored in bonded stores.
l). Permission /approval to fabricate do not constitute approval for manufacture and supply externally
and those parts will not qualify for certification on CA Form One. In case of bulk transfer of
surplus inventory, such locally fabricated parts will be physically segregated and excluded from
sale /delivery.
m). Fabrication of parts, modification kits etc for onward supply and/or sale will not be undertaken.
n). Detailed procedure for control of fabrication, inspection of parts and its use within the
organization is provided in EPM Section-2, Chapter-8
********************
2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT & CONTROL OF INSPECTION / SERVICING

REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING ALTERNATE TOOLS & EQUIPMENT (Ref : LPM Chapter-9 &
10)
a). This section defines the policy requirements to be followed for controlling the tools and equipments
necessary for performing the approved scope of work in terms of ensuring its serviceability and
accuracy.
b). This section also provides the procedures for control of inspection & servicing requirements of tools
and equipment.
c). Detailed procedures for receipt and acceptance are provided in Logistics Procedure Manual chapter-
3.
a). General Tools and equipment will be procured from the reputed general industry tools and
equipment suppliers.
b). Special tools and equipment will be procured from the original equipment / tool manufacturer.
c). New tools and equipment will be subjected to condition inspection before accepting
d). All tools and equipment will be identified with an identification number for tool tracking purpose.
e). Tools and equipment requiring calibration will be subjected to calibration, unless accompanied by
a production test / calibration certificate, when procured new.
f). Tools and equipment fabricated by the organization based on approved drawing, sample tools are
called as Alternate tools and it will be controlled for its quality, while fabrication and during
routine use.
g). Precision measuring equipments and highly complicated tools will not be locally fabricated.
h). Tools and equipments inspection / servicing periodicities will be established and monitored for
compliance.
i). Use of personal general tool kit will be encouraged and quality of tool in personal tool kit will be
controlled by the organization.
2.4.2 PROCESS FOR ACCEPTANCE - (IDENTIFICATION, CERTIFICATION, CONTROL)

INCLUDING ALTERNATE TOOLS
a). General tools and equipments required for maintenance will be purchased from the general
industrial suppliers by Head-Logistics, based on requisition from maintenance personnel.
b). Special tools and equipments required for maintenance will be purchased from the original
equipment (aircraft, engine or component) manufacturer or from the specialized tool
manufacturers, by Head-Logistics, based on requisition from maintenance personnel.
c). On receipt of tools and equipments, the tools & equipment in-charge will subject them to
condition inspection and ensure that those tools and equipment requiring periodic calibration are
supplied with production test / calibration certificate. If production test / calibration certificate is
not available, those tools and equipments will be sent for calibration before putting them for use.
d). Tools & equipment which doesn’t have identification part numbers allotted by its manufacturer,
will be provided with a unique traceable part number
e). On satisfactory condition inspection, tools and equipment in-charge will identify those tools &
equipment by means of permanent engraving of its part number, if permanent marking of part
numbers are not available.
f). Tools and equipment in-charge will then enter the details of the tools & equipment such as (Part
No. Description, Source procured etc) into the Tools and Equipment Master List (Flypal software /
Computer / Register) and create a history card in duplicate for each special tool & equipment.
g). One history card will remain at the base in Bangalore and the second history card will move along
with the tools & equipment for identification of the tool and its servicing requirement.
h). History card will contain the history of the tool / equipment, its location, its movement (between
various stations) details, periodic servicing / calibration requirements, last carried out and next due.
i). History card specific to alternate tools / equipment will have the word “ALTERNATE“ rubber
stamped on top RH side of the history card.
j). Tools and equipment in-charge will maintain a separate list of various alternate tools manufactured
by the organization for quick reference of the same.
k). Tools & Equipment in-charge will be responsible for control of tools and equipments receipt,
storage, transfer between various stations, periodic servicing, calibration and scrapping in case of
damage.
2.4.3 PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL OF ALTERNATE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
a). Occasions may arise to fabricate tools & equipment to carryout the maintenance of aircraft due
following reasons;
1) Based on drawing provided by manufacturer for fabrication.

2) Based on experience gained in maintenance.
3) Based on sample tool available with the company, so that fabricated copy of the
tool can be made use of at various locations.
4) Based on sample tool available with other operator.
b). Such requirement for fabrication will be initiated by the Base Engineering Manager / Chief
Engineer with details such as reason for fabrication, along with the manufacturer provided tool
engineering drawing mentioning the material and dimensional specification.
c). If tool or equipment engineering drawing is not provided by the manufacturer and the tool required
to be fabricated is based on experience gained in maintenance or based on sample tool then a tool
engineering drawing process will be initiated by the Base engineering manager / chief engineer.
d). Tool or equipment engineering drawing will be done with the help of general engineering industry
professional and the drawing will be allotted a unique serial number by tool & equipment in-
charge for traceability.
e). Based on the tool or equipment engineering drawing, fabrication will be initiated.
f). After fabrication, the sample tool or equipment, its drawing and the fabricated tool will be
subjected to verification by Base engineering manager / chief engineer and approved by Quality
Manager.
g). After a tool is approved, tool & equipment in-charge will allot a unique part number and serial
number both starting with prefix – A.
h). Both part number and serial number having prefix-A, will explicitly identify that the tool is
fabricated by the organization and termed as Alternate tools.
i). All such alternate tools & equipment will be controlled by the Tools & Equipment in-charge as per
procedure explained in MOE 2.4.2 for manufacturer supplied tools.
j). Detailed procedure for fabrication and control of alternate tools & equipment are provided in LPM
Chapter 9.
2.4.4 CONTROL OF PERIODIC INSPECTION / SERVICING OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS

INCLUDING ALTERNATE TOOLS & EQUIPMENTS
a). Periodic inspection / servicing of various tools and equipment will be proposed by the Chief
Engineer and approved by Quality Manager based on the following;
1. Recommendation provided by the instrument / tool / equipment manufacturer,

2. Extent or Degree of utilization – More the utilization, lesser the calibration frequency.
3. Organization previous experience,
4. Industry standard calibration periodicity.
b). List of various tools and equipment and its inspection or servicing requirements and periodicities
are provided as Annexure 10.1 in Logistics Procedure Manual, Chapter-10
c). Tools and equipment at Bangalore and Stores in-charge at other base station will monitor the
history card of the individual tool / equipment and hand over the history card of the tool
/equipment falling due for inspection /servicing to the Base engineering manager.
d). Base engineering manager will allot the work to the foreman or senior technician, available to
carryout the inspection / servicing and update the history cards accordingly.
e). Foreman / senior technician will carryout the work, as per the history card and update the history
card about the work carried out and return the card to the tools & equipment in-charge.
f). Monitoring of Inspection / servicing periodicity of tools and equipment will be done by stores in
charge at other base stations and by Engg. In-charge at operating line station.
g). Above inspection and servicing procedure will also be applicable for tools fabricated internally and
designated as alternate tools, where as the alternate tool / equipment will also be subjected to
verification by Base engineering manager / chief engineer, once a year.
2.4.5 PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL OF PERSONAL GENERAL TOOL KIT
a). Support staff performing maintenance activities will be encouraged to use their personal general
tool kit and the tool kit will be controlled as per procedure given below;
1. Personal tool kit should be submitted to the tool & equipment in-charge at Bangalore
and stores in-charge at other base station for allotment of serial number and taking
inventory of the tool kit.
2. Tools & Equipment / Stores in-charge will inspect all tools for condition, damage etc.
3. Tools & Equipment / Stores in-charge will issue a tool kit inspection certificate, valid
for a period of one year from the date of issue.
4. Tool kit inspection certificate (laminated copy) is required to be displayed in the

interior (inside) of the tool kit for audit purpose.
5. Tool kit without valid inspection certificate will not permitted to be used, till the same
is certified and in effect, certificate is issued.
6. Support staff will ensure that all tools are kept in a specified place, preferably on
cushions cut to specific size to fit the tool.
7. Tool inventory list certified by the tool & equipment / store in charge will remain part
of the tool kit, to enable verify the inventory for any reasons.
8. When a support staff intends to take the tool kit outside the company premises on non-
return basis, the certificate should be surrendered back to the tool & equipment in-
charge, so that the serial number could be allotted for another staff.
********************
2.5 CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

(Ref: CAR 145.A.40.b & LPM Chapter-10)
a). This section defines the requirements to be followed for controlling the calibration of tools and
equipments necessary for performing the approved scope of work, including establishment of
inspection, servicing & calibration time period, monitoring of servicing /calibration due dates etc.
b). Detailed procedures are control of calibration / inspection / servicing of tools and equipments
including ground support equipments are provided in Logistics Procedure Manual Chapter-10
a). All instruments, tools and equipment requiring routine (periodic) calibration will be identified and
subjected to calibration control programme.
b). Periodic calibration schedule (calibration control programme) will be decided as per
recommendation from the manufacturer, based on the extent of utilization or industry standards.
c). Calibration will be carried out internally within the organization at the calibration shop for those
instruments / tools / equipment calibration facility is established.
d). Calibration shop will be subjected to process of accreditation by NABL (National Accreditation
Board for Testing laboratories)
e). Testers / Calibrators used in the calibration shop will be traceable to national standards.
f). If calibration facility is not available in-house, then such equipments will be sent to calibration
agencies, whose standards are traceable to national standards.
g). All maintenance personnel will be encouraged to provide immediate feedback about the quality of a
tool, erratic reading, mis-handling of a specific tool by other personnel etc.
2.5.2 ESTABLISHMENT OF INSPECTION, SERVICING AND CALIBRATION TIME PERIODS AND

FREQUENCIES
b). Calibration periodicity will be proposed by the Manager – Technical services based on the
following;
1. Recommendation provided by the instrument / tool / equipment manufacturer,

2. Extent or Degree of utilization – More the utilization, lesser the calibration frequency.
3. Organization previous experience,
4. Industry standard calibration periodicity
c). Calibration requirement and periodicity for all instruments, tools & equipment are listed in a table in
Annexure 10.1 of Chapter-10 of Logistics procedure manual
d). Calibration periodicity listing proposed by the Manager – Technical services, will be verified by
Chief engineer and approved by Quality Manager.
2.5.3 CALIBRATION PROGRAMME / EQUIPMENT REGISTER
a). Calibration data pertaining to instruments, tools (including alternate tools) and equipment will be
maintained in the FLYPAL inventory software / computer / register, by the tools & equipment in-
charge for all the tools available in Bangalore and all other bases. Such data includes the following
minimum information;
1. Part number provided by manufacturer / allotted by tools & equipment in-charge.

2. Serial number provided by manufacturer / allotted by tools & equipment in-charge.
3. Inspection / Servicing / Calibration time period.
4. Current location of the tool
5. Last carried out and Next due date.
6. Calibration agency Name & Location.
b). Tools and equipment in-charge will liaison with various station stores in-charge / engineer in-
charge to update master list which contains the details of various instruments / tools / equipment
requiring calibration.
2.5.4 IDENTIFICATION OF CALIBRATION DUE DATES
a). Tools & Equipment In-charge will monitor the master list of instruments, tools & equipment held
by the company at various locations. Each tool and equipment will be identified with a serial
number and its history card.
b). Master list will contain the details of all the tools & equipment such as part number, serial number,
location, calibration last carried out and next due.
c). Tools and Equipment in-charge will scrutinize the master list and send those instruments requiring
calibration for carrying out the same. For those items kept at line / base stations, he will issue call
outs on 15th of every month, for the forth coming month to outstation store in-charge or engineer in-
charge, where the tools and equipments are located.
d). The tool holder will positively dispatch the affected item to the tools & equipment in-charge or
directly to the calibration agency as advised by the tools & equipment in-charge in the call out.
Format of the call out is reflected in Logistics Procedure Manual Chapter 10.
e). On receipt of items after calibration, tools & equipment in-charge will update the master list and the
history card at Base and advise the station engineer to update the history card in station.
f). Standard color (Yellow) coded Sticker reflecting the last carried out and next due date will be
affixed by the approved person at the calibration shop.
g). In case of items calibrated at outside facility, tools and equipment in-charge will ensure that
standard color coded (yellow) stickers depicting the last carried out and next due date is affixed
firmly on the instrument / tool / equipment. He will make available such stickers at all stations,
where the stores in-charge / engineer in-charge will affix the sticker based on the calibration
certificate.
2.5.5 IN-HOUSE CALIBRATION FACILITY
a). Calibration shop is established to carryout calibration of torque wrenches, precision measuring
instruments, multi-meter, pressure gauges, voltmeter, ammeter etc., used for carrying out
maintenance or in /as ground equipments at any of the Deccan’s or Customer’s facility.
b). Calibration shop will be subjected to accreditation process by National Accreditation Board of
Testing Laboratories (NABL).
c). Master equipments / Calibrators, owned by Deccan and used for carrying out the calibration will be
calibrated at Central Government approved labs, which will be traceable to National Standards
(Primary Standards). Such Master equipments / Calibrators will be called as Secondary Standard
equipments. All gauges / measuring equipments will be calibrated against the secondary standard
equipment.
d). Calibration of the secondary standard equipment will be carried out once in a year.
e). Approved person for calibration will prepare calibration schedule. Calibration procedure will be
drawn from the test manuals / requirements provided by the instrument / tool / equipment
manufacturer. For standard instruments / tools / equipment, standard testing procedure will be used
f). 2% error or as dictated by NPL / IS standards will be acceptable while calibration and certified
correction card will be provided for all equipment showing applied and observed readings.
Correction card will contain the following minimum information;
1. Part Number of the instrument / tool / equipment.

2. Serial number.
3. Applied value.
4. Observed value.
5. Percentage of error in different range of values.
6. Date of calibration.
7. Next due date ( with reference to calibration programme in Chapter-10, LPM)
8. Signature of approved person.
9. Approval number.
g). Date of inspection and next due will be reflected in a color coded sticker (yellow), and the same will
be firmly affixed on the instrument / tool / equipment by the approved person at the calibration
shop.
h). Quality Manager will assess the competence of the person, in terms of qualification, previous
experience and issue an approval for calibration, after conducting an oral examination.
i). Detailed procedure for control (shop facility, master equipment calibration, issue of approval for
personnel, issue of calibration tag etc) of calibration shop for calibration of tools / gauges /
equipments used by Deccan Maintenance staff or other maintenance organization is provided in
Shop Procedure Manual.
2.5.6 FEEDBACK ABOUT THE TOOL / EQUIPMENT QUALITY
a). All maintenance personnel will report about the quality of tool / equipment, erratic reading or any
mis-handling of a tool / equipment by any personnel, using Tool Damage form (Form No….)
b). Tool Damage form booklet will be kept at the tools & equipment issue window and can be used by
support staff to report any damage, erratic or non functioning or mis-use of tool.
c). Such report will be provided to tools & equipment in-charge who in turn will take suitable action to
correct the anomaly.
d). If a person is found to be mis-handling the tool, the same will be reported by the person observing
the same using Quality Deficiency & Hazard Reporting Form (Form No.009) to the base
engineering manager.
e). Base engineering manager will organize to provide additional training to use the tool / equipment
rightly, without damaging the tool or disturbing the calibration settings.
*******************
2.6 USE OF TOOLS & EQUIPMENT BY STAFF (INCLUDING ALTERNATE TOOLS)

(Ref; CAR 145.A.40.a & LPM Chapter-11)
a. This section outlines the requirements to be followed for use and control of tools and equipment
available in the organization for maintenance activities.
b. Detailed procedure for control of issue, use and return of tools & equipments for maintenance are
provided in Logistics Procedure Manual Chapter-11
a). General tools of good standard will be used for aircraft maintenance.
b). Manufacturer specified tools / equipment will be used for carrying out maintenance work, unless,
the alternate tools are fabricated as per procedures given in MOE 2.4.3. (CAR 145.A.40.a.1 refers)
c). General and Special tools and equipment will be permanently made available, except in the case of
any tool or equipment that is so infrequently used that its permanent availability is not necessary.
(CAR 145.A.40.a.2 refers).
d). Tools and equipments will be issued and retrieved in a controlled manner
e). Maintenance personnel will be trained to handle the tools and equipment in a careful manner and
they will be encouraged to report any damage, malfunctioning or mishandling of tools or equipment
2.6.2 ISSUE & RETURN OF TOOLS – (RECORD OF USER AND LOCATION)
a). General tools of good standard and special tools approved / recommended by manufacturer will
only be procured and used in the aircraft / component maintenance.
b). Master list of tools maintained by tools & equipment in-charge at bangalore and stores in-charge /
engineer in-charge at base / line station and the individual tool history card will provide the detail of
the tool and its current location at any point of time.
c). Proper record of day-to-day issue of tools and equipment will be maintained in “Issue Register” by
tool & equipment or stores in-charge, so that the user and location of the tools can be identified.
d). Tool issue register will contain the following minimum information;
1. Date of issue.
2. Part no. or Description of tool / equipment issued.
3. Name of the person to which tool /equipment is issued.
4. Signature of acceptance of tool / equipment in good condition.
5. Date & Time of return.
6. Signature of person who returned the tool / equipment.
7. Signature of tool & equipment / stores in-charge who received the tool back in good
condition.
8. Remarks – Information about possible late return of tool / equipment
e). If the tool issued for maintenance is not returned back to stores at the end of the day, the person who
received the tool, will return to the store and make an entry of the expected date of return in the
remarks column of the register and sign against the same.
f). If a tool is not traceable at the end of the day, a verbal communication will be initiated by the person
who had received the tool from the store, to all maintenance personnel working in the aircraft /
hangar / shop to search at all possible location to retrieve the tool. This will ensure that no tool is
left in the aircraft, which could result in flight safety issues.
g). If the tool is still not traceable, an alert warning will be issued by tools & equipment / stores / shop
in-charge, by giving a watch out notice on the notice board, till the tool is traced back.
2.6.3 DETERMINING SERVICEABILITY OF TOOLS PRIOR TO ISSUE
a). Before any such tools are issued & accepted, the maintenance personnel will ensure that the tools /
equipment bears a valid calibration label and physically examine the item to ensure its satisfactory
condition. Maintenance personnel will use the correct and serviceable tools and equipment as per
instructions and maintain the tools in good condition.
b). Tools & Equipment In-charge and/ or maintenance personnel will attach an unserviceable tag
whenever the condition of any tool/ equipment is identified to be Unserviceable.
c). Maintenance personnel observing a tool/ equipment as unserviceable will inform tool & equipment
in-charge, by writing the comments on the remarks column of the tools/ equipment issue register
and attach an unserviceable tag.
d). Under no circumstance an unserviceable tool/ equipment will be issued to maintenance or used for
carrying out any maintenance.
e). Tools and equipment / Stores in-charge will verify the condition of the tools /equipment, when they
are returned back to stores after use by maintenance personnel and affix their signature confirming
acceptance of the tools / equipment back in to the stores in good condition
2.6.4 TRAINING AND CONTROL OF PERSONNEL IN THE USE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
(RECORDS OF TRAINING).
a). All maintenance personnel including certifying staff will be trained for use of tools and equipments
as per procedure and intervals given in Training Manual, Para 6. Training records will be
maintained by Training Manager.
2.6.5 PERSONAL (OWN) INSTRUMENT / TOOL CONTROL.
a). Aviation industry practice demands the certifying staff to own and use their personal set of general
tools while carrying out maintenance on the aircraft.
b). Deccan Aviation will also insist on certifying personnel to have their own general tool kit. It will be
the responsibility of the individual to have the tool box equipped with cushions having specific slots
for keeping each and every individual tool.
c). Tool box owner will ensure that tool is placed back in its specific slotted location at the end of the
day. This will ensure that no tool is left behind in the aircraft or lost, at the time of closing of work.
d). In case of a requirement to use maintenance personnel’s personal (own) special or precision tools on
the aircraft, the same will be routed through the tools & equipment in-charge / line station stores in-
charge for listing in the company’s LOAN MASTER REGISTER.
e). After ensuring that the tool is inspected / serviced / calibrated (as required for the type of the tool),
the same will be issued for use on the aircraft, by the tools & equipment in-charge / station stores in-
charge.
f). On return of such tools, back to the owner of the tool, the listing on the LOAN MASTER
REGISTER will be cancelled by obtaining a signature from the tool owner for having received the
tools / equipment. Defacing of the entry by striking out the row, will not permitted, on return of the
tool back to the owner.
2.6.6 LOAN TOOL CONTROL AND AUDIT
a). It may be necessary to loan tools from another organization for use on Deccan fleet of aircraft.
Similarly it may be necessary to lend Deccan’s tool to other organization. Such loaning will be
effected based on instruction from the Chief engineer / Base engineering manager.
b). Loaned tools will be subjected to acceptance inspection i.a.w procedures as given in MOE 2.4.2.
Accepted tools will be entered into the LOAN MASTER REGISTER.
c). Inspection, Servicing and Calibration requirements will be ensured by tools & equipment in-charge
/ station stores in-charge before issue of such tools for maintenance.
d). Details of inspection, servicing, calibration carried out and its utilization information will be
maintained by Tools & Equipment in-charge at Bangalore and stores in-charge at other base station.
2.6.7 CONTROL OF ALTERNATE TOOLS
a). An alternate tool fabricated will be identified by using A in bracket (A) as suffix to the part number
assigned to distinguish the alternate tool.
b). All alternate tool will be listed in the master list and controlled for applicable periodic inspection /
servicing / calibration, as per procedure given in MOE 2.5.3
c). An alternate tool fabricated as per procedures given in MOE 2.4.3 will be inspected / verified once
in a year for the following and the same will be certified by a base engineering manager / chief
engineer on the tool history card.
1. Proper Dimensions.
2. No damage or wear and tear
3. Proper functioning.
b). Any tool found not in compliance with the above will be rejected by the base engineering manager /
chief engineer and the same will be scrapped by the tools & equipment in-charge / station stores-in-
charge after deleting the item in the ALTERNATE TOOLS REGISTER.
c). Tool history card will be stroked, without defacing the entries and mentioning the reason for
rejection.
********************
2.7 CLEANLINESS STANDARDS OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

(Ref: CAR 145:25 & EPM Section-2, Chapter-2)
a). This section outlines the company requirements with regard to the cleanliness of the maintenance
facilities and the associated good maintenance practices.
b). Detailed procedure for control of cleanliness standards of maintenance facilities are provided in
EPM Section-2, Chapter-2.
a). Management will inculcate an awareness of the need for cleanliness on the part of all staff and
ensure that discipline in housekeeping and cleanliness is enforced.
b). All line / base / shop facilities and the surrounding areas will be maintained clean.
c). Solid / Fluid wastages will be disposed off without causing environmental pollution.
2.7.2 "FOREIGN OBJECT" EXCLUSION PROGRAMME
a). All Base / Line / Shop facility of Deccan Aviation will run Foreign Object Exclusion activities
(observation / walk) on daily basis.
b). Engineering Manager / In-charge of the line station and the shop in-charge of the component shop
will be responsible for conducting the foreign object exclusion programme (foreign object search
process).
c). Detailed procedure of foreign object exclusion programme is provided in EPM, Section-2, Chapter-
2
2.7.3 CLEANING PROGRAMME - INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES - TIMESCALES
a). Hangar will be inspected for Foreign Object and swept on a daily basis. Mopping will be done once
in a week.
b). Hangar floors, work benches, equipment racks will be inspected by the foreman (Hangar in-charge)
on a weekly basis to ensure that the facilities and its surrounding areas are clean.
c). All individuals will observe company standards and procedures for cleanliness, in their respective
areas of work at all times.
d). All materials and components that need to be cleaned will be kept in a separate area to avoid hangar
/ workspace contamination.
e). Fluid / Grease containers will always be kept closed to avoid spillage and deterioration of the
working environment.
f). Fluid draining from the aircraft will be done using a drain container and fluids will not be allowed
to drip in the hangar floors. When the aircraft is parked in the hangar, required amount and suitable
size of drain pans will be kept under the aircraft for collecting the dripping fluids.
g). Support & Certifying staff will ensure that acceptable levels of tidiness and cleanliness are
maintained at work places. In the maintenance area, Base engineering manager / in-charge ensure
that tools and equipment are stored in their assigned location and that removed components are kept
properly and all working areas are free of debris.
h). Base Engineering Manager / in-charge of base or line station will ensure that all debris and litter,
such as paper, tins, locking wire, plastic bags, etc. are retrieved and disposed off correctly.
i). Oil and fuel spills will be cleaned and neutralized. If the fuel and oil spillage is in large quantity,
airport authorities will be contacted for their assistance.
2.7.4 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
a). Container for accumulating various types of waste such as solid (paper, metal, fabric etc) and fluid
(oil, grease, solvents etc) will be kept in the hangar / workshop at designated locations. Each bin
will be marked to identify the type of waste to be put into it.
b). All waste material generated during maintenance activity in line / hangar / shop maintenance areas
will be identified as solid or fluid, isolated and disposed off in respective containers, by the person
who generates such waste material.
c). All such waste will be disposed off, without polluting the environment. Fluid waste will be collected
in barrels till the required quantity of fluid is consolidated for environmental friendly waste disposal
as per the local regulations.
********************
2.8 MAINTENANCE DATA / INSTRUCTIONS & RELATIONSHIP TO AIRCRAFT / AIRCRAFT

COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS’ INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING UPDATING & AVAILABILITY
TO STAFF. ( Ref : CAR 145.A.45 & EPM Section -1, Chapter-8 )
a). Maintenance Data is defined as (CAR 145.A.45.b refers):
1. Any applicable requirement, procedure, operational directive or information issued by the

DGCA.
2. Any applicable airworthiness directive issued by the DGCA.
3. Instructions for continuing airworthiness, issued by the type certificate (TC) holders, STC
holders, any other organization required to publish such data by CAR-21 and in the case of
aircraft or components from outside countries the airworthiness data mandated by DGCA.
4. Any applicable standard, such as but not limited to, standard maintenance practices
recognized by DGCA as good standard for maintenance.
5. Any applicable data issued by the organization as Modified Maintenance Instructions as

per CAR 145.A.45.d
b). Maintenance instruction is defined as various documents prepared by the organization as a guidance
material for carrying out maintenance activity with in the scope of approval granted under CAR-145
procedures. Maintenance instruction includes the following;
1. Aircraft Maintenance Programme developed by the maintenance agency with reference

to the manufacturer supplied Maintenance Data and approved by Regional
2. Any applicable inspection / overhaul / replacement time limit,
3. Routine, Special, Corrosion prevention, Storage inspection schedule,
4. Procedure sheet, developed by the organization in accordance with the Maintenance

Data
c). This section provides the requirements of the organization for obtaining, processing and applying
the maintenance data to carryout inspection / overhaul / replacement / repair of aircraft or
component in line / base / shop maintenance area.
d). Detailed procedure for control of Maintenance Data, Preparation of Maintenance instructions and
making available of the same to staff are provided in EPM Section-1, Chapter-8.
a). All applicable maintenance data to carryout the maintenance work within the granted scope of
approval will be readily available for use when required by maintenance personnel. (CAR
145.A.45.f refers).
b). Company Approved updated Maintenance instructions will be circulated to all maintenance
personnel for carrying out the work on the aircraft or component.
c). Good maintenance practices will be inculcated into the minds of each and every maintenance
personnel, which will help them to carryout the work meticulously and in a more professional
manner.
d). Human factors principles and limitations will be applied to all maintenance activities, to avoid any
maintenance activity being carried out, under stress, which could directly hazard the safety of the
flight.
2.8.2 CONTROL OF INFORMATION – TECHNICAL LIBRARY (INFORMATION HELD, CONTROL,

ISSUE) ( Ref : CAR 145.A.45.f & EPM Section-4, Chapter-28)
2.8.2.1 SUBSCRIPTION & RECEIPT
a). A Master list of various aircraft / engine / propeller / component on which the organization is
capable of carrying out maintenance activity will be maintained by Manager – Tech services, thru
Technical Officer (Library). The list will also contain the various publications (aircraft / engine /
propeller / component wise) required to be maintained by the organization in the Technical library
(at various stations).
b). Manager – Tech services will subscribe for obtaining initial / revision issue of all publications for
the aircraft owned by Deccan Aviation to receive continuous updates.
c). In case of aircraft under maintenance contract, owned by a customer, conditions for provision of
all maintenance publication pertaining to the aircraft will form a part of the contract. Contract will
specify whether the customer will pay for the subscription directly and provide the proof of
subscription to the Manager – Technical services or will allow Deccan to obtain the subscription
for their aircraft / engine / propeller.
d). Contract will also specify whether the publications will be handed over to the Technical
Officer(Library) and obtain acknowledgement for the same or provide Deccan Aviation address as
address for receiving the publication
2.8.2.2 DOCUMENT SAFEKEEP
a). A technical library will be established in the organization and the same will be handled Tech.
Officer (Library). Technical Library will be equipped with technical literatures of Airframe,
Engines, Propeller and other components of all aircraft being maintained by the organization,
under CAR-145 approval
b). Technical Officer (library) will allot a controlled copy number to each of the manual required to be
held as per the master list of publications at Bangalore and at all stations.
c). The manager - technical services will ensure that the technical library at Bangalore and all base
/ line station is maintained and all relevant technical publications (Maintenance data) required
for maintenance of aircraft /engine / propeller / component at respective station are updated and
are made available for reference at all times. (CAR 145.A.45.g refers)
d). All the incoming technical literature (paper format / CD / DVD format) will be entered in an
aircraft /component wise register kept in the technical library. This register will have details of
literature received from, date of receipt and the publication evaluation form reference number
for tracking action taken.
e). Publications those which are available on-line will be accessed by the Technical Officer
(library) every month and any new issue / revision will be downloaded, printed, entered in the
register and folder amended.
2.8.2.3 DISPATCH TO OTHER STATIONS / ISSUE TO MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL
a). All incoming literatures (Hard copy / CD /DVD /Downloaded) will be entered in the aircraft
/component wise register and circulated to other controlled copy holders of respective manuals.
b). Technical publications (paper / CD / DVD format) kept in the library (Main base / base or line
stations) will be issued to maintenance personnel by the Technical officer (library) after making
an entry in the publication issue register.
c). Publication issue register will contain the following minimum information;
1. Date of issue.
2. Description / Part number of the manual or folder.
3. Condition of the manual at the time of issue.
4. Signature of the person receiving the manual.
5. Condition of the manual at the time of return.
6. Signature of the person returning the manual and countersignature of Tech.
Officer(library)
d). Maintenance personnel will return the publications to the Technical officer (library) after use
and affix their signature confirming the return of the manual in good condition, which will be
countersigned by the Technical Officer (library).
2.8.2.4 MAINTENANCE DATA EVALUATION AND ACTION FOR COMPLIANCE
a). All incoming literatures (Hard copy / CD /DVD /Downloaded) including regulatory documents
such as Rules / CAR / Advisory circulars etc will be evaluated by Manager –Technical services
using publication evaluation form (Form no. 022).
b). Minimum Evaluation criteria for publication received is given below;
1. Description, Subject of the publication.

2. Aircraft / Engine / Propeller /Component affected.
3. Due information – Hrs / Calendar periods / landings / Cycles / others
4. Applicability w.r.t company’s fleet of aircraft under maintenance and work order No.
issued to carryout the same.
5. Any work under progress is affected by the received publication?
6. Details of Updation of master copy.
7. Details of Dispatch of copy of literature to controlled copy holders.
8. Details of Maintenance Programme amendment, if required
9. Details of Inspection schedule amendment, if required.

10. Details of procedure sheet amendment, if required.
11. Details of any material to be procured.
12. Details of warranty claim, if any?
13. Details of Technical circular to be issued for dissemination of information.
14. Details of compliance of those, which are optional in nature. (if intended to be complied)
15. Details of circulation to technical personnel thru Read & Sign file
c). On completion of evaluation, Manager – Technical services will raise an Inter office
communication (IOC) form (Form no. -051) providing specific instruction to various personnel
to carryout specific functions.
d). Publication evaluation form will be submitted to the Chief engineer for acceptance of
evaluation procedure at this stage.
e). Manager – Technical services will follow up, within 15days, with those personnel to whom the
Inter office communication is issued for completion of compliance action and update the
publication evaluation form.
f). On completion of all actions by concerned personnel and recording of all action taken
information on the form, Manager –Technical services will put up the form to the Chief
engineer for signature towards the acceptance of all compliance action.
2.8.2.5 MAINTENANCE DATA EVALUATION AND ACTION FOR COMPLIANCE – BASE /

LINE STATION.
a). All incoming publication at the base/ line station will be received by the Technical Officer / Engg.
In-charge respectively.
b). Incoming publication evaluation will be done by Base Engineering Manager / Engg. In-charge of
base / line station i.a.w applicable criteria listed in MOE 2.8.2.4 using publication evaluation form
(Form No. 022)
c). On completion of evaluation, Base engineering manager will raise an Inter office communication
(IOC Form No. 057) providing instructions to various personnel to carryout certain functions to
complete the compliance action.
d). Base engineering manager will follow up, within 15days, with those personnel to whom the Inter
office communication is issued for completion of compliance action and update the publication
evaluation form.
2.8.3 REVISION / AMENDMENT PROCEDURE (MANUALS – SERVICE INFORMATION (AD – SB –

SIL Etc.))
a). The Manager - Technical Services will ensure that Deccan Aviation is on the mailing lists of the
manufacturers of all Aircraft, Engine, and Propellers, maintained by Deccan Aviation by paying
subscription for revision services in respect of all literatures held, in order to receive regular
updates of relevant revision documents.
b). Technical Officer (Library) will ensure that the technical literatures are updated with in one
week from the date of receipt of the amendments at the Library and copy of the same sent to
other stations, where similar manuals / folders are maintained.
c). Latest revision status index for all aircraft / engine / component manuals will be maintained to
reflect the latest revision of all the technical literatures.
d). Every month, during the first week, a visit to all available websites will be done and revisions to
the publications / revision status downloaded. Record of such visits will be maintained.
e). The revision status of all the manuals will be verified once a month with
respect to latest revision index.
f). If the revisions service is based on paid subscription, the manager - technical
services will ensure subscription payment is made in time. He will maintain a
record of all subscription data.
g). In case of a revision, the superseded documents will be removed and destroyed. They will never
find a place where valid documents are kept.
h). Any manuals kept in Technical Library / issued to other stations will be allotted with unique
traceable serial number (Controlled Copy). All revisions to such controlled manuals / service
bulletins / airworthiness directives will be issued under a publication dispatch form (Form No.
014), with returnable acknowledgement slip.
i). List of manuals kept in all stations will be maintained at the library with a traceable serial
number, so that revisions to all such manuals could be sent accordingly.
j). Details of technical literature to be maintained at each base / line / shop station location will be
provided in EPM Section-1, Chapter-8 and the Technical Officer – Base station / Engg. In-
charge of line station / Shop in-charge will update such publications.
2.8.4 UNCONTROLLED / UNSUBSCRIBED COPIES OF MANUALS
a). All uncontrolled copies will be listed by the Tech. officer (Library), by providing a unique serial
numbers, starting with alphabet UC.
b). At base station, Tech. Officer will ensure that uncontrolled copies are stored in a separate
cupboard and are identified with alphabet UC.
c). Uncontrolled copies of manuals will not be used for carrying out maintenance and will be kept
in different location in library. Uncontrolled copies will be used as study material or for
reference to know the previous procedures before revisions.
d). Maintenance data printed out by maintenance personnel from current revision status CD /DVD /
Online web access publications will be considered as an effective maintenance data for carrying
out the maintenance work in the base / line / shop station at that moment and not for retention.
Any printed and retained data for future use will be considered as uncontrolled and superseded
copies.
2.8.5 COMPANY TECHNICAL PROCEDURES / INSTRUCTIONS
a). Technical circulars will be issued to make the technical personnel aware of certain new /
modified technical procedures. Source of information for technical circulars may be derived
from the Manufacturer’s Technical publications, Directives issued by airworthiness authorities,
Operational & Maintenance experience, defects, incidents, accidents etc. These circulars will be
issued by Chief Engineer.
b). Technical circulars will be given an index number and kept in technical library. Manager -
Technical services will circulate these circulars to all stations. Hard copies will be sent later to
all line / base stations and the dispatch record will be maintained in a register.
c). In line station / base stations, Circulars will be kept in a folder with a “read and sign” page
consisting the names of the personnel who has read and understood the contents. Each personnel
will affix the signature against the name for having read and understood the contents.
2.8.6 AWARENESS OF TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS, INSTRUCTIONS & SERVICE

INFORMATIONS
a). Awareness of the status of the Technical publications, instructions, service information’s will be
ensured by sending out Technical Publication Status Information Circular to all line / base
stations to enable the Base engineering manager / engineer-in charge of the station to update the
station publications.
b). Technical publication status information circular will contain the following information;
1. List of Maintenance Data (Publications issued by manufacturer) and its revision status,
with reference to controlled copy numbers.
2. List of Maintenance programme approved by DGCA, its revision status with reference
to revision status of Maintenance data, from which the maintenance programme is
derived.
3. List of inspection schedules for each aircraft / component and its revision status.
4. List of procedure sheets for each aircraft and its revision status
c). Technical Publication Status Information Circular will be sent out at the end of every quarter of
the year i.e. on last day of March, June, Sept & December.
d). Detailed procedure for issue of technical publication status information circular is provided in
2.8.7 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION - (PREPARATION, APPROVAL & AMENDMENT CONTROL)
a). Maintenance instruction is defined in MOE 2.8.b of this MOE.
b). Aircraft Maintenance Programme and inspection schedules will be prepared with reference to
the MPD, Chapter 4, 5 & 12 of, Airframe, engine and propeller maintenance manuals, service
bulletins, service instructions, service letters issued by manufacturer, ADs and modifications
issued by regulating authorities. Inspection requirements called for by Optional equipment
manufacturer will also be included.
c). Maintenance programme developed by Deccan Aviation for maintenance of aircraft will include
details about:
1. Service Life Limit / Time Between Overhaul limit of parts or components

2. List of Periodic Inspections
3. List of Out of phase inspection.
4. List of Special Inspection.
5. List of Lubrication Servicing Schedule.
6. List of Corrosion Control Inspection.
7. List of Conditional Inspection.
8. List of aircraft / engine Storage Inspection (Preservation).
9. Brief details of inspection as Per DGCA's Directives.
10. List of Directives issued by the Airworthiness Authority of the Country of
Manufacturer.
11. List of Directives issued by the manufacturer ( ASB, SB, SL, CEB etc)
12. Optional equipments fitted and its continuous airworthiness inspection
requirements.
d). Maintenance Programme will have the revision status (No. & Date) of the various reference
document, based on which it has been prepared.
e). Aircraft Maintenance Programme for each type of aircraft will be prepared by Tech Officer
(AMP/Schedules) and type trained / qualified Engineer and verified by the Regional
Engineering Manager / Chief Engineer and Quality Manager. Maintenance programme will have
statement of scrutiny signed by the Regional Engg. Manager / Chief engineer and Quality
Manager.
f). After Chief engineer’s and Quality Manager’s verification, maintenance programme will be
submitted to the Regional Airworthiness Office at Bangalore for approval.
g). Latest amendments/ updation to Maintenance Publications will be incorporated in the Aircraft
Maintenance Programme within 15 days of their receipt and submitted to Regional
Airworthiness Office for approval.
h). Any amendment for technical publication / directive issued by the manufacturer or airworthiness
authority will be implemented on the aircraft / engine / component immediately, without time
delay / waiting for DGCA approval.
i). Inspection schedules will be prepared by the Tech Officer (AMP/Schedules) and type trained /
qualified Engineer and approved by the Manager – Technical services.
j). Inspection schedule will contain at least the following information’s;

Header 1. Form No. allotted for the specific schedule.
2. Organization Name
3. Aircraft / Engine / Propeller / Component Model
4. Type of inspection schedule
5. Periodicity of the inspection schedule
6. Schedule Approval status (Rev. No & Date)
7. Page No. ( x of y format )
Section -1 1. General instructions to the maintenance personnel.
2. Aircraft / Engine / Component – Type, Model, Regn, Part No, Sl.No.
3. Status of Aircraft / Engine / Component – TSN / TSO / Cycles / Landings.
4. Date & Time of inspection – Starting / Completion
5. Details of tools, equipments, spares, consumables to be used.
6. Provision for recording the name’s of persons involved in maintenance work.
7. Provision to record the details of additional sheets used.
8. Part of work order / work package no.
Section -2 1. Clear detail of the inspection to be carried out with reference to task card or
maintenance manual chapter-paragraph-sub-paragraph numbers.
2. Provision for recording physical measurements made during maintenance

work.
3. Provision for recording any observations.
4. Provision to record additional work carried out.
5. Provision for certification by the personnel for affixing stamp and signature.
Footer 1. Description of reference document, Document number, Revision No & date
2. Signature of person prepared (& his licence number) / approved the inspection
schedule.
k). Revised aircraft maintenance programme and schedules will be distributed to all (applicable)
stations by Manager -Technical Services with a proper record. All superseded schedules will be
destroyed at respective stations by the base engineering manager / engineering in-charge.
2.8.8 DGCA ACCEPTANCE OF ORGANISATION’S TRANSFER OF AIRWORTHINESS DATA
a). Any manuals kept in Technical Library / issued to other stations will be allotted with unique
traceable serial number (Controlled Copy).
b). List of manuals kept in all stations will be maintained by the Tech. Officer (library) with a
traceable serial number, so that revisions to all such manuals could be sent accordingly.
c). All revisions to such manuals / service bulletins / airworthiness directives will also be issued
under a publication dispatch form (Form No. 014), with returnable acknowledgement slip, by
Tech. Officer (Library).
d). Tech. Officer at base / line stations will receive the publications sent from main base, circulate
one copy of the publication for evaluation to the Base Engineering Manager / Engg. In-charge
and update the received copy in the respective folders of the controlled copy of the manual.
e). Tech. Officer at base / line station will fill up the acknowledgement slip attached with the
publication dispatch form and return it to the Tech. Officer (library) for records.
2.8.9 REVIEW AND IDENTIFICATION OF AMENDMENT STATUS OF MAINTENANCE

LITERATURE
a). Revision status of all maintenance publications will be reviewed by the Manager – Technical
services every quarter.
b). A continuous record will be maintained, which will provide the revision status of all technical
literature. Also refer MOE 2.8.5 for circulation procedures.
2.8.10 DISTRIBUTION OF AIRWORTHINESS DATA - ACCESS BY MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL
a). All the technical literature containing airworthiness data will be kept in technical library at each
line / base station and in the shop for access to maintenance personnel. List of publications
required to be held in each station will be published in EPM Section-4, Chapter-27.
b). Maintenance personnel can obtain the literature, use it for reference or carrying out maintenance
activity and then return the same to the library.
c). A register will be kept in the library, where in the person taking the maintenance data
(publication) will write his name and description and controlled copy number of the manual
being taken from the library.
d). On return of the manual, the person will sign the register for recording the return of the manual
and the entry will be countersigned by the Technical officer (library) or his assistant.
e). Airworthiness Data such as service bulletins / airworthiness directives / mandatory

modifications will be kept in the Read & Sign file for a period of one month from the date of
receipt of the data, to enable the maintenance personnel to read, understand and acknowledge
the same.
f). Read and Sign document will have statement that the “signature on this form by maintenance
personnel represents that they have read the contents of said airworthiness data and undertake to
comply with the requirements”
2.8.11 VERIFICATION AND VALIDATION OF NEW PROCEDURES WHERE APPLICABLE.
a). New procedures in maintenance activities may have to be adapted by the organisation due to
various reasons such as product improvement, process improvement etc.
b). In such cases, the procedures will be initiated by the Chief Engineer. Such procedures will be
assessed and evaluated by the quality manager. On verification and validation by the Quality
Manager, new procedures will be circulated in the form of Technical circulars to all concerned.
2.8.12 INCORPORATION OF BEST PRACTICE AND HUMAN FACTORS PRINCIPLE (Ref: CAR&
AMC 145.30(e), MOE 3.13 & EPM Section-3, Chapter -24)
a). Deccan Aviation will strive to incorporate Good Maintenance Practices and Human factors
principles in the working culture of the organisation.
b). All employees will be provided with an induction training, during which good maintenance
practices will be stressed upon.
c). All support / certifying personnel will be provided with refresher training every two years,
during which importance of awareness and use of standard practices given by manufacturer will
be stressed upon.
d). Detailed procedure for human factors training is provided in EPM Section-3, Chapter-24.
e). Importance of Human factors principles and the negative effect on the individual and the
organisation, if the same is not followed will also be stressed upon during all training process.
f). Details of good maintenance practices and human factors principle are provided in the EPM
Section-1, Chapter 19 & 23.
2.8.13 CONTROL OF CUSTOMER SUPPLIED MAINTENANCE DATA
a). As a policy all owner / operator will be advised to be on the mailing list of manufacturer for the
publication related to aircraft / engine / propeller. This instruction will form part of the
maintenance contract as owner’s / operator’s responsibility
b). Contract terms will be clearly spelt out, whether the owner will provide the Deccan Aviation
address (Bangalore) or owner’s address for shipping address for receipt of all publications.
c). If Deccan Aviation address is provided as shipping address, all received publication will be
routed to the Technical Officer (Library) for recording of incoming publication and necessary
compliance action taken as per publication evaluation form.
d). If Aircraft owner /operator’s address is provided as shipping address, contract terms will be
specified that all documents received should be handed over / couriered to Technical Officer
(Library) with in seven days of receipt.
e). Technical officer (library) will update the customer’s manual & company manual on receipt of
revision / amendment to publication.
f). Manager – Technical services will advise all aircraft owners / nodal officer’s to be on the
mailing list of the manufacturer of aircraft / engine / propeller for continuous amendment of the
manuals and ensure the same by monitoring the expiry date and advising them, a month before
expiry date.
2.8.14 MODIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS (Ref ; CAR 145.A.45.d & EPM Section-3,
Chapter-33)
a). Maintenance organization personnel may find a procedure alternate to the manufacturer’s
instructions providing similar or better maintenance standards. In such cases, the chief engineer
will be responsible to demonstrate to the quality manager that the modified maintenance
instructions result in equivalent or improved standards.
b). If acceptable, Quality Manager will approve and then intimate the TC/ STC Holder and the
Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore about the modified maintenance instructions.
c). Any feedback received from the TC / STC holder will be implemented as advised.
d). Maintenance instructions for the purpose of the above paragraph mean instructions on how to
carryout the particular maintenance task and they exclude the engineering design of repairs and
modifications.
e). Detailed procedure to be followed for control of modification of maintenance instruction is

given in EPM Section-3, Chapter-33
********************
2.9 REPAIR
(Ref: EPM Section-2, Chapter: 1)
a). This section provides the policies & requirements of the organization for carrying out repair on
aircraft under maintenance with Deccan Aviation.
a). Repairs will be carried out and certified by appropriately approved support / certifying staff as
per the repair scheme provided in the Maintenance Data or by the TC / STC holder.
b). Repairs that are not covered in the Maintenance Data will be referred to the TC / STC holder
for obtaining specific repair scheme.
2.9.2 REPAIR – ASSESSMENT – SCOPE OF WORK & STAFF APPROVAL - ACCOMPLISHMENT
a). Whenever a defect / damage is noticed by operation / maintenance personnel, documentation of

the same will be first made in the tech. logbook of the aircraft.
b). Minor repairs will be carried out after raising a work order by the support / certifying staff
under the purview of their license and appropriate company approval issued by Quality
Manager.
c). When a major repair is required to be carried out, Regional engineering manager / Chief
Engineer will analyze the recorded damage or carryout detailed damage assessment.
d). Scope of Repair for major damages will be initiated in consultation with the manufacturer.
e). Repair scheme for major Repair, which affects the primary load carrying member of the
aircraft will be submitted to DGCA (Aircraft Engineering Division) for approval.
f). Repair scheme as approved by DGCA (Aircraft Engineering Division) will be issued as work
order. Additional procedure sheet detailing the instruction to carryout the repair will be
developed based on the standard repair practices manual (AC 43-13) / manufacturer provided
maintenance data.
g). Scope of repair work will be clearly spelt out in the work order issued by the Regional Engg.
Manager / Chief engineer with limitations / conditions if any.
h). Regional Engg. Manager / Chief Engineer will propose a support /certifying staff who has
received adequate training on applicable structural repair procedures after assessing his
qualification, knowledge & competence level and prior experience for carrying out the work.
i). Quality Manager / auditor will examine the candidate and issue a company approval to the
support / certifying staff to carryout and certify the repair work. Any limitations will be clearly
indicated on the approval.
j). Approved Support / certifying staff will carryout the work using the approved repair scheme
and standard practices and certify the work in the relevant logbook with the details of work
done, cross reference to the repair scheme ( & its approval) and current maintenance data (Rev.
No. and date)
k). After completion of repair work and certification in the logbook, Certificate of Release to
Service will be issued by the authorized certifying staff referring to the repair work and work
order number.
********************
2.10 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME COMPLIANCE

(Ref: EPM Section -2, Chapter-3 and Section-3, Chapter-26)
a. This section provides the policies & requirements of the organization for control of compliance of
various maintenance activities called for in the aircraft maintenance programme.
a. All maintenance work carried out on aircraft, engine or components will be carried out in
accordance with manufacturer’s requirements / recommendations.
b. Every maintenance work undertaken by the organization, will be thru a clear work order system.
c. Maintenance work will be carried out by qualified, competent, approved personnel using approved
facility, material, tools & equipment and current technical literature.
d. Maintenance work will be carried out by adapting good maintenance practices.
2.10.2 GENERATION AND COMPLIANCE OF WORK ORDERS
a. In order to ensure continued airworthiness of the aircraft, various maintenance actions called for in
the aircraft maintenance programme are required to be carried out at specified intervals. All such
maintenance work will be carried out after generating a clear work order mentioning the specific
work to be carried out.
b. Maintenance work required to be carried out to keep the aircraft in the continuous airworthy state
are provided in various Maintenance Data. Such maintenance data is customized for compliance as
Maintenance Instructions (Maintenance Programme and Inspection schedules).
c. List of maintenance activities given in the aircraft maintenance programme will be entered into the
Master list of FLYPAL, (a web based software for monitoring maintenance activities) for each
aircraft model / serial number, by the Tech. Officer (software).
d. Data entered into the master list for monitoring will be verified by Manager – Technical Service and
a record of data entry and its verification will be maintained by the Tech. Officer (Records)
e. FLYPAL will calculate the various periodicities as entered and provide impending maintenance
activities as due reports (or call outs) for carrying out the maintenance work.
f. Due report for every month will be generated by Tech. Officer (software) and sent to concerned
base engineering manager where aircraft is maintained, concerned support / certifying staff
responsible for the aircraft, logistics personnel and Nodal officer or customer’s representative.
g. Tech. Officer (Planning) will convert the due report into Planning Advisory (Form No. 060) and
circulated to concerned base engineering manager where aircraft is maintained, concerned support /
certifying staff responsible for the aircraft, logistics personnel and Nodal officer or customer’s
representative, with the following information;
1. Maintenance action (Inspection / Replacement / Testing etc) due.

2. Parts, Tools & Consumables required for scheduled inspection as per inspection schedule.
3. Due information ( Flying hrs / cycles / landings / calendar period etc)
h. Access to view information on FLYPAL will also be granted to all support / certifying staff for
generating due reports, pertaining to the aircraft, on which they are working.
i. Due report will be considered to be a call out from the Manager – Technical Services to carry out
the work.
j. Work order will be generated by the support / certifying staff on two occasions i.e. for carrying out
scheduled maintenance based on the due report or for carrying out unscheduled maintenance such as
defect rectification or repair due to damage.
k. Support / certifying staff will raise the work order for Scheduled maintenance (servicing / inspection
/ replacement / calibration etc) based on the due report. These work order will be identified as
scheduled maintenance work order.
l. Support / certifying staff will raise the work order for unscheduled maintenance based on the defect
/ damage entry made by the operation / maintenance personnel in the tech. logbook. These work
order will be identified as unscheduled maintenance work order.
m. All defects including minor defects will be rectified only after creating an unscheduled maintenance
work order. No defect will be closed with an entry in the tech. logbook alone.
n. Every defect entered in the tech logbook will be related to the work order for detailed information of
the rectification action and the work order number will be cross referred in the rectification action
taken columns of the tech. logbook.
o. Work order will be generated by using a pre-printed format as explained below. Registration and
Serial No. column will be pre-printed and issued as a booklet to each aircraft by Manager –
Technical services. This will ensure that no work order is misplaced.
Registration Year Month Date Sl.No

DAX 2008 01 10 Pre-printed
p. Work order booklet will be in printed in duplicate and issued under controlled documentation by
Manager – Tech services.
q. On completion of the scheduled or unscheduled maintenance work, support / certifying staff will
carryout entries in all the following documents as per sample entries given below;
Type of entries to be made for Scheduled Maintenance Work
In Tech. Logbook In Work order In Working Copy of Logbook
Support / certifying staff will Starter generator sl. No. xxxx,

write the following – TSN - 1999:00Hrs, TSO -
in work In action taken 999:00Hrs removed as due for
required column overhaul.
column
Starter Generator replaced due for
Replace starter Starter New / Overhauled starter
overhaul – Refer work order No.
generator as generator generator sl. No. yyyy,
DAX-2008-01-10
due for replaced. TSN – 1000:00 hrs, TSO- 0:00
overhaul Electrical Hrs installed on engine serial no.
system tested. CAE-845678. as per MM Rev.
Found No.3 dt 21st May-07,
satisfactory Chapter. 72-30-60
Type of entries to be made for Un-Scheduled Maintenance Work
In Tech. Logbook In Work order In Working Copy of Logbook
Support / certifying staff will

write the following –
Snag reported – Impending fuel
in work In action taken
Filter bypass found extended
required column Fuel filter removed and cleaned
column (or replaced) and installed, System
Filter cleaned purged as per EMM Rev.No.5
Action Taken – Filter cleaned or dated 15th Sept. 08, Chapt. 73-30-
or replaced.
replaced. System purged. Ground Impending fuel 20.
System purged.
run found satisfactory. Aircraft filter bypass
Ground run
cleared for flight. found Ground run found satisfactory.
found
extended. --
satisfactory.
Refer work order no; Rectify
Aircraft cleared
DAX-2008-01-10
for flight.
r. First copy of the work order will be removed from the booklet, attached with the following
supporting documents and sent to Technical Officer (Records) at Bangalore for scrutiny and safe
keeping.
1. Copy of the due report, based on which the work order was created and work carried out.
This will enable Tech. officer (planning) & (records) to carry out a cross verification that
all maintenance activities due on a specific date / hrs was carried out without fail.
2. Duly completed inspection schedule / procedure sheets used to carryout the work.
3. Additional inspection sheets / off-job sheets used (if any)
4. List of spares used for carrying out the work and copy of authorized release certificate /
parts acceptance tag.
5. Dimension Recording Sheets used for recording physical observations / measurements. (if
any)
s. Second copy of the work order will remain with the book. In case, the first copy of the work order is
lost in transit, the second copy of work order retained in the book will provide the necessary
information.
t. Support / certifying staff or Tech. Officer (base station) will update the FLYPAL on real time basis
(as soon as the tech. log book / work order / working logbook entries are done) about the work done
on the aircraft. This will enable the Tech. officer (planning) to carryout proper monitoring of
completion of work as per Planning advisory / due report.
u. In case, support / certifying staff or Tech. officer (base station) is unable to update the FLYPAL,
then they will intimate the Tech. Officer (Planning) via sms / email about the completion of the
work carried out on an aircraft, before sending the hard copy of the work order to the Tech. Officer
(records) for scrutiny and retention.
v. Technical officer (Records) will scrutinize the completed work order and its attachments received at
Bangalore and intimate any discrepancy to the Manager – Technical service and to the concerned
support / certifying staff for corrective action.
w. Technical officer (Planning) will refer the completed work order file and the work completed entries
in FLYPAL and update about the compliance action taken on the planning advisory / due report
x. Any work order / schedule having discrepancies will be brought to the notice of the support /
certifying staff with the specific aircraft for taking appropriate compliance action.
y. If no discrepancy is found, Technical officer (Records) will scan the work order and the attached
documentation and send to the soft copy to the concerned base / line station for records.
z. Technical officers at line stations will update the web based FLYPAL software, with all flight logs,
maintenance log details such as Inspections carried out, SLL / TBO components replaced,
Directives (ADs, Mandatory Modifications and Service Bulletins) carried out etc. Those who don’t
have access to internet / difficulties in having continuous access will provide a weekly aircraft status
vide Weekly Report form (Form No. 023) to the Tech. Officer (software). Tech. Officer (software)
will enter the details received thru the weekly report form into the FLYPAL data base.
aa. Any wrong data entered in to the software is required to be intimated to the Tech. Officer (software)
in writing by e-mail or fax.
bb. Tech. Officer (software) will be the only person to have editing rights in the software. Tech. Officer
(software) will edit software data based on the request from the individual and will retain the request
in the related aircraft Flypal data file.
cc. Quality auditors will carryout audit of completed work orders. If any deficiency is observed, the
same will be recorded as Non-compliance and brought to the notice of the concerned support /
certifying staff and chief engineer for correction of the observed discrepancy.
dd. Tech. Officer (Planning) will also monitor the compliance action recording / updation of various
maintenance activities in the work order / FLYPAL. Based on this monitoring, he will send a last
day call by e-mail / telephone, to the Base engineering manager / station engg. In-charge about the
pending scheduled work on a particular aircraft.
ee. If the work is already carried out / planned for the last due date / flying hours, base engineering
manager / station in-charge will disregard the information. If the work is not carried out previously
or planned for the last due date / flying hrs, then the base engineering manager / station engg. In-
charge will ground the aircraft due non-compliance of scheduled maintenance activity.
ff. If the work order sheet becomes invalid due to wrong entries, such work order will not be disposed
off. All invalid work order will be crossed across the sheets and first copy will be sent to Tech.
Officer (Records) at Bangalore. Second copy will remain in the book.
gg. If a work order booklet is missing / misplaced, immediate information will be sent to Manager –
Tech services by the concerned support / certifying staff. Manager – Tech. services will document
the same and issue another work order booklet, with continuing serial numbers.
2.10.3 MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME ONE TIME VARIATIONS (Refer EPM Section-3, Chapter-26)
a). Aircraft Maintenance Programme preparation and approval procedure is explained in MOE
2.8.7.
b). If any one time variation is required to be introduced, Chief engineer will propose the same to
the Quality Manager for acceptance. On acceptance from the quality manager, chief engineer
will forward the one time variation request to respective Regional / Sub-Regional Airworthiness
Office for approval.
c). If variation is provided in the Maintenance Manual or other manufacturer’s instruction for ease
of maintenance scheduling, then the variation request will be sent to Regional Airworthiness
Office, with a copy of the allowances provided by the manufacturer.
d). If the variation required is beyond the variation limit provided in the manuals, then the
manufacturer will be approached to obtain a NTO (No Technical Objection) for applying the
variation for the specific aircraft. In such case, the NTO from manufacturer will be submitted to
the Regional Airworthiness office along with the variation request proposal.
2.10.4 CONTROL OF PROGRAMME AND AMENDMENTS
a). Any amendment to the maintenance programme will be initiated by the Tech. Officer
(MPD/schedules) and verified by the Chief Engineer & Quality Manager before submitting to
the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore for approval.
b). Approved amendments will be distributed by manager - technical services as per distribution list
for effecting the amendments in to the copies of Aircraft Maintenance Programme.
c). Record of all amendments to Aircraft Maintenance Programme will be maintained in technical
d). All station technical officers’ will destroy the superseded copies and insert the new amendments
into the Aircraft Maintenance Programme folder.
2.10.5 RELIABILITY MONITORING AND REPORTING
a). CAR Section-2, Series-C, Part-V, requires Maintenance control by Reliability method for all
scheduled airlines having sizable fleet of aircraft in operation. Presently Deccan Aviation is
involved in maintenance of non-scheduled operations aircraft only. Hence reliability monitoring
as per the CAR will be undertaken as and when scheduled operations are initiated.
2.10.6 CORROSION CONTROL PROGRAMME REPORTING.
a). All airframe / engine manufacturer provides corrosion prevention and corrosion control
inspection programme in the maintenance manual.
b). Periodicity of corrosion control inspection varies from 100hrs / 90days to 1 year, 2 year etc.
Inspections as recommended by the manufacturer will be included in the Aircraft Maintenance
Programme and the same will be followed.
c). If severe corrosion is found in any of the aircraft, then the same will be reported to the
manufacturer and DGCA. Actions recommended by manufacturer for control of corrosion and
preventive action will be undertaken to avoid spreading of corrosion in the same or another
aircraft of similar type.
2.10.7 MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME INSPECTION STANDARDS
a). Inspection as per maintenance programme will be carried out as per Aeronautical Standards.
Support and certifying staff will ensure that the work carried out by them meets the standards
explained below ;
1. Work area is clean, sufficient to carryout the intended inspection.

2. Proper Tools & equipments duly calibrated are available for carrying out the intended the
maintenance.
3. Updated maintenance data (Literature) and Maintenance instruction (schedules) are
available for carrying out the maintenance
4. Serviceable parts and consumables are available for carrying out the maintenance.
5. Appropriately qualified, experienced, skilled and competent personnel are available for
carrying out the maintenance
6. Observance of safety precautions during all phases of maintenance and operation.
7. Tools are accounted before and after carrying out the inspection.
8. Work is certified progressively, as they are completed.
9. Proper mixing of adhesives / compounds, as recommended by the manufacturer in terms of
measure.
10. Use of calibrated precision measuring instruments for recording precision measurements.
11. Multiple measurements and recording of all measurements taken to find average readings.
********************
2.11 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES / DGCA MANDATORY MODIFICATION / ALERT SERVICE

BULLETIN – CONTROL PROCEDURE
(Ref: EPM, Section-1, Chapter-7)
a). This section outlines the policies and requirements for compliance and control of all the
airworthiness directives received from airworthiness authorities of the country of origin, alert
service bulletins issued by the TC holder and the Mandatory Modifications issued by DGCA.
The entire procedure will also be applicable for the miscellaneous modifications issued by the
DGCA.
b). Word “Directive” in this and related chapters of MOE / EPM will denote Airworthiness
Directives, Alert Service Bulletins or Mandatory Modifications.
c). Detailed procedure for control and compliance of AD / ASB / Mandatory Modifications are
provided in EPM Section-1, Chapter-7.
a). All maintenance activities, that are made mandatory in the form of Airworthiness Directives, by
the Airworthiness authority of the country of Origin (Civil Aviation Authority of the country,
which has issued the Type Certificate for the aircraft, engine, propeller or component), will be
carried out within the time frame given in the AD.
b). Service Bulletins issued by Manufacture of aircraft, engine, propeller or component and
classified as Alert or Mandatory will also be carried out with in the time frame given in the
compliance requirement column of the bulletin.
c). Mandatory Modifications issued by DGCA specific to particular airframe, engine, propeller or
miscellaneous component will be complied within the specified time limits on the aircraft /
aircraft component maintained by Deccan Aviation.
d). No aircraft/aircraft component will be operated beyond the specified limit, without the
compliance of the AD, Alert / Mandatory Service Bulletins or Mandatory modifications.
e). Compliance status of all directives in respect of airframe, engine, propeller and miscellaneous
components will be maintained for those aircraft which are under the maintenance of the
organization.
2.11.2 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVE / DGCA MANDATORY MODIFICATION RESPONSE

PROCEDURE.
a). Airworthiness Directives and DGCA Mandatory modifications are listed in the respective
authorities’ website.
b). Technical Officer (Directives / Occurrences ) will visit the website of the authorities publishing
the Directives (including mandatory modifications), every 15days and download the contents,
and update separate registers / lists maintained for each type of airframe, engine, propeller etc.
c). Manager – Technical services & Chief Engineer will evaluate all AD’s / Mod’s using
publication evaluation / review form (Form No. 22) and document the required action to be
taken by various individuals for following action;
1. Any aircraft / engine /component under maintenance affected by the AD.

2. Up-dation of the master folders of the AD / Mod’s for various airframe / engine /
component etc
3. Circulation of AD / Mod’s to various bases, where such airframe /engine / propeller are
being maintained under CAR-145 approval.
4. Amendment of maintenance programme / inspection schedule / procedure sheet etc.
5. Updation of FLYPAL master data for one time / repeat compliance of AD / Mod’s.
6. Logistics procedure such as procurement of spares / warranty claim etc
7. Requirement to issue technical circular to disseminate information to maintenance /
operation personnel
8. Any other action to be taken for ensuring continuous airworthiness
d). Manager – Technical service will monitor compliance of all actions to be taken, till such time all
actions are completed and then forward the publication evaluation / review form to Chief
engineer for verification of satisfactory compliance of the requirements of AD / Mod’s.
e). Detailed procedure of receipt of AD and its compliance procedures are listed in EPM Section-1,
Chapter-7
2.11.3 REPETITIVE DIRECTIVE’S REQUIREMENTS - (INSPECTION CONTROL)
a). Manager – Technical services & Chief Engineer evaluating an AD / Mods / ASBs using
Publication Evaluation Form (form No. 022) will initiate following action, if the AD / Mods /
SB’s is found to be of repetitive in nature;
1. Raise inter office communication form (Form no. 057) to Tech. Officer
(AMP/Schedules) to include the repetitive inspection requirement AD / Mods / SBs in
maintenance programme and/or inspection schedule.
2. Raise inter office communication form (form no. 057) to Tech. Officer (software) to
include the AD / Mods / SBs in the master list of monitoring for the specific aircraft for
repetitive monitoring.
b). Detailed procedure of inclusion of repetitive inspection requirements of AD / Mod’s in aircraft

maintenance programme / FLYPAL software for continuous monitoring is provided in EPM
Section-1, Chapter-7
2.11.4 COMPLIANCE STATUS OF AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES / MANDATORY MODS.
a). Technical Officer (Directives & Occurrences) will maintain a master list and related reference
document of Airworthiness Directives and Mandatory Modifications for each type of airframe,
engine and propeller being maintained by the organization under the granted scope of approval.
b). Service bulletins issued by few manufacturers are considered as Mandatory as they are issued under
the title of ALERT SERVICE BULLETINS. Some of the manufacturer issues under the title
SERVICE BULLETIN and declare some of those bulletins as Mandatory in compliance
requirement column. Since Service Bulletins are declared as a Controlled copy and the folders are
allotted a controlled copy number, all service bulletins will be maintained in Technical Library at
Bangalore and at all base or operating line stations.
c). Technical officer (Directives) will maintain ADs / Mandatory Modification history card (Form No.
012) for each type of aircraft, engine and propeller, which will provide a bird eye view of the
compliance status of the all the ADs and Mods
d). Miscellaneous modification for each aircraft will also be maintained in the form of history card.
e). Compliance requirement of all directives (AD / Mod / ASB) will be fed in the “Directives Module”
of FLYPAL software by Technical Officer on receipt of Inter office communication (Form No. 051)
from Manager –Technical Services.
f). FLYPAL will provide one time or periodic call out for compliance of the repetitive ADs / Mods /
ASBs.
g). On receipt of one time / periodic call out generated by FLYPAL for compliance of ADs / Mods /
ASBs, the support / certifying staff will generate a work order, carryout the work and certify the
same in the Tech. logbook, work order and the working copy logbook.
h). Support / certifying staff or Tech. Officer at base station will update the Directive module of the
FLYPAL from their location on completion of the maintenance activity as called for in AD / Mod /
ASB.
i). Directive module of FLYPAL will also provide a compliance status of all effective Directives (AD /
Mod / ASB) in ascending order.
j). On receipt of the completed work order at Bangalore, the Technical Officer (Records) will update
the original logbooks of the airframe, engine or propeller and Technical Officer (Directives &
Occurrences) will update the respective AD / Mod / ASB history cards.
********************
2.12 OPTIONAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE

a). This section provides the policies and requirements for control & compliance of all the optional
service directives / modifications issued by the aircraft, engine, propeller or component
manufacturer.
b). Detailed procedure for control of optional modification is provided in EPM Section-1, Chapter-9.
a). Service Bulletins / Letters / Instructions / Modifications issued by the aircraft, engine, propeller or
component manufacturer as Optional will be evaluated for its effect on operational, maintenance,
comfort characteristics of the aircraft.
b). Any bulletins / letters / instructions / modifying improving operational, maintenance or comfort
features of the aircraft will be carried out on the aircraft after case to case evaluation and decision
taken.
c). Detailed policy of evaluation and method of embodiment is explained in EPM Section-1, Chapter-9.
2.12.2 CONTROL OF OPTIONAL MODIFICATIONS (ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE & COMPLIANCE)
a). Manager – Technical services & Chief engineer evaluating an SB / SL / SI using Publication Form
(form No. 022) will initiate following action, if the service bulletins / letters / instructions are
optional in nature;
1. Up-dation of the master folders of the service bulletins / letters / instructions for various
airframe / engine / component etc
2. Circulation of the publication to various bases, where affected airframe /engine / propeller
are being maintained under CAR-145 approval.
3. Amendment of maintenance programme / inspection schedule / procedure sheet etc.
4. Updation of FLYPAL master data for one time / repeat compliance of optional SB/SL etc.
5. Logistics procedure such as procurement of spares / warranty claim etc
6. Requirement to issue technical circular to disseminate information to maintenance /
operation personnel
7. Any other action to be taken for ensuring continuous airworthiness
b). Manager – Technical services and Chief engineer will decide, whether to comply with an optional
service bulletin / service letter / service instruction after weighing the pro’s and con’s of
compliance, such as cost of compliance, aircraft grounding time, improvement in operational or
maintenance characteristics, increase in passenger comfort level etc.
c). Evaluation and decision making process of whether to comply the bulletin or not will be completed
within a period of one month from the date of receipt of the bulletin.
d). While taking the decision, Chief engineer will consider repeated premature failures, defects, ease of
maintenance, improved operational characteristics or performance of the aircraft and decide whether
to comply or not.
e). Chief engineer will record the reason for the decision to comply or not to comply in action taken
information column of the publication evaluation form.
f). Manager – Technical service will monitor compliance of all actions to be taken, till such time all
actions are completed and then forward the publication evaluation / review form to Chief engineer
for verification of satisfactory compliance of the requirements of SB / SL / SI etc.
.
g). Detailed procedure of receipt of optional modification and its compliance procedures are listed in
********************
2.13 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE AND COMPLETION OF THE SAME

(Refer: CAR 145.A.45e & EPM Section – 1, Chapter -8 & Section-3, Chapter -18)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding various
maintenance documentations to be used for the purpose of documenting various maintenance and
related activities.
b). Detailed procedure to be followed by various personnel for documentation of maintenance work
carried out and completion of the same is provided in EPM Section-1, Chapter-8 and Section-3,
Chapter-18.
a). All maintenance work carried out on the aircraft, engine, propeller or component will be
documented properly, so that the continued airworthiness is ensured and history of maintenance
activity is traceable during the life time of the component.
b). All maintenance personnel will be trained and advised to document maintenance activities
performed, by them.
c). Procedures will be created to provide a common system (Inspection Schedules & Work orders) to
be used throughout the organization (Line, Base, Component shops etc).
d). Instructions provided in manufacturer’s maintenance data (CAR 145.A.45.b / MOE 2.8) or the
modified maintenance instructions ( CAR 145.A.45.d / MOE 2.8.13) will be transcribed to
inspection schedules or procedure sheets to enable the maintenance personnel to carryout the
required maintenance work in right manner.
e). Complex maintenance tasks will be transcribed onto the Inspection schedules or procedure sheets
and sub-divided into clear stages to ensure a record of the accomplishment of the complete
maintenance task. (CAR 145.A.45e refers).
f). If the aircraft operator (customer) requires their approved inspection programme / schedule to be
carried out on their aircraft / component, then the same will be used for carrying out maintenance
on their aircraft / engine / component. (CAR 145.A.45.e refers).
2.13.2 VARIOUS MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS IN USE
a). Various maintenance documents in use are listed and defined below;
1. Work Package consists of compilation of various work orders required to be complied on

aircraft, engine or on component, under base or shop maintenance, respectively.
2. Work order - A document issued by Regional / Base Engineering Manager or station

engineering in-charge or prepared by the support / certifying staff, highlighting the
scheduled work (inspection /replacement) to be carried out as listed in due report or
unscheduled work such as damage or defects to be repaired / rectified.
3. Inspection schedule consists of various items of inspection drawn from Maintenance Data to
be complied on the aircraft, engine, propeller or component.
4. Due Report – Report generated by the maintenance software “FLYPAL”, providing details
of inspection, replacement to be carried out the aircraft, engine or propeller.
5. Procedure sheet - consists of step by step by procedure for carrying out a maintenance task
or activity, prepared in accordance with manufacturer’s recommended or standard procedure
to ensure that the maintenance activity is performed in a sequential manner.
6. Off-Job sheet – is a document raised by support /certifying staff to carryout and certify
minor work on the aircraft while performing a line / base / shop maintenance activity on an
aircraft, engine, propeller or a component under a work order. Any off-job sheet raised
during base / shop maintenance activity will be attached with the relevant work order or
work package.
7. Repair scheme: Repair instruction, inclusive of repair drawing / process information etc
provided in the relevant updated maintenance data for carrying out repair on the aircraft or
on a component is defined as Repair scheme.
8. Repair procedure sheet: Schedule of items containing step by step procedure of instructions
to comply a repair on the aircraft or on a component, prepared based on relevant updated
maintenance data and approved by the chief engineer or person authorized by him is called
as Repair Procedure Sheet.
9. Dimension Recording sheet (Form No. 008) is a document to enter the observed dimension
and compare with the required dimensions given in the maintenance data. All dimensions
recording sheet will be attached with the respective inspection schedule to which it refers to.
10. Working copy logbook: Aircraft / Engine / Propeller logbooks, maintained in operating line
station / base station for the purpose of support staff to document the work carried out with
in the time frame of 48hrs provided by DGCA. These logbooks will have similar appearance
as that of original logbook, but have “working copy” printed on each of the sheets. Working
copy logbook will enable the representatives of local airworthiness office to get a glimpse of
maintenance activities undertaken on the aircraft as all forms of original aircraft
documentation is maintained and updated at the centralized location (Bangalore – Approved
main base) under CAR-145 approval. Retaining the working copy will also satisfy the 2year
retention requirement of copy of records, in case maintenance contract ceases to be valid.
11. Original Logbook – Aircraft / Engine / Propeller logbooks maintained at Bangalore

(Approved main base under CAR-145 approval) by Technical Officer (Records) is referred
as Original Logbooks. Entries in this logbook will be made by Tech. Officer (Records) and
signed by Manager – Technical services under his/her stamp and signature. This logbook
will allow representative of the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore to audit and get a
glimpse of maintenance activities undertaken on the aircraft, though the aircraft may be
operating at an operating line station or based at any other base station for maintenance and
operation.
2.13.3 WORKORDER FOR NON-ROUTINE TASKS
a). Non-routine tasks are required to be carried out if any defects are observed or any damage occurs
to the aircraft.
b). If defect / damage is minor in nature and within the scope of line maintenance activity, support /
certifying staff will raise the work order on their own as per the format explained in MOE 2.10.2
c). If defect / damage is classified as major, then the work package will be decided in consultation
with the manufacturer / DGCA, as per repair policies and procedure given in MOE 2.9
2.13.4 ASSEMBLY OF WORK PACKAGES FOR ISSUE TO MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY
a). Maintenance activity required to be carried out will be reflected in the due report generated from
the FLYPAL software.
b). All activities which are due at in terms of flying hours, calendar period, landings, cycles or RINS
are required to be carried out on Mandatory basis, by the support / certifying staff after creating a
work order.
c). Any other work, which may fall due within the near future, could be clubbed (assembled) together
to avoid frequent grounding of the aircraft. Support / Certifying staff will consult the chief
engineer for the same and chief engineer will advise based on following considerations;
1. Need to avoid frequent grounding and ensure optimum operational utilization of the
aircraft.
2. Need to avoid frequent removal / installation of components.
3. Need to ensure efficient utilization of available manpower.
2.13.5 WORKORDER / INSPECTION SCHEDULE COMPLETION – MAINTENANCE SIGN – OFF
a). Tech Officer (software) will provide a monthly due report to Base Engineering Manager and the
concerned support / certifying staff about the scheduled maintenance activity falling due within
next 30days / 100flying hours / 250 landings / 500cycles.
b). Tech. Officer (Planning) will provide a Planning Advisory to Base Engineering Manager and the
concerned support / certifying staff, based on the due reports, which will provide the required
tools, equipments, consumables required to carryout the scheduled maintenance activity.
c). Base engineering Manager or the concerned support / certifying staff will ensure that the
following are available before initiating maintenance activity (under work order and inspection
schedule);
1. Availability of Up to date Maintenance data for the maintenance of aircraft / engine /

component, including standard practice manual.
2. Duly accepted and issued parts, consumables etc.
3. Properly calibrated and controlled tools & equipment.
4. Qualified and competent manpower to carryout and certify the work.
5. Appropriate scope of approval and capability to carryout the work.
6. Adherence of any limitation on the scope of approval /capability or on the support
/certifying staff.
d). Base engineering manager / operating line station engg. In-charge / shop in-charge will ensure that
the facility is clean and FOD eliminating procedures are followed as given in MOE 2.7.2
e). Base engineering manager / operating line station engg. In-charge / shop in-charge will ensure that
any observations received thru the Quality Deficiency & Hazard Reporting System procedure is
adequately addressed so that no untoward occurrences occur due to deficiency in maintenance
standards.
f). Base engineering manager / shop in-charge will ensure that all Support staff progressively signs
off every inspection item as it is completed in inspection schedule or on the procedure sheets, with
the mentioning of date & time along with signature and the approval stamp.
g). Similarly, every inspection schedule listed on a work order will be signed off, as the inspection
schedule is completed and closed, with the mentioning of date & time by the respective support
staff.
h). Habit of signing off all inspection items on a schedule or all inspections on a work order at one
time will not be practiced by any of the support staff, as this may lead to signing of an item of
inspection without actually carrying out the work.
2.13.6 SCRUTINY OF WORK COMPLETION & CERTIFICATION
a). Support staff carrying out the maintenance activity on line / base / shop maintenance location will
sign off all inspection items on the schedule and scrutinize to ensure that no item is left out,
without action taken for compliance or unsigned, after compliance.
b). Certifying staff authorized to release the aircraft / component for service will scrutinize to ensure
the following that ;
1. Maintenance Work ordered has been properly carried out by the support staff in accordance
with the procedures given in the MOE / EPM and the relevant updated maintenance data.
2. Availability and use of the relevant updated maintenance data for carrying out the
maintenance work is proven beyond doubt, by way of evidences
3. There are no non-compliances which are known that may hazard seriously the flight safety.
c). After detailed scrutiny and satisfactory results, certifying staff will issue appropriate certificate of
release to service for the aircraft under line / base maintenance or the component under shop
maintenance.
d). If new defects or incomplete maintenance work orders are identified during the scrutiny of
maintenance work completion on the aircraft, the same will be brought to notice of the owner /
operator for the specific purpose of obtaining his consent to rectify such defects or completing the
missing elements of the maintenance work order.
e). In case, if the operator declines to have such maintenance carried out, certifying staff may issue a
certificate of release to service within the approved aircraft limitations. Certifying staff will enter
such fact in the aircraft certificate of release to service, before the issue of such certificate.
2.13.7 UPDATION OF LOGBOOKS, WORK ORDERS AND COMPUTER SOFTWARE
a). Support staff carrying out the work on the aircraft at operating line station / base station will certify
the following documents without fail, before the certifying staff carries out the scrutiny for issue of
CRS;
Very brief reference to the work carried out pertaining to the

scheduled (any inspection or component replacement) or non-
1. Tech. Logbook : scheduled maintenance work (any observation, defect (minor / major),
damage, incident or accident) and reference of the related work order
no.
Brief detail of scheduled work to be done / snag reported and the

detailed action taken for scheduled or unscheduled maintenance work
carried out, including the details of parts removed and installed (such
as part number, serial number, life completed in terms of flying hours,
calendar periods, cycles, landings, RINS etc.), RNN as read from the
2 Work order :
parts acceptance tag in the appropriate columns.
Entries for duplicate inspection is also required to be entered in the

work order in appropriate columns
Detailed explanation of action taken for scheduled or unscheduled

maintenance work carried out on the aircraft / engine / component in
Working copy
3 : respective logbook, with the detail of relevant updated maintenance
logbook
data (Description of the manual used, current revision number and
date)
b). Support staff / certifying staff carrying out the work / releasing the aircraft or the Technical Officer
at base station will update the web based FLYPAL about the details of all scheduled and
unscheduled maintenance activities carried out. This updation will be ensured for completion by the
base engineering manager, by establishing a standard procedure detailed in EPM Section-4,
Chapter-29.
c). In case of difficulty in updating the web based software due to broad band connectivity issues, then
the established alternate procedure of sending reports in weekly report format will be followed
immediately. Tech. Officer (software) will update the maintenance information received from line /
base station on to the web based software.
2.13.8 ASSEMBLY OF COMPLETED WORK PACKAGES FOR CERTIFICATION
a). Multiple inspection schedules / work orders can be combined as single work package and one CRS
issued with clear cross reference to all work order nos.
2.13.9 RECORDING OF TEST RESULTS AND DIMENSIONS
a). Dimensional measurements, torque values measured and required to be documented will be
recorded in Dimension Recording Sheet (Form No. 008)
b). This sheet will be used as an annexure to the corresponding inspection schedule or work orders, so
that dimensional information about any component is available at later date for reference.
c). Such dimension recording sheet will have cross reference to the related inspection schedule /
procedure sheet / work order and will remain attached with the relevant schedule / work orders.
2.13.10 CONTROL AND USE OF CUSTOMER SUPPLIED INSPECTION SCHEDULE / WORK ORDER
a). As an approved CAR 145 maintenance organization, Deccan Aviation will carryout all
maintenance tasks as per approved maintenance programme / inspection schedule.
b). However if an operator / maintenance organization supplies their maintenance programme /

inspection schedule / work order / repair order for carrying out a specific maintenance action, the
same will be carried out and certified.
c). Deccan Aviation CRS will be issued for such work carried out on the customer aircraft following
the customer provided maintenance programme / inspection schedule / work order or repair order.
2.13.11 SELF MONITORING / INTERNAL SPOT CHECK
a). Self monitoring of the quality of work carried out by various maintenance personnel including
support staff will be carried out by the Quality engineers / auditors on random basis, whenever
work is carried out on the aircraft / component.
b). Such monitoring will otherwise be addressed as Internal Spot Check and objectionable
observations will be recorded as Non-Conformance, after conducting audit i.a.w MOE 3.2 & 3.3
c). Non-compliance recorded will be intimated to the concerned person, whose actions or the results
of his action, found to be non-compliant, the base engineering manager / station engg. In-charge
and the Quality Manager.
d). On completion of corrective action, the person responsible will intimate the corrective action to the
Quality Manager. Quality Manager will evaluate the action taken report and close the Non-
Conformance.
e). Accountable Manager will be briefed about the Non-conformance and corrective action during the
quarterly review meeting between Accountable Manager, Chief Engineer and the Quality
Manager.
********************
2.14 TECHNICAL (MAINTENANCE) RECORDS CONTROL

(Ref; CAR 145.A.55 & EPM Section -3, Chapter – 17)
a). Control of maintenance records (technical records) related to aircraft maintenance and its retention
for a defined period is of utmost importance to prove the airworthiness status of the aircraft /
component.
b). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding completed technical
records control related to maintenance of aircraft and components.
c). Detailed procedure for control of technical records is provided in EPM Section-3, Chapter-17.
a). A system will be maintained and compliance by the respective support / certifying personnel &
technical services personnel will be monitored for recording of all details of maintenance work
carried out in the appropriate document.
b). As a minimum, the records necessary to prove that all requirements have been met for issuance of
the certificate of release to service will be retained for a period of 2years from the date the aircraft
or the component to which the work relates was released from the organization. (CAR 145.A.55.a
refers)
c). Copy of the certificate of release to service will be provided to the aircraft operator, together with a
copy of any specific approved repair / modification data used for repairs /modifications carried out.
For example: Flight Manual Supplement for modifications, Maintenance or Operational
information, restriction, limitation for any repair activities carried out.
d). A copy of all detailed maintenance records (work orders & inspection schedules) and any associated
maintenance data will be retained for two years from the date the aircraft or component to which the
work relates was released from the organization. (CAR 145.A.55.c refers). However, records of
aircraft / engine / propeller such as manufacturer / Indian logbooks, component history cards will
be maintained permanently, till the time the airframe / engine / propeller / component is in use
2.14.2 SYSTEM FOR CONTROL, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL
a). Technical records of aircraft exists in two means as given below;
1. Soft copy – Web based software namely “FLYPAL”.
2. Hard copy documents such as Tech. Logbook, aircraft, engine, propeller, avionics
equipment logbook, history cards for life limited / TBO components, History card for
AD’s SB’s, etc.
b). Control of computer based maintenance record system is explained in MOE 2.21.
c). Control of technical records in hard copies are explained below in table format, document wise;
No Type of Record Responsible person System for control of Record

1. Tech. Logbook will generally remain with the
aircraft.
Tech. Logbook
a 2. Once completed, the logbook should be handed
(containing first sheets) Certifying staff
over to the Tech. Officer (sub-base) who will then
attached with the
sent it to the Tech. Officer (records).
aircraft is responsible
This sheet is will be
Second sheet of Tech. for the control. Removed sheets should be
b removed after the last
Logbook preserved and handed over
flight of the day.
If certifying staff to the Tech. Officer (sub-
doesn’t travel with the This sheet is required to be
base) at the earliest
aircraft, technician removed after pilot’s
available opportunity.
acceptance (considered as
attached to the aircraft
Third sheet of Tech. pilot’s acceptance
c is responsible for the Tech. Officer (sub-base)
Log book document for the aircraft)
control. will send it to Tech.
of the aircraft, but before
Officer (records), once
the first flight of the day.
every three months.
Work order booklet will remain with the aircraft.
Any time a certifying person intends to carryout any

inspection other than BFF / Transit / ALF inspection,
including rectification of minor defects, he will raise the
work order, carryout the work and certify in the work
Certifying person
order.
d Work order Booklet attached with the
aircraft
Completed work order will be faxed for immediate
information and then couriered from aircraft location or
handed over to Tech. Officer (sub-base).
Tech. officer (sub-base) will collect the work orders and

send it to Tech Officer (records) on weekly basis.
Tech. Officers at sub-
base or Engineer in-
All entries in this logbook will to be carried out by the
charge of line station is
support / certifying staff carrying out the work on the
responsible for the
aircraft.
control of the
Working copies of document.
Entry in the working copy will be considered to be the
airframe, engine,
e compliance of the regulatory requirement of completion
propeller and radio Support / Certifying
of logbook entry within 48hrs of the completion of the
equipment logbooks staff carrying out the
logbook.
work will obtain the
logbook from Tech.
Tech. officer (sub-base) will not make any entries in this
Officer (sub-base),
logbook.
make necessary entries
and return the logbook
Entries in this logbook for the aircraft, engine, propeller
Original airframe, Tech. Officer (records) & radio equipment will be made by Tech. Officer
engine, propeller and at Bangalore will be (records) and verified by the Manager- Tech. services.
f
radio equipment responsible for the
logbook control of the logbooks Manager – Tech. services will affix his signature and
stamp to validate the entry.
History cards – Tech. Officer (records)
SLL components, at Bangalore will be Tech. Officer (Records) will make entries in the history
g TBO components, responsible for the cards, based on the work order received from the Tech.
ADs, Mandatory Mod’s control of the history Officer (sub-base).
and Service Bulletins. cards
d). All technical records will be handled by the respective responsible persons (as explained in the table
above) and unauthorized access / entries will be prevented by safe keeping of all documents, under
lock and key.
e). Tech. logbooks will remain with the aircraft, till exhaustion of the sheets and then returned by the
certifying staff completing the last sheet to the Tech. Officer (sub-base/line station). Tech. Officer
(sub-base/line station) will return the tech. logbook to the Tech. Officer (records) at Bangalore.
f). Removed sheets (second /third) of tech. logbook will be returned to the Tech. Officer (sub-base /line
station) on the same day or at the earliest by the certifying staff. Tech. officer (sub-base / line
station) will send the aircraft wise removed sheets to Tech. Officer (records) once in three months.
g). Work orders completed by the certifying staff will be handed over to the Tech. officer, if the aircraft
is operating from the same location. If the aircraft is operating at different location, the same will be
faxed to Tech. Officer (sub-base) for immediate information and then couriered to Tech. Officer
(sub-base). Tech. Officer (sub-base) will collect the work orders and send to Tech. Officer (records)
on weekly basis.
h). Tech officer (records) will scan all the copies of the work order and attached documents and retain it
in the aircraft wise folder in his system. Back up copy of the scanned work orders will be taken in
portable hard disc, every 15days along with back up of the FLYPAL database.
i). Working copy (in similar format of original logbook, but clearly printed as “Working Copy”) will
be maintained at all stations, where the aircraft is operating. Support / Certifying staff will complete
the work order and make entries in the working copy of the logbook. This copy will provide ample
information to the maintenance personnel and to the officer’s of Regional / Sub-Regional office of
Civil Aviation Department about the subject aircraft maintenance history.
j). Working copy logbooks will remain in sub-base / line station where the aircraft is operating, so that
the certifying staff can make the entries within the 48hrs after completion of the work.
k). Original Logbooks pertaining to airframe / engine / propeller / radio will be retained at Technical
Services section at Bangalore and will be handled by Tech Officer (Records).
l). All original logbook entries will be made by Tech .Officer records, based on the work order
received from line / sub-base stations.
m). Logbook entries will have an annotation “XX hrs inspection carried out by AME No. XXXX under
work order no. DAX/2007/01/01/09”. Same will be signed and stamped under the seal of the
company, by Manager – Technical services.
n). All entries will be made in indelible ink only. No whitener will be used to hide the wrong entries. In
case of a wrong entry having been made, the same will be stroked by a single line and correct entry
made thereafter.
o). Whenever a SLL / TBO item is replaced on the aircraft, removal / installation entry of the
component on the respective history card will be made by the Tech. Officer (Records), based on the
removal / installation details provided in the work order.
p). Technical officer (records) at main base and Tech. officer (sub-base) will follow the instructions and
carryout as given below to enable proper storage and retrieval of records at all times;
1. All records at main base / sub-base will be stored in a safe manner so that data loss by
means of theft, damage due to fire, flood could be averted.
2. Each aircraft technical records will be kept in cupboards using the registration marks
for location identification.
3. Loose records as history cards will be kept in a folder with index providing the number
of history cards in a folder.
4. Each logbook / folder will be given a serial number (volume numbers, will be provided
if more than one volume) uniquely identifiable with the aircraft registration as prefix.
Index for the total number of logbook / folder will be maintained.
5. Incoming / Outgoing (including transfer for any reason) records will be documented in
a register containing following information, so that records can be traced, when
transferred from one place to another;
i). Description of the record.

ii). Dispatched to station (Name)
iii). Dispatch Mode and Date ( Hand carried / courier /Airfreight / postal)
iv). Dispatch details (courier waybill no. / AWB/Regd. Post acknowledgement).
v). Detail of receipt acknowledgment from the person who received it.
q). Back up hard disc will be stored in steel (fire proof cupboard) at a different location (building) other
than the location, where all the hard copy documents are stored.
r). Manager – Technical Services will be responsible for controlling the storage and retrieval of all
technical records.
2.14.3 CONTROL OF ACCESS TO RECORDS
a). All aircraft technical records will be kept in cupboards under lock and key. Two keys will be
made, one will remain with the Tech. Officer (records) and another will remain with the Manager –
Technical services.
b). Access to the technical records cupboards will be limited to Tech. Officer (Records / software) and
Manager-Technical services. Management personnel will have access to all records at any time.
2.14.4 RECORD – KEEPING SYSTEM – (ESSENTIAL RECORDS)
a). Record keeping system for various essential records related to the airframe / engine / propeller /
component are explained below in various sub-paragraphs.
2.14.4.1 LOG BOOKS / COMPONENT HISTORY CARD / SERVICEABLE OR PARTS ACCEPTANCE

TAG
a). Working copies of the logbooks will be available at sub-base / line station to enable the certifying
staff to make entries in the logbook within 48hrs after completion of the work.
b). Original copies of the logbook will be available at the main base (Bangalore) to enable the
Technical officer (records) to make entries in the logbook, on receipt of the completed work order.
c). History cards of all components will be available at the main base (Bangalore) to enable the
technical officer (records) to make entries on receipt of the completed work order.
d). A part / component when issued to maintenance from stores will be issued with a Serviceable or
Parts Acceptance Tag. After installation of the component on the aircraft or component support /
certifying staff will attach the serviceable tag with the respective work order and return the work
order to Tech. Officer (Records).
2.14.4.2 ENGINE MODULE RECORDS
a). Lives of engine module are monitored as per approved SLL, TBO schedule in the computer based
FLYPAL software. These requirements will be included in Aircraft Maintenance Programme.
b). All entries in the ORIGINAL module records will be made by Technical officer – Records based
on the following information provided by the certifying staff on the completed work order;
1. Description, Part number and Serial number of the installed component.
2. Life completed in terms of Hrs /Calendar period /RINS/cycles/landings etc of the

installed component obtained from copy of the Authorized Release Certificate / parts
acceptance tag, which are available with the component.
3. Date and Hrs (airframe hrs /engine hrs /propeller hrs) at the time of installation, from
the working copy of the logbook.
4. Description, Part number and serial number of the removed component.
5. Date and Hrs (airframe hrs / engine hrs /propeller hrs) at the time of removal, from the
working copy of the logbook.
6. Life completed in terms of Hrs / calendar period / RINS / cycles / landings etc of the
removed component from the working copy (if installation entry is available).
Note: If the life of removed component is not available in the working copy of the logbook the
same can be obtained from the Tech. Officer (software / records) by phone /mail or instruction can
be provided in the work order to the Tech. Officer to (records) find out from the software or
history card and update the work order.
c). When an engine module is sent for repair / overhaul, original module records will be sent to the
repair agency to make entries on the original module records.
d). Photocopy of the engine module records will be retained by the Tech. Officer (records), when the
component is sent for repair / overhaul.
2.14.4.3 SHOP LEVEL HISTORY CARDS
a). Components received at the shop (Battery / wheels & brake / helicopter components) for servicing,
repair or overhaul will be allotted a shop component history card (Form No. 061) and work carried
out on the item will be entered in it by the Tech. Officer (shop records).
b). Shop component history card will have the following minimum information;
1. Description, Part Number, Serial Number.

2. Received from Customer / Aircraft / Date
3. Life completed when received at shop.
4. Work required to be carried out when received.
5. Detail of work carried out.
6. Work order reference number
7. Due for next servicing / inspection /overhaul (if applicable)
8. Dispatched on Date.
2.14.4.4 SCAN COPY OF TECHICAL RECORDS
a). Hard copy technical records pertaining to the aircraft maintained at various locations under the
organization approval will be scanned at Bangalore base every month on routine basis as on last
day of the month.
b). Various types of documents to be scanned are listed below;
1. First sheet of Tech. Logbook.

2. Work order with attachments (Including parts tag / release certificate, but excluding
inspection schedules)
3. Original logbooks (airframe, engine, propeller & radio equipments)
4. Component history cards.
c). Records of aircraft (including CRS) visiting any of the sub-base for one-off maintenance activity
will be scanned and stored by the Tech. Officer (at sub-base) and a copy sent to Tech. Officer
(records) once in three months on routine basis as on last day of March, June, September and
December of the year.
d). Records of components (including history cards and CRS) visiting the shop for maintenance
activity (one-off or regular) will be scanned and stores by the Tech. Officer (shop) once in three
months on routine basis as on last day of March, June, September and December of the year.
e). Scanned copies of the technical records will be stored in the portable disc and safely kept at a
different location than the location where the hard copies of technical records are stored.
f). Scanned copies of the back up information will help to rebuild the records, if the technical records
are lost in transit or due to fire or flood.
2.14.4.5 DISPOSAL OF RECORDS ON TRANSFER OF AIRCRAFT
a). Hard copy Records of aircraft owned by Deccan Aviation Limited will be maintained till the time
the aircraft is permanently withdrawn from use or will be handed over to the new owner on
transfer of aircraft title.
b). Scanned copy records will be maintained for a period of two years from the date the aircraft is
permanently withdrawn from use or title transferred to the new owner.
c). In case of customer aircraft being maintained by Deccan Aviation, all logbooks, history cards,
release certificates, parts acceptance tags and other records of aircraft will be transferred to owner
on termination / conclusion of maintenance contract.
d). However scanned copy of all the technical records will be maintained by Deccan Aviation for a
period of two years from the date conclusion of contract.
e). Technical Services manager will ensure that proper record is kept for transfer of these records.
2.14.4.6 LOST OR DESTROYED RECORDS (RECONSTRUCTION - DGCA ACCEPTANCE)
a). Reconstruction of lost or destroyed records is important to retain the aircraft / component in
continuous service.
b). Data will be collected from scanned copies (i.a.w MOE 2.14.4.4) of records to reconstruct the lost
or destroyed records.
c). Data from the software / back up copy will be printed out and used as reference to reconstruct the
lost records.
d). Manager – Technical service will initiate reconstruction of records using scanned back up records.
On completion of re-construction, Manager – Technical service will put up the reconstruction
records to Quality Manager for acceptance.
e). Quality Manager will scrutinize the records and will stamp and affix the signature on the first and
last page of the logbooks, history cards indicating the acceptance and submit it to respective
regional airworthiness office for approval.
2.14.4.7 PROVISION OF RECORDS & CRS TO OPERATOR / CUSTOMER
a). For aircraft under maintenance contracts, following procedures will be followed;
1. All technical records will be maintained as per MOE 2.14 and returned to the owner i.a.w
MOE 2.14.4.5 (Disposal of records on transfer of aircraft).
2. On completion of every scheduled or unscheduled maintenance activity (except BFF /Transit

/ ALF inspection), aircraft CRS will be issued. First copy of the CRS will be provided to
operator (kept in the aircraft document bag at appropriate location).
b). For aircraft visiting the organization for one-off maintenance activity, all original technical records
and the first copy of the CRS will be provided to the owner / customer on completion of the
maintenance activity.
c). For components visiting the shop (one-off or routine), an internal history card will be created and
updated whenever the particular serial number components visits the shop for maintenance. All
original records and first copy of the CRS will be provided to the customer along with the
component.
d). One-off maintenance – all originals given – 2 scanned copy retained in CD/DVD format
2.14.4.8 RETENTION OF RECORDS (PERIODS – METHODS AND SECURITY)
a). Records and documents related to maintenance of aircraft, engines and systems will be preserved
safely for the periods as required by DGCA and the same are elaborated in the EPM Section-3,
Chapter -17
b). All documents pertaining to each aircraft will be kept at the designated locations in the office of
Technical Services section, under the control of Technical Officer (Records) and Manager –
Technical Services.
c). Access to documents will be restricted to authorized personnel only.

d). All maintenance records will be stored in a safe way with regard to fire, floor and theft.
e). Portable disc containing scanned copies of technical records and FLYPAL database will be stored
in different location than the location where the hard copy documents are kept and in an
environment that ensures they remain in good condition.
f). All Maintenance records of the aircraft / component owned by organization will be retained till the
time, the aircraft is owned by the organization.
g). If an operator’s (customer) aircraft maintenance contract is terminated, all maintenance records of
the aircraft will be returned to the operator (customer) of the aircraft. Scanned copy of records will
be retained for a period of two years from the date of conclusion of the contract
h). Maintenance records of the component (serviced by component shop) will be retained for a period
of five years from the date of release and the scanned copy of the records will be retained for a
period of 10years from the date of release.
i). List of technical records and their retention periods are detailed in EPM Section-3, Chapter-17.
2.14.4.9 DESTRUCTION OF RECORDS
a). All records which had been retained for the period listed in EPM section-3, chapter-17 will be
destructed by Manager-Technical services after following the given procedure;
1. Index of records required to be destroyed will be prepared by Manager – Technical

services and submitted to Chief engineer for verification and acceptance to destroy.
2. On receiving the acceptance from the chief engineer, the records will be put up to the
Quality Manager for approval.
3. On receipt of the approval from Quality Manager, all the technical records as per index
will be destroyed by shredding only.
b). Records intended to be destroyed will never be trashed or thrown in to the dustbin.
********************
2.15 RECTIFICATION OF DEFECT ARISING DURING BASE / LINE MAINTENANCE

a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding rectification of
defects arising during base / line maintenance.
b). Detailed procedure for defect recording, reporting and rectification is provided in EPM Section-2,
chapter-6.
a). Defects noticed during operation or line maintenance of the aircraft by operation or maintenance
personnel and action taken by certifying staff as per maintenance data, for rectification of the same
will be recorded in the Tech. logbook.
b). Defects noticed during base / shop maintenance and rectification taken as per maintenance data
will be recorded in the additional work to be carried out column in the inspection / servicing
schedule.
c). No defect rectification will be carried out by any support / certifying staff based on verbal
communication of defects.
2.15.2 RECORDING OF DEFECT ENCOUNTERED DURING LINE / BASE / SHOP MAINTENANCE.
a). Defect noticed by the operating crew or maintenance personnel during operation or line maintenance
of the aircraft will first be recorded by the person observing the defect in the tech. logbook. Such
recorded defects will be transferred to the work order for rectification action. Certifying staff will
enter the work order number in the tech. logbook for quick cross reference.
b). Defect noticed by the non-certifying / support / certifying staff during base or shop maintenance of
the aircraft will be recorded as observation in the additional work to be carried out columns in the
inspection schedule. Defect recorded in the additional work to be carried out will then be transferred
to the work order for rectification action. Support / certifying staff will enter the work order number
in the inspection schedule (in additional work carried out column) for quick cross reference
2.15.3 RECTIFICATION (SIGN-OFF) OF LINE / BASE / SHOP MAINTENANCE DEFECTS.
a). Defects noticed during operation or line maintenance, first entered in tech. logbook, then
transferred to work order will be rectified by the certifying staff using updated troubleshooting
manual or other maintenance data.
b). Defects noticed during base / shop maintenance, first entered in the additional work required to be
carried out column in the inspection schedule, then transferred to the work order will be rectified
by support / certifying staff using troubleshooting manual or other maintenance data
c). Work order raised for defects found during line / base / shop maintenance will contain the nature
of defect reported / observed.
d). After defect rectification is completed, work order will be closed by the certifying staff concerned
and CRS issued with reference to the nature of the defect and the work order number. CRS number
will also be entered in the work order for cross reference.
e). Support / certifying staff rectifying the defect will enter the detail of the defect found and
rectification action in the respective (airframe / engine / propeller / radio equipment) working copy
logbooks available at the station, where the aircraft is operating.
f). Major defects noticed & rectification action taken during shop maintenance of a component and
transferred to the work order will also be reflected in the history card of the component, so that
defect history of the component will be known to the shop maintenance staff during its next visit to
the shop.
g). Detailed procedure for recording and rectification of defect is explained in EPM Section-2,
Chapter-6
2.15.4 CARRYING FORWARD DEFECTS TO FUTURE MAINTENANCE INSPECTION (CONTROL

AND ACCOUNTABILITY).
a). If defect covered under MEL is observed during line operation at outstation (not a usual night
halt station), then MEL will be invoked by operating crew or certifying staff.
b). If MEL is invoked by the certifying staff approved for BFF / Transit / ALF inspection and
aircraft flown under MEL, certifying staff rectifying the defect will review the maintenance
action taken by the certifying staff at outstation for invoking the MEL.
c). No defects will be carried forward on the aircraft, if the defect is observed during base
maintenance of aircraft owned by the organization as an operator. Similarly, no defects will be
carried forward on aircraft under regular maintenance contract with the organization. Aircraft
will be grounded till the time the defect is rectified and then released to service.
d). If new defect or previously release incomplete maintenance work is identified during the base
maintenance of aircraft under one-off maintenance activity, the defect will be brought to the
attention of the owner / operator for the specific purpose of obtaining agreement to rectify such
defects or completing the missing elements of the previously completed work order. In the case,
where the operator declines to have such maintenance carried out, then the certifying staff will
issue a CRS within the approved aircraft limitation. Certifying staff will enter such fact in the
aircraft CRS before the issue of such certificate.
e). Detailed procedure of invoking and revoking of MEL is explained in EPM Section-4, Chapter-6.
2.15.5 ANALYSIS OF DEFECTS AND RECTIFICATION – HUMAN FACTORS – MAITNENANCE

PROGRAMME IMPLICATIONS
a). All major defects and repetitive minor defects will be analyzed in a meeting conducted every
three months, for its cause by a team comprising of chief engineer and Type rated Engineer or
Manager – Technical Services and Quality Manager using Defect Evaluation Form
b). Rectification action taken and preventive measures required to be followed will also be
discussed while closing the defect analysis.
c). Above meeting will be conducted on occurrence of major defect / minor repetitive defect /
receipt of any investigation report from repair agencies & before releasing the aircraft to
service. Result of such defect evaluation will be intimated thru Technical circulars as
preventive measures to avoid similar defects arising on the same or other aircraft.
d). If a Human factor is found to be the reason for the defect, a suggestion to the Accountable
Manager will be made to initiate conduct of additional training to the concerned person and
also to persons discharging similar duties. If fatigue / over load of work are found to be the
reason, suggestion will be made to streamline the work allotment.
e). During defect analysis, if it is found that improvement to maintenance programme is required
to be made by increasing the frequency of inspection schedule, then the Chief Engineer will
initiate the amendment to the Aircraft Maintenance Program and submit to Regional
Airworthiness Office for approval.
********************
2.16 RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE

(Ref: CAR 145.A.50 & EPM Section-2 Chapter 7)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding issue of
certificate of release to service for aircraft under line / base maintenance and for components
under shop maintenance.
b). Detailed procedure for release of aircraft to service is provided in EPM Section-2, Chapter-7.
a). On completion of any maintenance activity (except BFF / Transit / ALF inspection) including
all types of defect rectification, a CRS will be issued by a certifying staff specifically authorized
to issue CRS.
b). Certificate of Release to Service will be issued i.a.w CAR 145.A.50, by the authorized certifying
staff on behalf of the organization, after ensuring the following;
1. Maintenance ordered as per due report / work order has been properly carried out
by the support /certifying staff.
2. Latest Maintenance data is available and is used for carrying out maintenance.
3. There are no non-compliances which are known, that may hazard seriously the
flight safety.
c). New defect or previously released incomplete maintenance work identified during the base / line
/component maintenance will be brought to the attention of the aircraft owner / operator for the
specific purpose of obtaining agreement to rectify such defects or completing the missing
elements of the previously completed work order. In the case, where aircraft operator declines to
have such maintenance carried out, then the certifying staff will issue a certificate of release to
service within the approved aircraft limitations. Certifying staff will enter such fact in the
aircraft certificate of release to service before the issue of such certificate.
d). Component certifying staff will issue a component CRS at the completion of any maintenance
on a component in an approved shop, whilst off the aircraft. Issue of Authorized Release
Certificate, CA Form No.1 for Component will constitute the release of the component to
service. Components belonging to Deccan Aviation, will also be issued with Component
Certificate of Release to Service (CA Form No.1) for internal release to service.
2.16.2 CRS ISSUE CONDITIONS & CRS STATEMENT
a). It is a requirement to issue a CRS for scheduled maintenance, overhaul, repair, replacement,
modification, mandatory inspection and defect rectification. The CRS must be issued by a duly
authorized certifying staff when satisfied that all of the required maintenance of the aircraft or
aircraft component has been properly carried out by the support staff of CAR-145 approved
maintenance organization using:
1) Up to date maintenance data / instructions including manuals, drawings, specifications,

DGCA mandatory modifications, standard practices and company procedures.
2) Recommended tools and test equipment, which are within its current calibration date (if
applicable).
3) Proper working environment & approved manpower for the work carried out.
4) Approved material with proper release certification issued from bonded stores.
b). Issuing a CRS certifies (states) that the work specified except as otherwise stated, is carried out
in accordance with CAR-145 and in respect to that work, the aircraft / aircraft component is
considered ready for release to service.
c). Detailed procedure for release to service is given in EPM Section-2, Chapter-7.
2.16.3 ISSUE OF CRS AFTER BASE MAINTENANCE
a). Certifying staff will issue CRS for an aircraft after completion of all Maintenance activity at
base / sub-base facility.
b). When a multiple work is carried out under a single work package, one CRS will be issued by
summarizing all the work carried out with cross reference to the serial number of the related
work orders.
c). Certifying staff, specifically authorized by the quality manager will only issue CRS for whole
aircraft after completion of base maintenance inspections. However, the individual support /
certifying staff will be solely responsible for the quality of work carried out and signed off by
them in the inspection schedule / procedure sheets / off-job sheets.
d). Maintenance certification in the logbook or history card by the support / certifying staff will
refer to the revision status of the maintenance data (Maintenance Manual, Repair & Overhaul
Manual) used for carrying out the activity.
2.16.4 ISSUE OF CRS AFTER LINE MAINTENANCE
a). Certifying staff will issue CRS for an aircraft after completion of all line maintenance activity
(except transit inspection & after last flight inspection) including all types of defect rectification.
b). Certification in the tech. log column after carrying out BFF / Transit inspection will be
considered equivalent to CRS certification. Hence no separate CRS will be issued after carrying
out BFF inspection.
2.16.5 ISSUE OF CRS AFTER DEFECT RECTIFICATION
a). A CRS will be issued after defect rectification by line / base maintenance certifying staff on
ensuring the following;
1. Defect is recorded in detail in the tech. log.

2. Work carried out as per work order generated by the certifying staff as per MOE 2.10.2
3. Trouble shooting and rectification carried out as per maintenance manual.
4. Relevant rectification action recorded along side the defect record in the Tech. Logbook.
2.16.6 ISSUE OF CRS WITH IN-COMPLETED WORK
a). Aircraft will not be released to service with in-complete inspection / mandatory maintenance
work. Hence NO CRS will be issued with un-completed (mandatory) work. Mandatory
maintenance work here refers to various mandatory inspections, replacement of life expired SLL
/TBO components, Airworthiness Directives, Alert Service Bulletins and Mandatory
Modifications etc.
b). If a new defect or previously in-complete maintenance work is identified during base / line
maintenance, the same will be informed to the aircraft owner / operator by the base engineering
manager or chief engineer to obtain concurrence for carrying out the defect or missing elements
of previously completed maintenance work order.
c). If operator agrees to carryout the work on his aircraft / component, the same will be carried out
and CRS issued.
d). If operator refuses to have such maintenance work accomplished in his aircraft / component,
then the operator will provide DGCA approval to defer such work. On receipt of such approval
to defer the work, the certifying staff will issue CRS within the approved aircraft limitations.
Certifying staff will enter the approval (letter No.) of the authority to defer such work, in the
aircraft certificate of release to service, before issue of such certificate.
2.16.7 ISSUE OF CRS AFTER SHOP MAINTENANCE
a). CA Form-1 (Authorized Release Certificate) will be issued by the certifying staff after
completion of any maintenance on the component whilst off the aircraft at a DGCA approved
shop under CAR-145 process.
b). A certificate (CA Form-1) will not be issued for any item when it is known that the item is
unserviceable except in the case of an item undergoing a series of maintenance processes at
several maintenance organizations approved under CAR-145 and the item needs a certificate for
the previous maintenance process carried out, for the next maintenance organization approved
under CAR-145 to accept the item for subsequent maintenance processes. Clear statement of
limitation will be endorsed in block 13 (of CA Form-1), by the certifying staff.
c). Maintenance certification by the support / certifying staff will refer to the revision status of the
maintenance data (Maintenance Manual, Component Repair & Overhaul Manual) used for
carrying out the activity
2.16.8 SIGN OFF AFTER MAINTENANCE TASK COMPLETION
a). Sign off is a statement / confirmation by the competent person performing or supervising the
work, that the task or group of tasks have been correctly performed. A sign off relates to one
step in the maintenance process and is therefore different to release to service of the aircraft.
b). In order to prevent omissions while carrying out any maintenance activity, each item of
inspection will be signed off by the support / certifying staff, in progressive manner, as soon as
the inspection or work is completed.
c). No support / certifying staff will follow the practice of accumulating the signing off work, till
the end of the day / shift.
d). Work carried out by not authorised personnel (i.e. temporary staff, trainees) will be checked by
support / certifying personnel before the same is signed off.
e). Support / certifying staff signing the inspection item will do in such a way that the signature will
not deface the stamp
f). Support / certifying staff will record the inspection starting time & date and closing time & date
in the appropriate columns provided in the inspection schedule.
2.16.9 CERTIFICATION - IDENTITY - QUALIFIED STAFF
a). Quality Manager will issue company approval to qualified & competent support staff for
carrying out and signing off the inspection items and defect rectification activities.
b). Quality Manager will issue certification authorization to qualified & competent certifying staff
who are then eligible to issue CRS.
c). Support / Certifying will affix their signature and the stamp (approval /authorization number)
given to them, without defacing each other.
d). Identity of the individual support / certifying staff can be established from the company
approval / authorization number allotted by quality manager.
e). Quality Manager will maintain a list of all support / certifying staff (as per MOE 1.6) issued
with company approval / authorization.
2.16.10 CROSS-REFERENCE TO WORK PACKAGE
a). All maintenance activity will be carried out by the support staff, after generating a work order as
per MOE 2.10.2.
b). On completion of the single / multiple maintenance activity, under single / multiple work orders,
a single CRS will be issued by summarizing all the work carried out, with a unique cross
reference (work order numbers) to the work pack containing full details of maintenance carried
out. CRS will have cross reference to all the work order numbers related to it.
c). Dimensional information will also be retained in the work order / package records.
2.16.11 RE-RELEASE OF COMPONENTS REMOVED SERVICEABLE FROM A/C
a). Any component removed from the aircraft as serviceable will be issued with a “Serviceable tag”
by the support / certifying staff and deposited to the stores.
b). Item will be stored in the bonded stores and the same will be re-released to maintenance with
out a requirement of re-certification.
2.16.12 RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT AFTER FIMTENT OF COMPONENT WITH SUITABLE CRS

(Ref: CAR 145.A.50.f)
a). If an aircraft is grounded at a location other than the main line station or main maintenance base
due to the non-availability of a component with the appropriate release certificate, it is
permissible to temporarily fit a component without the appropriate release certificate for a
maximum of 30 flight hours or until the aircraft first returns to the main line station or main
maintenance base, whichever is the sooner, subject to the aircraft owner agreeing to it and the
said component having a suitable release certificate but otherwise in compliance with all
applicable maintenance requirements.
b). Such components will be removed by the above prescribed time limit unless an appropriate
release certificate has been obtained in the mean time under CAR 145.A.50 (Certification of
Maintenance) and accepted into bonded stores under CAR 145.A.42 (Acceptance of
components) & MOE 2.2 (Acceptance/Inspection of components & materials).
********************
2.17 RECORDS FOR THE CONTRACTED OPERATOR (CUSTOMER)

(Ref: CAR 145.55 (c) and EPM Section-1, Chapter 20 and Section-3, Chapter-17)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding record keeping,
arrangements for processing and retention of operator’s maintenance records.
b). Detailed procedure regarding various records to be maintained for the customer (operator) is
provided in EPM Section-1, Chapter-20 and Section-3, Chapter-17.
a. Original Maintenance technical records pertaining to the customer’s aircraft will be updated,
stored and retained till the time the aircraft is maintained by the company.
b. On conclusion / termination of the contract, all records will be returned to the customer and
scanned copy of the records will be retained for a period of two years from the date of
conclusion / termination of the contract.
2.17.2 CONTRACTED OPERATOR’S RECORD KEEPING.
a). As part of the maintenance contract terms and conditions, proper entries of all maintenance
activities in appropriate aircraft documents will be carried out by support / certifying / Technical
services personnel.
b). Operator’s maintenance records will be controlled by Deccan Aviation as per MOE 2.14
(Technical Records Control).
c). Detailed procedures for control of Technical records are provided in Section-1, Chapter-20 and
2.17.3 ARRANGEMENTS FOR PROCESSING AND RETENTION OF OPERATOR'S MAINTENANCE

RECORDS
a). All records of maintenance work carried out by maintenance personnel on customer aircraft will
be processed and retained in Technical Service Section by Tech. Officer (records & software) to
provide maintenance personnel with information essential in adhering to the established
maintenance programme.
b). Original Records of operator’s (customer’s) aircraft will be maintained till the time the
maintenance contract is in place and returned thereafter to the customer.
c). Scanned copy of all detailed maintenance records and any associated maintenance data will be
retained for a period of two years from the date of conclusion / termination of maintenance
contract.
********************
2.18 REPORTING OF OCCURENCES ( MAJOR DEFECTS, INCIDENTS & ACCIDENTS)

(Ref: CAR 145.A.60, EPM Section-3, Chapter-1 & 2)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding reporting of
various occurrences on the aircraft / component such as Major Defects, Incidents, Accidents,
Investigation and retention of data related to occurrences.
b). Detailed procedure for internal and external reporting of occurrences are provided in EPM
Section-3, Chapter 1 & 2, Section-2, Chapter-6
a. Occurrences (Major defects, Incidents & Accidents) or any condition of the aircraft or component
identified by the organization that has resulted or may result in an unsafe condition that hazards
seriously the flight safety will be reported to Airworthiness / Air-safety offices at respective
regional or sub-regional airworthiness office of Civil Aviation Department, state of registry (in
case of foreign registered aircraft) and to the type certificate holder (organization responsible for
the design of the aircraft or component).
b. Internal occurrence reporting will be established in the organization to enable collection and
evaluation of information for taking necessary preventive measures.
c. Reports will be prepared in a form and manner to ensure that they contain all pertinent information
about the condition of the occurrence and the evaluation results known to the organization.
d. Copy of the occurrence report will be provided to the owner / operator (customer) of the aircraft,
who has entered into the maintenance contract with Deccan Aviation, for maintenance of their
aircraft / component.
2.18.2 REPORTABLE OCCURENCES & REPORTING OF OCCURENCES TO THE DGCA /

OPERATOR / MANUFACTURER. (Ref: EPM Section-2, Chapter 6 & Section 3, Chapter 1 &
Chapter 2)
a). Occurrences that are reportable (internal & external) to various authorities are given below
Occurrences Reportable By Report to Period - Means
Defect Entry to be made in Tech. Logbook by operating crew or certifying

staff.
Certifying staff will transfer the defect entry to work order and then carryout
Minor Defects
rectification action and close the work order.
Tech log defect entry will be closed with a brief rectification action and
cross reference to the work order number.
Chief Engineer Immediately after

Repeating Minor Engineer in-charge / Quality Manager repeating nature is
Defects Base Engg. Manager Manufacturer confirmed, by mail or
telephone
Maintenance & Engg. In-charge / Base Immediately by

Operation Personnel engineering manager Telephone
Engineer in-charge / Chief Engineer Immediately by
Major Defects or
Base Engg. Manager Quality Manager Telephone
Damage requiring
Base Engg. Manager/ Immediately by mail /
major repair, Manufacturer
Chief Engineer fax
excluding incidents
or accidents. Immediately by
RAWO – Bangalore &
Telephone. In writing
Quality Manager Local Airworthiness
within 72hrs of
Office
occurrence
Maintenance & Engg. In-charge / Base Immediately by

Operation Personnel engineering manager Telephone
Engineer in-charge / Chief Engineer Immediately by
Base Engg. Manager Quality Manager Telephone
Incidents / Base Engg. Manager/ Manufacturer Immediately by mail /
Accidents Chief Engineer fax
RAWO – Bangalore & Immediately by
Local Air-safety and Telephone. In writing
Quality Manager
Airworthiness Office within 72hrs of
occurrence
b). Defects are classified as Minor or Major depending on its effect on the safety of the aircraft or
its occupants and include defects discovered as a result of the occurrence of any emergency or
in the course of normal operation or maintenance.
c). Minor / Major Defect noticed by the operating crew or maintenance personnel during operation
or line maintenance of the aircraft will first be recorded by the person observing the defect in
the tech. logbook. Such recorded defects will be transferred to the work order for rectification
action. Certifying staff will enter the work order number in the tech. logbook for quick cross
reference.
d). Minor / Major Defect noticed by the non-certifying / support / certifying staff during base or
shop maintenance of the aircraft will be recorded as observation in the additional work to be
carried out columns in the inspection schedule. Defect recorded in the additional work to be
carried out will then be transferred to the work order for rectification action. Support /
certifying staff will enter the work order number in the inspection schedule (in additional work
carried out column) for quick cross reference
e). All minor / major defects recorded will be trouble-shooted / investigated for taking appropriate
rectification action.
f). Any minor defect repeating more than three times on the same aircraft or appearing on three
different aircraft within the span of one month period will be called as Repetitive Defect and
the same will be considered as Occurrence and reported by Regional / Base Engineering
Manager / Engg.in-charge to Chief engineer & Quality Manager using occurrence reporting
form (Form No. 004). Such repetitive defects will be intimated to the manufacturer for
suggestions to avoid the same and investigation carried out to prevent further occurrence.
Investigation result of repetitive minor defect will be intimated to all maintenance personnel
thru Technical circulars.
g). All defects classified as Major or damages requiring Major Repair or those which are serious in
nature and attracting public attention will be intimated to Regional Airworthiness Office,
Bangalore (and Local airworthiness office, in case of line station) immediately on telephone
and followed by written information with in three days (72hrs) of the occurrence of the defect.
h). All major defects will be reported to the concerned aircraft / engine / propeller or component
manufacturer for obtaining any recommendation to avoid such defects in future.
i). All major defects will also be reported to the owner / operator of the aircraft for taking
consensus about the repair action to be under taken on the aircraft / component.
2.18.3 PERSONS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPORTING (Ref: EPM Section – 3, Chapter – 2)
a. Reporting of occurrences is divided into Internal / External reporting and the same is explained
below.
2.18.3.1 INTERNAL REPORTING
a). All maintenance and operation personnel will report any defects encountered by making an entry in
the Tech. Logbook.
b). Regional / Base engineering manager / Engg. In-charge will inform the Chief engineer and the
Quality manager telephonically, as the information is received by them.
c). Base engineering manager / Engg. In-charge will collect information, fill up the occurrence
reporting form (Form No. 004) for all major defects or damages requiring major repair, incidents,
accidents, repetitive minor defects (as defined in MOE 2.18.2.d), incidents, accidents and send it to
Chief Engineer and Quality Manager, at the earliest, but within 48hrs of the occurrence.
2.18.3.2 EXTERNAL REPORTING
a). Any occurrence (major defects, damage requiring major repair, incident & accident) reportable to
DGCA (airworthiness & air-safety directorate) will be reported telephonically within 24hrs of
occurrence of the defect. Defect reporting form with all relevant details will be submitted within 3
days (72hrs) of occurrence of the defect.
b). Quality manager will report all major defects, damages requiring major repair, incidents & accidents
to Regional Airworthiness office, Bangalore / Local airworthiness office (in case of sub-base / line
station) for aircraft owned and/or operated by Deccan Aviation.
c). Major defects / damages requiring repair, incidents & accidents pertaining to aircraft maintained by
Deccan Aviation, but owned by customer / operator, will be reported by the Operator. This
requirement will be reflected in the terms and conditions of the maintenance contract.
d). Quality Manager will report telephonically, within 24hrs, all damages requiring major repair,
incidents & accidents to the Office of Air-Safety in the region, where the damages, incidents or
accidents has occurred as soon as information is received and detailed report as per Defect reporting
form (Form No. 025).
e). Chief engineer will report all major defects, damages requiring major repair, incidents & accidents
to the manufacturer of the aircraft, requesting for suggestions /recommendations to be followed to
avoid such occurrences in future.
f). Chief engineer will also intimate the owner of the aircraft about all mandatory reportable
occurrences to take consensus for carrying out repair / rectification action.
g). All reports will be made on a defect report form. (Form No. 025). Defect reporting form (Form No.
025) will include the following pertinent information;
1. Name and approval number of the organization.

2. Aircraft serial number and registration number.
3. Date and time of defect identified.
4. Place/ station
5. Nature of defect as observed / experienced.
6. Phase of operation during when, the defect was observed.
7. Details of affected components (Part number/ Serial number/ hours/ cycles/ hours and
cycles after last overhaul/ bench check)
8. Immediate rectification action initiated
9. Any other information evaluated
2.18.4 INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE AND FOLLOW UP ACTION

(EPM Section-1, Chapter-12)
a). All major defects will be recorded, reported and investigated to find out the reason for the
occurrence of the defect and necessary rectification action required to be taken to prevent further
occurrence of the defect.
b). Investigation will be carried out by type rated certifying staff & base engineering manager /
chief engineer in very detailed manner with specific emphasis on the reasons for occurrence of
such defects and also will try to enumerate steps to prevent recurrence in future.
c). Manufacturer’s advice will be by sought where necessary (if reason for the defect is not
confirmed), before finalizing the investigation report.
d). If investigation facilities are not available with Deccan Aviation, then the component/
equipment will then be sent to a manufacturer approved agency capable of carrying out the
detailed investigation.
e). All efforts will be taken to ensure that the investigation is completed within a period of two
months from the date of occurrence of the defect.
f). The investigation results then will be evaluated by a team comprising of Quality Manager /
Chief Engineer / Type engineer (or pilot if the defect is operational related) and necessary
actions will be undertaken to avoid re-occurrence.
g). Copy of the investigation report and action taken report will be submitted to the Regional
Airworthiness Office, Bangalore and local airworthiness office (if the defect occurred at other
stations).
h). Observations / Suggestions / Recommendations resulting from investigation will be circulated to

all technical personnel in the form of technical circulars issued i.a.w Section-2, Chapter-4.
i). Detailed company procedures for investigation of major defects are provided in EPM Section-1,
Chapter-12.
2.18.5 CONTENTS OF INVESTIGATION REPORT & RETENTION OF DATA
a). The final investigation report will contain the following information in addition to the information
provided as per MOE 2.18.2
1. Identification of parts / systems involved.

2. Life of affected component since new and since last inspection n terms of flight hours /
landings / cycles.
3. Contributing factors.
4. Root cause for the occurrence
5. Recommendation of the investigation team.
6. Any disciplinary action, taken by the organization, against any of the employees.
7. Whether the organization considers the investigation “closed” or “open” and if “open”
the time it would take to complete the investigation.
b). All data pertaining to the defects and its investigation will be retained till the time; the organization
has scope of approval to maintain such models of aircraft / component.
2.18.6 INVESTIGATION OF INCIDENTS & ACCIDENTS
a). Investigation of incident and accident are subjects which fall under the purview of DGCA. Hence all
necessary information, documents, facility, equipments required for investigation of incident or
accident will be provided as required by the inspector of accidents or inquiry officer.
b). Chief engineer and Quality Manager will provide necessary information and direct the staff to co-
operate with the Inspector of accidents or Inquiry officer.
c). Accountable Manager will appoint an Internal investigation team consisting of the Quality Manager
and suitable operation / maintenance personnel to carryout an internal investigation of incident /
accidents, without affecting the enquiry ordered by the authority or without disturbing the
evidences.
d). Internal investigation will prepare an investigation report in the same format as explained above in
MOE 2.18.5.
e). Recommendations provided by the internal investigation team will be executed without waiting for
the investigation report / recommendation from DGCA.
f). Detailed company procedures for investigation of major defects, incidents & accidents are provided
in EPM Section-1, Chapter-12.
********************
2.19 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS TO STORE
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding return of defective
aircraft components removed from aircraft to store.
b). Detailed procedure for return of defective components to store is given in Logistics Procedure
Manual chapter- 12.
a). Components identified as defective will be identified & tagged properly by attaching appropriate tag
and returned to stores for necessary action.
b). Repairable components will be sent to approved repair centre (company approved contractor) for
repair.
c). Components beyond economic repair will be termed Unsalvageable and scrapped for disposal.
2.19.2 LABELLING AND IDENTIFICATION.
a). A component or any item that is removed from an aircraft suspected as defective will be issued with
a ‘Unserviceable Tag’ by the support staff, specifying a reason for the suspicion and the part will be
drained, blanked and packed as necessary.
b). If the item is removed on completion of its life, the same will be reflected by the support staff in the
status tag (scrap (unsalvageable) tag) attached to the part.
c). If the item removed is for the reason that it contains a non-repairable defect, then the same will be
reflected by the support staff as Unsalvageable (scrap) and handed over to stores for disposal as per
scrap disposal policy. Such items will be defaced to an extent that it cannot be returned to service
by spurious parts dealers. (CAR 145.A.42.d refers).
d). If the item is removed due to premature failure, then the support staff will specify in the
unserviceable tag that the failure investigation report is required.
e). Any component returned as defective to the store without unserviceable tag will not be accepted in
the store.
f). Unserviceable tag will have the following information about the component or aircraft from which
it was removed;
1. Part Number, Description, and Serial Number (as applicable).

2. Aircraft / Engine – Registration, Serial No. etc.
3. Airframe / Engine – TSN, LSN, CSN, CSO
4. Component – TSN, LSN, CSN, CSO
5. Reason for removal.
6. If repairable, what action is required?
7. If premature failure, state whether investigation report required?
8. Action to be taken by logistics personnel – Instruction to obtain component data from Tech.
Officer (Records).
9. Signature of support / certifying staff & Date
g). If the support staff is not aware of the component details (Hrs /landings /cycles/RINS) etc, then
instruction be given to logistics personnel to obtain the data from the Tech. Officer (Records).
h). The item will then be handed over to Stores for dispatching to a repair agency for repair or overhaul.
i). The store inspector will verify that the item is correctly inhibited prior to dispatch for repair or
overhaul. If not, the same will be reported to the engg-in-charge / base engineering manager for
necessary action.
2.19.3 HANDLING AND MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS
a). Support & Certifying staff removing the component from the aircraft will handle the components
properly and carryout necessary work to avoid damage to the component or the surrounding
environment;
1. Plug all connectors to avoid damage to electrical contact pins,
2. Drain all fluids from the components, unless the fluid is required to prevent damage to
the component.
3. Blank all openings / unions with suitable size plugs to avoid dripping of any fluid.
4. Wrap necessary packing materials around the component and box it with required
amount of cushions to prevent damage during transit.
b). Bulky components will be hoisted / lifted on to the packing boxes / vehicles to avoid damage to the
components and injury to the personnel.
c). Whenever a component is removed from the aircraft, the support staff will ensure that proper
packing is available to move / transport the component from one place to another. Support staff will
ensure that the component is wrapped with appropriate packing material and placed inside
appropriate transportation box. Support staff will adhere and ensure any instruction provided in the
maintenance manual for handling and transportation.
d). Whenever a Component is sent from one station to other station, the proper final packing will be
done by the stores in-charge, ensuring that all related documentation is in the packing or sent
separately by courier, as appropriate for the situation.
e). Movement of the component by air/road/rail transport is coordinated by the Stores In charge inside
the country and by the Logistics - Head for international routes.
f). The stores in charge / Logistics-Head will be responsible for co-ordination of movement of the
parts, till it is received by the consignee.
2.19.4 STORAGE OF DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS
a. Defective component, which could be returned to service after servicing will be sent for repair /
overhaul at the earliest opportunity. Any Defective Component which is beyond economical repair
will be disposed off as per Company’s Scrap Disposal Policy.
b. Any component removed as defective from an aircraft under base maintenance will immediately be
tagged with “Unserviceable tag (Repairable) or scrap tag”, by the support staff. Item may be handed
over to stores inspector / in-charge immediately or kept in appropriate area near the aircraft and
handed over to stores inspector / in-charge at the time of completion of work on the aircraft.
c. Any component removed as defective from a component under shop maintenance will immediately
be tagged with “Unserviceable tag (repairable) or scrap tag”, by the support staff. Item may be
handed over to stores inspector/ in-charge immediately or kept in appropriate area in the shop till the
work in the component is completed and then handed over to stores inspector.
d. Defective components will not be kept in stores for longer period of time, except under financial
compulsions / nil requirements. All necessary steps will be taken to service and return the
components to bonded stores.
e. Any repairable components will be in the store premises, clearly separated from incoming /
quarantine / bonded / dispatch stores and marked as “Repairable Parts Store” / “Repairable Store”.
2.19.5 COMPONENTS "ON HOLD"
a). When a complex snag exists in the aircraft, support staff may fit & remove multiple line
replacement units to rectify the snag in the aircraft.
b). During such situations, support / certifying staff may keep certain equipments removed from aircraft
“ON HOLD”, till they zero upon the faulty unit.
c). Such equipments will be issued with an ON HOLD TAG (means “Suspected Defect – Component
kept on hold till confirmation”) and retained in appropriate shelf in the hangar or returned to stores.
d). Stores inspector / in-charge will retain such items in “Repairable parts store” unless it is confirmed
that the unit is serviceable and status tag changed to “Serviceable”, by appropriately qualified
support staff.
********************
2.20 DESPATCH OF DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS TO OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS

(Ref: MOE L2.5 & LPM Chapter -13)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding dispatch of defective
components for repair / overhaul / test to company approved contractors.
b). Detailed procedures for dispatch of defective components to outside contractors are given in
Logistics Procedure Manual chapter- 13.
a). All unserviceable components will be sent to company approved contractors only for repair,
overhaul, test, calibration etc.
b). Components sent to contractors will be attached with proper information about the component and
its status.
c). Investigation report will be sought for all prematurely failed components.
2.20.2 DESPATCH OF COMPONENTS / TOOLS FOR REPAIR / OVERHAUL / CALIBRATION
a). The Head-Logistics will dispatch the defective components for repair / overhaul / calibration to
DGCA / FAA /EASA approved agencies (company approved Contractors) only.
b). He will maintain a register / computer record of all components dispatched for repair/ overhaul/
calibration.
c). Tools & Equipments requiring calibration will be sent by tools & equipment in-charge, to approved
shops with unserviceable tag mentioning reason for dispatch.
d). All items sent for repair/ overhaul / calibration will be accompanied by a repair (purchase) order.
Repair (purchase) order requirements are elaborated in MOE 2.1.5 (System of placing orders).
2.20.3 CONTROL OF DISPATCH, LOCATION AND RETURN
a). Support / Certifying staff removing ESDS items from the aircraft will ensure that the items are
packed in original ESDS packing and returned to the stores. They will also ensure that the
components are drained off any fluid, electrical connectors are properly covered and units are
preserved before returning the unit to stores
b). Stores in-charge / station engineer in-charge is responsible for verifying preservation, proper
blanking of components, packing of components in suitable boxes to ensure that no damage will
occur in transit.
c). The Logistics Control of Dispatch of Defective Components (Deccan owned or loaned components)
to company approved Contractors will be under the supervision of Head-Logistics.
d). The Head-Logistics will identify the one of the company approved facility to which the Defective
Component can be sent for repair/overhaul and provide the necessary current approval documents of
the organization to the Quality Manager.
e). Before the Defective Component is sent for Repair / Overhaul the Quality Manager will apply to
Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore for issuance of NO-OBJECTION Certificate (NOC) for
the Component, in case the component is sent to a company approved facility outside the country
for repair/overhaul.
f). Head-Logistics will monitor for the compliance of the work as per the repair (purchase) order and
organize for return of components from the approved facility.
g). Components sent for repair / overhaul will be accepted into Bonded stores after repair / overhaul,
only after Stores Inspector is satisfied about the Release to Service authorization, which
accompanies the component.
2.20.4 IDENTIFICATION OF REQUIRED WORK
a). Support / certifying staff removing an item, due to various reasons such as premature failure,
suspected faulty, requiring test / calibration, due for inspection / overhaul will specify in the
unserviceable tag, the required work to be carried out on the component.
b). Components such as engine module require combination of work such as overhaul / replacement of
wheels / mid life inspection or complete overhaul to be carried out along with the repair work, to
avoid another visit of the same component to the external facility. In such case, stores in-charge /
head-logistics will consult with the Chief engineer and take appropriate action to cover such
additional scope of work in the repair (purchase) order.
c). When a component is received in to the stores, the stores inspector will ensure that the work carried
out in the component is in line with the purchase (or repair) order. On ensuring the same, the item
will be accepted into the bonded store. In case, if the work carried out is not line with the purchase
(or repair) order, the same will be intimated to Logistics-Head, who will take up the matter with the
supplier and provide further instructions to stores personnel for disposal.
2.20.5 RETURN OF “UNSERVICEABLE” LOAN PARTS
a). Any component which has been taken on loan by Deccan Aviation for installation on its fleet of
aircraft will be covered by a rental / loan agreement with the supplier.
b). During the period of operation if the Component becomes unserviceable the same will be returned
to the supplier with a request to forward the investigation report to Deccan Aviation.
c). On receipt of the investigation report, it will be analyzed by the Chief Engineer for providing any
technical / operational instructions to the respective staff.
********************
2.21 CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORD SYSTEMS

(Ref: EPM Section-3, Chapter – 19)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding use and control of
computer based maintenance record systems.
b). Detailed procedures for control of computerized maintenance record system is given in Engineering
Procedure Manual Section-3, Chapter-19.
a). Web based Computer Software system (FLYPAL) will be used to monitor maintenance records of
various aircraft, maintained by Deccan Aviation.
b). Procedures will be established that authentic information is only fed into the system for routine
monitoring.
c). Access to maintenance record information software will be restricted to authorized personnel only.
d). Editing rights will be provided to one person only to control misuse of information, by varying the
data. Records of such editing will be maintained.
e). All information will be maintained in hard copies such as logbooks, history cards, work order etc as
alternate source of information.
2.21.2 INFORMATION FEED TO THE SOFTWARE SYSTEM
a). Technical Officer (software) will feed various monitoring requirements into the FLYPAL, based on
the following information;
1. Aircraft Maintenance Programme.
2. Service Life Limit and Time Between Overhaul of various parts / assemblies.
3. Periodic Inspections – airframe / engine / propeller / Avionics equipments.
4. Out of Phase Inspections – airframe / engine / propeller.
5. Lubrication service inspections.
6. Corrosion control inspections.
7. Continuous airworthiness inspections provided by Optional equipment manufacturer.
8. Directives (Airworthiness Directives, Service Bulletins / Letters, Mandatory
Modifications).
9. CAR Requirements.
b). If any revision is issued to technical publications, in which the above data is revised / modified,
then the Manager – Technical services evaluating the incoming publications will send Inter office
communication (IOC) to the Technical Officer (software) to edit the master list of FLYPAL.
c). Technical Officer (software) will modify the Master list of various monitoring requirements to meet
the revised / amended technical publication requirement and keep a documentary evidence for every
single feed / editing of information to the FLYPAL maintenance record system.
d). Technical Officer (software) will function as an Administrator for the software and will control the
log in ID and password allotment to individual certifying staff, who is attached with the aircraft or
responsible for specific aircraft.
2.21.3 INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
a). Information retrieval from the software can be done from any location by using the specific URL,
log in ID and password.
b). Allotment of log in ID and password will be controlled by Technical Officer (software) and will
allot only the accessing rights for a specific aircraft or fleet of aircraft.
c). Information such as Inspection / Replacement due report, Parts / Assemblies status report,
Directives status report can be retrieved from the software by logging in with the given ID and
password.
d). Maintenance Due Information can be extracted from the software for the following variable
monitoring units;
1. Calendar periods.
2. Flying Hours
3. Landings
4. Cycles
5. RINS
e). Reports can be drawn for the following data;
1. Flight Log Report.

2. Maintenance Due Report
3. C of A report
4. Directives status report.
2.21.4 BACK-UP SYSTEMS AND SECOND SITE STORAGE
a). Conventional flight log and maintenance recording system will be continued so that regulatory
requirements are met and back up information is available in the form of hard copy records.
b). Hard copy records includes the following minimum;
1. Tech Log Book ( for daily flight log information)

2. Airframe / Engine / Propeller logbook.
3. Work orders / Inspection schedule / Procedure sheet / off-job sheet
4. History cards, Tags, CRS, Authorized Release certificate etc
c). Back up data from FLYPAL database will be taken once in 15 days and stored at a different
building other than the location, where the server containing original data is located. Disc will be
kept in a fire proof safe case, which is controlled by the office administrator.
d). Back up data will be taken in a portable hard disc, in which the scanned copies of the technical
records (i.a.w MOE 2.14.4.4) of all aircraft are maintained.
e). Necessary procedures are reflected in EPM Section-3, Chapter-19 and will be followed to avoid loss
of information due to piracy, flood, fire and theft.
2.21.5 SECURITY AND SAFEGUARDS TO UNAUTHORISED ACCESS
a). Only authorized persons will have access to the FLYPAL software maintenance records.
b). Log in to FLYPAL will only be, by means of an ID & password which will be kept as
confidential to the individual to whom it is allotted.
c). The individual technical officers who are handling a specific work in the Technical Records /
Quality Department will have a password to data pertaining to their scope of work.
d). Certifying staff / Base Engg. Manager will be allotted and ID & password for access to
FLYPAL system for the aircraft being maintained at their location.
e). Access to edit FLYPAL data, once entered, will remain with the Technical Officer (software)
only. Any person, who has made a mistake during data entry, will have to send a specific
request by mail to correct a wrong entry. Such a request will be kept as a proof of change
request by the Technical Officer.
********************
2.22 CONTROL OF MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK

(Ref: EPM Section -1, Chapter -11)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding man-hour planning
to carryout scheduled maintenance work.
b). Detailed procedures are given in Engineering Procedure Manual Section-1, Chapter-11.
2.22.1 COMPANY POLICY.
1. Scheduled maintenance activities will be planned in advance so that all requirements in terms of
facility, manpower, tools, equipments, literature are made available before starting the work.
2. Un-scheduled maintenance activity, which arises due to damage / defect / incident will also be
planned, after the scope of maintenance is known, so that the work is carried out with the necessary
/ acceptable facility, and required tools, equipments, literature and manpower.
2.22.2 COMPANY PLANNING Vs SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK
a). The actual man-hours required for scheduled maintenance tasks will be calculated for carrying out
the work as per the inspection schedule and taking into account all other man-hours required to gain
access, position work stands, remove & install sub-assemblies, de-fuel, purge fuel tanks,
troubleshoot, or correct discrepancies found while performing the task.
b). Man-hours required for scheduled maintenance will be listed aircraft wise in the Engineering
Procedure Manual, Section-1, Chapter-11
c). Technical Officer (Planning) will have a system to control maintenance planning versus scheduled
maintenance work, based on following factors;
1. Estimated man-hours, if provided by the manufacturer or based on organization’s

experience.
2. DGCA approved facility for Base maintenance inspections.
3. Tools, Equipments, Spares & Consumables requirements as listed in the respective
inspection schedule.
d). All information will then used by Technical Officer-Planning to estimate the work-load, type of
skills necessary to perform the work and aircraft ground time for accomplishing the task. Similar
procedure will be followed by Technical Officer-Planning for Out of Phase inspection also.
e). Technical Officer (Planning) will then intimate the customer or operator about the impending
maintenance activity to be performed on the aircraft and the number of days it may take to complete
the work.
f). The Planning advisory / remainder will be issued by Technical officer (Planning), containing the
following information:
1. Scheduled maintenance work for the 100hrs / 30days issued on the first of the month –
aircraft wise.
2. Scheduled maintenance work for the half yearly period, issued on 1st January / 1st July
of the year. – aircraft wise
g). The planning advisory / remainder will be sent by Technical Officer (Planning) to the following
personnel’s:
1. Certifying staff in-charge of the aircraft.
2. Base Engineering Manager / Base Engineering in-charge.
3. Chief Engineer
4. Nodal Officer or Operator’s representative.
5. Logistics Personnel
2.22.3 COMPLEXITY OF WORK
a). Major inspection / repair / overhaul, will be planned in advance, considering the complexity of
work.
b). Chief engineer may allot two qualified Engineers for critical tasks. This will reduce mistakes /
oversight from happening due to the complex nature of the work.
2.22.4 ORGANISATION OF SHIFTS
a). When a work is required to be carried out more than 8 hours in a day due to requirement of high
production output, chief Engineer may decide to increase the work force and organize the work to
be performed in shifts as per MOE 2.26
2.22.5 ACCOUNTS OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE LIMITATION
a). Limitations on human performance, in the context of maintenance related tasks will be taken into
consideration while planning maintenance work.
b). Detailed procedures of control of man hour planning versus scheduled maintenance activities are
********************
2.23 CONTROL OF CRITICAL TASKS

a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding control of critical
tasks.
b). Detailed procedures for control of critical tasks are given in Engineering Procedure Manual Section-
4, Chapter-9.
a). Line / Base / Shop Maintenance procedures which are critical in nature, that could endanger the
safety of the aircraft if not carried out properly, will be identified to minimise the risk of errors
occurring / repeating in the aircraft / component.
b). Maintenance work carried out in aircraft / engine control system will be inspected by another
qualified person, to avoid maintenance error
2.23.2 CRITICAL TASKS PROCEDURES AND CONTROL
a). Critical tasks in line / base / shop maintenance will be identified by Chief engineer and Quality
Manager. Procedures will be established by Chief engineer & Quality Manager to control the
critical task and the same will be detailed in Engineering procedure manual section-4, chapter-9.
b). In order to minimize the risk of multiple errors, wherever there is a task involving critical systems
such as flight control rigging, installation and rigging of engine controls, the same will be subjected
to duplicate inspection by another approved person.
c). EPM Section-4, Chapter-9 provides the established procedure to be followed to ensure that more
than one person is involved in carrying out any maintenance task involving large element of
disassembly/ reassembly of several aircraft components during a particular maintenance check. This
is to minimize the rare possibility of an error being repeated and aircraft components reassembled
wrongly thereby compromising on safety.
d). Ultimately, when only one person is available to carryout these tasks then, the work card/ work
sheet will include an additional stage for re-inspection of the work after completion.
e). Some examples of such items are removal / installation of engine / gearbox, removal / installation of
various control systems. Such detailing of maintenance personnel for carrying out critical tasks will
be carried by the Base Engineering Manager / Chief Engineer.
2.23.3 DUPLICATE INSPECTION PROCEDURES
a). After carrying out any work on an airframe / engine / propeller controls, the aircraft will be released
to service only after carrying out a duplicate inspection.
b). A duplicate inspection is defined as an inspection, which is first made and certified by one support /
certifying staff and subsequently made and certified by a second approved person / support or
certifying staff before the aircraft is released to service. The second part of the inspection must
follow immediately after the first part. The date and time will also be documented.
c). Duplicate inspection of all control system will be carried out:
1. Before the first flight after replacement, repair adjustment or modification of the
control system.
2. If after the second check the control systems are disturbed in any way and any time.
d). Control inspection (first and second) after base maintenance inspection will be carried out by
support / certifying staff only.
e). When the aircraft is under line operation at any station( away from base / sub-base / usual night
halt station), then the duplicate (second) inspection will be carried out by support / certifying
staff or by a pilot whose CPL / CHPL is endorsed for the type of aircraft.
2.23.4 CRITICAL TASK LIST
a). Following is the list of critical tasks on:
1. Removal and installation of primary & secondary flight control surfaces.

2. Rigging of Flight, Engine & Propeller Controls
3. Installation of engine, rotors, propeller etc
4. Overhaul of engine, propellers, transmissions, gearboxes etc
5. Repairs in primary structures.
6. Simultaneous (both RH & LH) maintenance of brake system, thrust reverser, air
data system.
7. Simultaneous (both RH & LH) engine, gearbox or hydraulic oil change /
replenishment and closing of oil tank cap.
b). Detailed company procedures for control of critical task are provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-9.
********************
2.24 SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES /GROUND HANDLING
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding various maintenance
procedures to be followed during base / line maintenance.
b). Detailed procedures for carrying out ground handling and various specific maintenance procedures are
given in Engineering Procedure Manual Section-4.
a). Maintenance manual of the aircraft, engine, propeller, component will be referred to, while carrying
out specific maintenance procedures.
b). Standard procedures and practices specified in Engineering Procedure Manual will be followed
while carrying out ground handling & general maintenance activities.
2.24.2 ENGINE RUN (Ref: EPM Section-4, Chapter-10).
a). Ground running of aircraft engines is considered as a special maintenance task. Hence it will
only be carried out by suitably trained and authorized person strictly in accordance with POH /
AFM / AMM / EMM.
b). Rules and regulations of airport where such maintenance and engine running is carried out will
be followed and ATC clearance on landline or on RT will be obtained.
c). Support / Certifying staff or company approval holder, entrusted with the task of engine ground
run will be responsible for safe conduct of engine ground run operation.
d). The detail procedure to be followed for engine ground running is given in EPM Section-4,
Chapter 10.
2.24.3 AIRCRAFT PRESSURE RUN (EPM Section-4, Chapter-10)
a). During the course of maintenance, it may be necessary to carryout aircraft pressure run on the
ground.
b). The aircraft POH / maintenance manual / task cards for this specific type will always be
followed. Only authorized personnel / type rated pilot will carry out the aircraft pressure run.
c). Detailed company procedures for authorization of personnel and necessary precautions to be
followed are provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-10.
2.24.4 AIRCRAFT TOWING (EPM Section-4, Chapter-1)
a). Whenever an aircraft is required to be towed by means of a tow tractor, certain procedures will
be adhered to, in order to ensure a safe and efficient operation.
b). Towing of aircraft is defined as an aircraft moved by a tow tractor with an authorized person for
application of brakes on board. A minimum of 3 persons including tractor driver will be
required to carryout towing operations.
c). Company authorization holder for towing, who is entrusted with the towing operation will be
responsible for safe conduct of entire towing operation.
d). Detailed company procedures for issue of authorization for towing operation including
experience required for towing, necessary precautions to be taken are provided in EPM, Section-
4, Chapter-1.
2.24.5 AIRCRAFT TAXIING (EPM Section-4, Chapter-1)
a). Aircraft will normally be towed for positioning at another location for maintenance or parking
for departure. However, certain circumstances may rise when aircraft has to be taxied.
b). Taxiing may be carried out by the type rated pilot or company authorized taxi permit holder.
c). The taxi permit holder who is entrusted with the taxiing operation will be responsible for safe
operation.
d). Detailed company procedures for issue of taxi operation and necessary precautions to be
followed while taxiing are provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-1.
2.24.6 AIRCRAFT JACKING (EPM Section-4, Chapter-12)
a). During the course of maintenance, it may be necessary to raise complete aircraft clear off the
ground using jacks.
b). Main and nose landing gear legs may be raised individually to enable replacement of wheels/
brake units by using bottle jacks. However, when both the tires on same axle are deflated, main
jacks may be used at appropriate wing jacking points.
c). For replacement of skids, Helicopter will be lifted equally on all jacking points.
d). All maintenance personnel will be made conversant with aircraft jacking procedure during initial
/ refresher training.
e). It is the responsibility of Support / Certifying staff to ensure that correct jacking procedure given
in the maintenance manual is followed.
f). Detailed general company procedures to be followed are provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-
12.
2.24.7 DESALINATION / PERFORMANCE RECOVERY WASH ( EPM Section-4, Chapter-25)
a). Turbine engines are susceptible for accumulation of contaminations or deposits (dirt / salt) when
operated in dusty, salty, polluted, volcanic environments. Such accumulation will drastically
reduce the performance in short period of time. Hence engine manufacturer’s recommend to
carryout compressor / turbine wash on periodic basis to avoid deterioration of engine
performance.
b). Chief engineer will formulate the detailed procedures to be followed for de-salination /
performance recovery wash as per the engine manufacturer’s recommendations and the same
will be provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-25.
2.24.8 AIRCRAFT MARSHALLING PROCEDURE (EPM Section-4, Chapter-2)
a). Standard Marshalling procedure will be followed for engine start clearance, dispatch and for
receiving the aircraft.
b). Marshalling procedure and precautions will be included in organization’s training programme
for engineers and technicians.
c). Marshalling training programme will include admission of first aid and fire drill, which may be
required in the event of an emergency.
d). Detailed procedures for approving Marshaller’s, their training programme/records, explanation
of various Marshalling signals are provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-2.
2.24.9 HANDLING AND CONTROL OF WASTE MATERIALS
a). Organization has a Company policy for disposal of Waste and Scrap Materials. The Waste
Materials will be subdivided into different group’s viz. aircraft scraps, consumable wastes,
cotton waste etc.
b). The working area and hangar area will have sufficient bins and trays for maintenance personnel
to dispose the various types of waste in the right bins.
c). All waste materials collected will be stored in such a way to prevent environmental pollution
and disposed off to the agency that is approved for waste material processing.
2.24.10 SCRAPPING OF PARTS
a). Whenever any component/ equipment or a part is beyond economical repair the same will be
declared as a “SCRAP”.
b). The Support / Certifying staff will issue a “SCRAP TAG” along with the item and deface the
part in such a way that it cannot be put to use and also make a cross / scribe with a permanent
red marker or scriber on the part at a place which is easily visible.
c). The scrapped part will then be returned to the Store for storing in Scrap store till the same is
disposed in accordance with Scrap Disposal Policy.
2.24.11 WORKING AWAY FROM APPROVED BASE / SUB-BASE STATIONS
a). Scheduled Maintenance including routine / periodic inspections or unscheduled maintenance

work may have to be done on the aircraft away from base / sub-base due to various reasons
explained below;
1. Company requirement to operate an aircraft for longer duration.
2. Unexpected requirement to operate an aircraft for longer period than planned.
3. Aircraft grounded for longer period where in scheduled inspections has fallen due.
b). Following procedure is permitted to be followed before undertaking maintenance work away
from base / sub-base station for carrying out scheduled or unscheduled maintenance;
1. Scope of work permitted to be carried out at location away from base / sub-base station,
based on the verification of facilities by support staff, after carrying out a self verifying
audit check list and attaching the same with the work order;
i). Unscheduled maintenance such as replacement of engine, engine module, rotor

blades, tail boom, skid assemblies, gearboxes etc,
ii). Unscheduled maintenance such as replacement of landing gear assemblies, shock
absorber / landing gear oleo, wheel / brake assembly, primary or secondary control
surface.
iii). All out of phase inspections
2. Scope of work permitted to be carried out at location away from base / sub-base station,
based on the physical audit carried out by the Quality Manager and approval issued by
the Quality Manager on the strength of the audit findings;
i). Any scheduled / routine / periodic maintenance inspection up to and including

100hrs or 150hrs or Annual inspection.
3. Scope of work to be carried out at location away from base / sub-base station, based on
the approval issued by the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore;
i). Any scheduled / routine / periodic maintenance inspection up to and including

300hrs inspection and above
c). Whenever any such scheduled or unscheduled maintenance / inspection is required to be carried
out away from the approved base / sub-base stations, the Technical officer-Planning will ensure
that all tools, literature, spares required for carrying out intended maintenance jobs at outstation
is made available prior to the inspection, so that the Support / Certifying staff can undertake the
inspection.
d). The Support / Certifying staff will ensure the presence of all tools, equipments, consumables,
spares and the ground facilities required for carrying out the work. He will then intimate the
Chief Engineer and the Quality Manager of the same.
e). The Quality Manager will carry out an audit of the facilities and issue approval or approach the
office of the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore for issue of approval as detailed in sub-
para b.2 & b.3 above.
2.24.12 MAINTENANCE OF PERSONAL LOGBOOK
a). All maintenance personnel are required to possess and update the personal logbook on daily
basis describing the work carried out by them with reference to the aircraft / engine / component
serial nos.
b). Such logbooks will be considered as quality experience gained by the individual while carrying
out / associating himself with other certifying authorization holder. All maintenance personnel’s
personal logbook entries should co-relate to the respective inspection schedule / work orders.
c). Detailed company procedures for maintaining a personal logbook and its consideration as
experience gained for company authorization examination are provided in EPM, Section-2, and
Chapter-5.
********************
2.25 PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND RECTIFY MAINTENANCE ERRORS

(Ref: EPM – Section 3, Chapter – 29)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures to detect, document, investigate
and rectify maintenance errors.
b). Detailed procedures for detection and rectification of maintenance errors are given in Engineering
a). All employees will be encouraged to participate in the reporting of maintenance errors and to
suggest solutions to avoid the same.
b). Human factors are the biggest single cause of maintenance errors and the organization will
adopt a policy to openly investigate maintenance errors.
c). Continuous monitoring by the management personnel to detect and rectify maintenance error
will be practiced.
d). Any defect / incident / accident will be internally investigated to find out the root cause for the
occurrence and action taken to correct the fault in the procedures and practices.
e). Repetitive failures will be closely monitored and root cause analyzed to avoid serious hazard to
flight safety.
f). Failures reported by other operators / accident investigation reports and suggestion put up in
the websites of various airworthiness authorities will be reviewed to find out and eliminate
such errors.
2.25.1.1 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF ERROR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
a). The aim of the maintenance error management policy is to identify the factors contributing to
incidents and to make the system resistant to similar errors.
b). The procedure of detection and rectification of maintenance errors as given here under will be
followed. This process will consist of:
1. Observe
2. Report
3. Investigation
4. Decision and compliance
5. Feedback
2.25.2 PROCESS OF IDENTIFYING MAINTENANCE ERROR AND RECORDING
a). The maintenance errors will be identified by
1. reported defects
2. abnormal observations made during maintenance / operation
3. spot checks
4. audit
2.25.2.1 ENCOURAGEMENT OF REPORTING
a). All employees will be encouraged to report observed errors, for their own safety, so that
necessary corrective action could be taken to avoid repeat of error, which may endanger the
safety of the aircraft and its occupants, maintenance personnel, ground handling personnel etc.
2.25.2.2 CODE OF PRACTICE:
a). Every individual will be encouraged to follow right ethical work practice while carrying out
their allotted maintenance duties.
2.25.3 DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS THAT REPORTS MAINTENANCE ERRORS
a). Whenever a maintenance error is noticed by any employee of the organization, he will intimate
the same to the Base Engineering Manager or Engineer-in-charge, in writing as per procedures
given in Quality Deficiency & Hazard System Procedure, using QDHRS Form No. 009.
b). A suggestion box will be kept in the hangar and those who wish to remain anonymous while
reporting maintenance errors will drop their observations and suggestions in the suggestion drop
box.
c). Management personnel in base / sub-base station such as Chief engineer / Base Engineering
Manager will continuously monitor maintenance activities and document any errors noticed
during such monitoring using QDHRS form No. 009.
d). If no error is noticed / reported, Base engineering manager will send a nil report by mail to
Quality Manager
2.25.4 DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS THAT RECORDS MAINTENANCE ERRORS.
a). Base Engineering Manager / Chief Engineer / any maintenance personnel will forward the filled
up QDHRS form to the Quality Manager.
b). QDHRS form will have the following minimum information to enable accurate reporting of
maintenance errors;
1. Detail of error noticed

2. Place, Date of observation
3. Error observed on aircraft / maintenance procedures.
4. Suggestion for correction, if any
5. Investigation finding by the team.
6. Recommendation for prevention
7. Corrective action taken
8. Dissemination of information
c). Quality Manager will allot a serial number for each received form, so that list of maintenance
errors reported can be recorded for evaluation purpose.
d). The same will also be used while incorporating training to engineers / Technicians to as to avoid
similar errors in future.
2.25.5 DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS THAT INVESTIGATES MAINTENANCE ERRORS.
a). QDHRS Forms received highlighting maintenance error, deficiency in quality of work will be
analyzed for the root cause by a team consisting of Quality Manager and Chief engineer as given
below
WHAT / WHEN / WHERE / HOW / WHY
b). Team will suggest maintenance practices need to be followed to avoid re-occurrence of such
errors.
c). Recommendations will be recorded in the same form and steps will be initiated by Chief
Engineer in the form of circulars to disseminate information to all maintenance personnel, thus
preventing similar errors in future.
d). Any corrective action to undo the deficiency / damage caused by the specific error reported will
be initiated by the Chief engineer. Chief engineer will advise the Base engineering manager,
who will then issue a work order (if it is aircraft based) or initiate a issue / revision in procedure
provided in relative procedure manual (if it is process based)
e). Once in three months, reported errors of serious implications (which have caused / might have
caused serious flight safety hazard) will be reviewed by the chief engineer and quality manager
to implement a change / issue of engineering procedures.
f). Suggestions will be made in the form of Technical circular and circulated to all through
Technical Officer (Library).
2.25.6 ANYALISIS OF MAINTENANCE ERROR.
a). All maintenance error will be analyzed to find out the reason for occurrence and the procedures
to follow, to avoid re-occurrence of the same.
2.25.7 MANAGEMENT ACTIONS IN RESPONSE TO OCCURRENCE FINDINGS
a). If the maintenance error is investigated and found to be due to negligence, the same will be
reported to the Accountable manager for further action.
b). Accountable manager may decide on the action to be taken (in consultation with the HR
Department) based on the following:
c). Service tenure of the individual

d). Individual nature and his commitment towards work.
e). Is error due to willful negligence or by mistake?
f). If it is found that error is due to lack of training, then action would be taken to improve the
training standards.
g). If the error is found to be due to willful negligence, suitable counseling / penal action will be
initiated, based on the type of negligence and effect of the same on the organization / personnel.
2.25.8 FEEDBACK TO STAFF
a). When a maintenance error is noticed, investigated and found to be due to willful negligence or
due to lack of knowledge / training the concerned individual will be called and a cordial
discussion be carried out to highlight the error and the (possible) result of such error on safety of
Passengers / staff / aircraft.
b). Idea of this feedback to the staff is to make the individual understand his mistake and correct
accordingly.
2.25.9 SHARING INFORMATION FROM INVESTIGATION
a). All observation / suggestions from the investigation team will be shared with all other
employees who are doing similar work, so as to avoid reoccurrence of the same.
b). Detailed company procedure for maintenance error management is provided in EPM Section-1,
Chapter-21.
********************
2.26 SHIFT/ TASK HANDOVER PROCEDURES

(Ref: CAR 145.A.47.c, EPM Section-1, Chapter-21)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures related to shift or task handing
over or taking over procedures, when group / team of people are involved in a specific maintenance
activity.
b). Detailed procedures of shift or task hand over / take over procedures are given in Engineering
a). Hand over / take over of the maintenance activity when a maintenance task is required to be handed
over to another person to continue with the same will be done through a register (log) detailing the
work completed, in pending and in progress.
2.26.2 OBJECTIVES OF SHIFT TAKEOVER
a). Objective of shift handover / Take over procedure is to smoothly handover / take over the
routine production work which will continue from one shift to another.
b). Shift / Task handover process is required when the production output requirement is more than
the ability of one team to produce within a specified period of time.
2.26.3 TRAINING OF PERSONNEL IN SHIFT / TASK HANDOVER PROCESS
a). All maintenance staff employed in shift / task, hand / take over system of functioning will be
trained by the shop engineer-in-charge / Base engineering manager in the Handover / Take over
of:
1. Work being carried out.

2. Special instructions to be followed.
3. Proper accounting of tools / spares etc.
2.26.4 RECORDING OF SHIFT / TASK HANDOVER
a). Shop in-charge / Support or Certifying staff’s are responsible for all hand over / take over, of
shift / task will documentation in a register, day & shift wise. Recording will include but not
limited to the following.
1. Names and number of people

2. Tools and equipment details
3. Scope and level of work done and pending.
4. Level of utilization of critical equipments ad any restrictions on further utilization.
b). Person handing over / taking over will append their signature in the register against the
information exchanged between the two persons indicating that the required information for
smooth functioning is exchanged without any doubts.
c). Apart from the documented exchange of information, verbal exchange of information will also
be done between the person handing over and taking over to avoid any communication gap.
2.26.5 DESCRIPTION OF SHIFT HANDOVER PROCESS
a). Shift / task handover process will be done during the overlap time, which means the working
hours of handing over / taking over shift personnel will be so planned that they overlap for a
period of minimum of 30 minutes.
b). During this overlap period the shift or task, handover / takeover process will happen.
c). Shift / task, hand over / take over will contain smooth transfer of data / information flow from
one shift to another which will contain the following information, recorded in a register.
1. FACILITY STATUS
i. Status of facility in terms of its equipment usage.

ii Any restrictions on further usage of such critical equipments in terms of time /
energy level etc.
iii Any faults / breakdown / issue in facility such as power (Electric / Hydraulic /
Pneumatic) etc.
2. WORK STATUS
i. Scope of work under progress

ii. Level of completion
iii. Expected level of completion / target for the next shift.
iv. Status of reporting regarding the work continuing / completed to appropriate
people.
3. MANPOWER STATUS
i. Number of Employees who are carrying out the work

ii. Number / station of employees required for smooth transition / completion of
running work / task
iii. Overlapping of employees at each work station for smooth hand / take over of
the work.
4. OUTSTANDING ISSUE
i. Any issues which is outstanding and may have detrimental effect on the
productivity of work / safety. The outstanding issues will be handed over in
proper detail, by making a clear cut noting in a register.
5. OTHER ISSUES
i. Any other issues not pertaining to the work but related to the general
administration in nature.
d). Detailed company procedures for shift management are provided in EPM Section-1, Chapter-21.
********************
2.27 PROCEDURES FOR THE NOTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE DATA INACCURACIES AND

AMBIGUITIES TO THE TYPE CERTIFICATE HOLDER
(CAR 145.A.45.c, & EPM Section-1, Chapter-18)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures related to the procedures for
notification of maintenance data inaccuracies and ambiguities to the type certificate holder.
b). Detailed procedures for notification of maintenance inaccuracies and ambiguities to the type
certificate holder is given in Engineering Procedure Manual Section-1, Chapter-18.
a). Any inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous procedure, practice, information or maintenance

instruction contained in the maintenance data (technical publications) used by maintenance
personnel is recorded and notified to the author of the maintenance data. (CAR 145.A.45c
refers)
2.27.2 DEFINITIONS OF MAINTENANCE DATA AMBIGUITIES.
a). Incomplete, inaccurate or ambiguous information in the maintenance data, provided by the
manufacturer/given in the manuals is known as maintenance data ambiguities.
b). Whenever maintenance personnel come across such ambiguities, they will record and report
such details on a maintenance data inaccuracy/ ambiguity form (Form No. 027) or using
Feedback form, provided in the maintenance publications. to Manager – Tech services
c). Manager – Tech services / Chief Engineer will in turn forward the same to the manufacturer and
obtain the clarification, which will then be circulated to maintenance personnel, in the form of
Technical circulars.
2.27.3 RESPONSIBLE PERSON FOR CO-ORDINATION OF REPORTING AND REMIDIAL ACTIONS.
a). Manager – Tech services will notify the details of the maintenance data inaccuracy to the
manufacturer and seek clarification on the subject.
2.27.4 METHOD OF INTERNAL REPORTING OF MAITNENANCE DATA AMBIGUITIES.
a). A file will be maintained by the Manager – Tech. Services about the maintenance data
ambiguities received from various maintenance personnel.
b). Any personnel observing such maintenance data ambiguities in Manuals / Bulletins will send an
email / fax using the feedback form provided in the respective publications, explaining the issue
with reference to the subject / manual being referred.
c). All such issues will be recorded in the file with a specific serial number for continuous
monitoring.
2.27.5 MEHTOD OF EXTERNAL REPORTING OF MAITNENANCE DATA AMBIGUITIES TO THE

AUTHORS OF THAT DATA.
a). Whenever the Manager – Tech. Services receives an issue of Maintenance data ambiguity, the
same will be discussed with either the Quality Manager (Quality related issues) or with the
Chief Engineer / Senior / type rated engineer (Maintenance related issues).
b). If found reasonable the same will be taken up by the Manager – Tech Services / Chief Engineer
with the relevant manufacturer / TC holder for resolving the issue.
2.27.6 FEEDBACK TO STAFF AND IMPLEMENTATION OF TC HOLDER/ MANUFACTURER

CORRECTIONS
a). On receipt of clarification from the TC Holder / Manufacturer, the same will be circulated to
respective maintenance / operation / quality staff, in the form of Technical circular, by the
Manager –Tech. Services.
b). Detailed procedures to be followed for collecting, reporting, finding a solution and
communicating to relevant personnel’s for maintenance data inaccuracy or ambiguity is
********************
2.28 PRODUCTION PLANNING PROCEDURE

(Ref: CAR 145.A.47, EPM Section-1, Chapter-11 & -21)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures related to the production
planning procedures to be followed by the organization.
b). Detailed procedures to be carried out for production planning are given in Engineering
Procedure Manual Section-1, Chapter-11 & 21.
a). A system appropriate to the amount and complexity of work, to plan the availability of all necessary
personnel, tools, equipment, material, maintenance data (Technical publications) and facilities in
order to ensure the safe completion of the maintenance work will be created.
b). Human performance limitations will be taken into account, while planning of the tasks and
organizing of shifts.
c). A system of handing over the continuation or completion of maintenance tasks during shift or
personnel change over, so that relevant information will be adequately communicated between
outgoing and incoming personnel.
2.28.2 ESTABLISHMENT OF A CLEAR WORK ORDER
a). Organization will enter into a written maintenance agreement with the owner of aircraft for carrying
out maintenance on aircraft, owned by them.
b). Maintenance contract will have the following minimum elements clearly defined with details of
responsibility between the maintenance organization and the owner (operator);
1. Provision of Maintenance Data (Technical publication) and its subscription service.
2. Provision of facility, hangar, tools, equipment, consumables, spares.
3. Provision of manpower, inspection and certification limitations.
4. Updation of Technical records.
c). No maintenance activity will be carried out on any aircraft without a written contract.
d). One-off maintenance activity on any aircraft will be carried out only after written purchase order /
commercial work order from the customer. Such commercial work order will be transferred to
Technical work order by the certifying staff and work undertaken on the aircraft / component
e). All work on aircraft will be carried out only after a work order is raised by the concerned certifying
staff as per procedures given in MOE 2.10, based on due list generated from the FLYPAL software.
2.28.3 PROCEDURES FOR ESTABLISHING ALL NECESSARY RESOURCES ARE AVAILABLE

BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
a). Tech officer (Planning) / Regional or Base Engineering Manager or Engg. In-charge will
coordinate with the various departments for ensuring the availability of manpower / tools /
equipments / spares and also for positioning of the same at the right locations before
commencement of work.
b). They will refer the schedule / manuals / EPM Section-1, Chapter-11 to ascertain the
requirement of number of support / certifying staff and Technician, spares/ tools / consumables
required for completion of the task and organize for the same, in consultation with the concerned
certifying staff / chief engineer.
2.28.4 PROCEDURES FOR ORGANISING MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL AND PROVIDING ALL

NECESSARY SUPPORT DURING MAITNENANCE
a). Tech Officer (planning) / Regional or Base engineering manager or in-charge will ensure that
all necessary planning in terms of manpower, tools, equipments, spares, and approval are
carried out as well in time before commencement of scheduled inspections / replacement etc.
b). They will also remain in touch with the maintenance team, while the work is being carried out
to provide necessary assistance in terms of coordination for additional manpower / tools /
equipment requirements which may arise.
c). Above procedure will apply for unscheduled maintenance activity such as defects / repairs to
be carried out as a result of defect / incident / accident etc.
2.28.5 CONSIDERATION OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE LIMITATION
a). While planning the manpower requirement for scheduled / unscheduled maintenance activities,
the technical officer (planning) will keep in mind the limitations of human performance for
carrying out their allotted duties.
b). 48 Man hours / week will be the expected output from maintenance personnel. All maintenance
planning will be carried out @ 48 man hours / week and accordingly required man power will
be allotted for each work.
c). If maintenance work is required to be carried out during extended working hours, due
consideration to human performance limitation will be given and no critical task will be carried
out during extended working hours.
d). In case, if critical task is required to be performed, during extended working hours, two support
staff will be allotted for the specific task, so that work carried out can be double checked
immediately by another qualified support staff.
e). If a maintenance person is required to be involved for more than 8 hrs a day, the following
limitations will apply;
1. Maintenance personnel will be allowed to work an additional time period of 2hrs per day
only.
2. Such additional time period of two hours will be restricted to three consecutive days
only.
3. If a maintenance person is allotted work for 10hrs a day for three days, then the person
will be rested on the fourth day.
f). During shift working, extended working will not be practiced. Time taken for closure of work,
documentation will be part of the shift hours and will not be carried out by extending the shift
working hours.
2.28.6 PLANNING OF CRITICAL TASK
a). When a critical maintenance activity is required to be performed, Regional Engineering

Manager / Chief Engineer will enquire to find the previous experience of the maintenance
personnel. Maintenance personnel who have similar / appropriate experience will only be
deputed to perform critical task.
*******************
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES DATE : Aug 2008
L2.1.0 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, Etc.
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures related to line maintenance
control of aircraft components, tools & equipments.
b). Detailed procedures for line control of aircraft components, tools, equipments are given in
Engineering Procedure Manual Section-4, Chapter-5
c). Stores in-charge at sub-base or engineer in-charge at line station will be carrying out the procedures
given below for control of aircraft components, tools, equipments etc.
d). Word “station engineer in-charge” in this part will mean Regional / Base engineering manager at
main / sub-base, engineer manager or in-charge at sub-base / line station for the purpose of
highlighting the procedural responsibility.
L2.1.1 COMPANY POLICY
a). Aircraft components, tools, equipments, literatures issued to line maintenance facility will be
controlled at issue and at receipt locations for quality & quantity.
b). Usage of components, tools & equipments will also be monitored to increase the level of
traceability of usage and accountability.
L2.1.2 COMPONENT / MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE - (REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION, CONDITION,

"QUARANTINE" PROCEDURE)
a). All components/ materials will be supplied to line stations on need basis, based on the store
requisition from the line station.
b). Station engineering in charge / stores in-charge is responsible for the acceptance of the spares and
materials dispatched from base station.
c). The following actions will be carried out by the station in-charge (Engg / Stores) before accepting
the items at line stations.
1. Verification the accompanying document i.e. Release Documents or its equivalent.

2. Inspection the item for proper packing and for any transit damage.
3. Inspection the item visually for evidence of defect, deterioration, contamination,
corrosion.
4. Ensuring that serviceable tag/Parts Acceptance Tag is correctly filled in and attached.
5. Verification of shelf life.
6. Verification of the item by its part no. for its suitability as per requirement.
7. Verification that the maintenance required at interim period is carried out.
d). Station in charge (Engg /Stores) will maintain a separate register where receipt and dispatch of
items will be recorded.
e). Documentation, acceptance and quarantine procedures of components/ materials received into line
station stores will be carried out as per Logistics Procedure Manual.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
f). Movement of spares, tools & equipments received at the line station will be monitored by station
in-charge (engineer / stores).
L2.1.3 COMPONENTS REMOVED SERVICEABLE FROM AIRCRAFT
a). When a serviceable component is removed from aircraft to rectify defect in another aircraft
(cannibalizing), support / certifying staff who removes the item will issue a Serviceable Tag, and
the certifying staff who is installing it in the other aircraft will issue a CRS post installation.
b). Item taken on loan from other organization’s bonded store / aircraft on loan basis, will also be
entered in the stock register
c). Support / certifying staff will enter all details such as aircraft from which it is removed / installed,
part no., serial no., hours/ cycles, and forward to technical officer - Records under work order
raised by the individual. Technical Officer (Records) will update the history card, based on the
history card.
d). When it has been established by certifying staff that the replaced component did not correct the
problem and it has been determined that the trouble was not caused by the changed component
then the corresponding item removed from the aircraft will be returned to store as serviceable
after cleaning, tagging and protecting it by support /certifying staff. Support / certifying staff will
also issue a Serviceable Tag for the Component.
L2.1.4 PROCEDURES FOR MAINTAINING SATISFACTORY STORAGE CONDITIONS
a). Station In-charge (Engineering) will ensure the following procedures when a component is
removed from the aircraft and till the time it is handed over to the stores;
1. Parts removed from the aircraft is properly drained / blanked.

2. Tagged to identify the status as per MOE 2.3.4 & LPM Chapter-4.
3. Protected properly to avoid external damage / corrosion etc
4. Handled properly without causing damage to the part i.a.w 2.3.2.
5. Handed over to stores in-charge in the original packing (using packing material came
with the new component/ parts).
6. Reduce the time period between the time it was removed from the aircraft and handed
over to stores for avoiding any damage due to uncontrolled storage in hangar.
b). Stores in-charge will ensure the following for storing of components / parts in proper condition;
1. Documentation of all parts received for receipt, condition, serviceability status (for
status tags) including acknowledgement of the same to the dispatcher.
2. Inspection for received parts and acceptance into stores i.a.w MOE 2.2.3 & LPM
chapter-3
3. Storage, tagging & release of parts / components to maintenance i.a.w MOE 2.3 and
LPM chapter-4, 5, 6, 7 & 8.
c). Stores in charge will ensure that all components received on loan / removed from the aircraft is
taken into stores after acceptance inspection and then issued to maintenance.
d). Stores in-charge will maintain record of parts / components movement, between bases / line
station / supplier / contractors. Records will contain the following information;
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
1. Date on which the item is received / dispatched.

2. Details of parts (Part No., Sl.No., Description, Qty etc)
3. Location where the item is dispatched.
4. Mode of dispatch and dispatch details
5. Intimation of dispatch information to the consignee.
6. Condition of the parts when received.
L2.1.5 SYSTEM FOR CONTROL OF SHELF LIFE AND MODIFICATION STANDARD
a). Station in-charge (engg / stores) will maintain a shelf life register for those parts having life and
needs to be monitored in line station.
b). Register will have a quarter (such as 1Q 2009, 2Q 2009 …..) listed on top of each page. Any item
falling due within that quarter will be entered in the register with other information such as part
no. description, batch no. RNN number, quantity available etc.
c). On completion of the quarter, all the items listed in that page, will be identified and scrapped due
life expiry. Scrapped items will either be disposed off as per company scrap disposal policy or
sent to Bangalore for disposal.
d). First In – First out system will be followed while issuing shelf life parts to use on aircraft for
maintenance.
e). Station in-charge (engg / stores) will follow the procedure given in MOE 2.3.5 for control of
modification standard of parts kept in line station stores.
L2.1.6 TAGGING / LABELLING SYSTEM (SERVICEABLE, UNSERVICEABLE, ROBBERY, SCRAP

ETC)
a). Support staff removing the part from the aircraft is responsible for tagging and labelling of all
components removed from aircraft and returned to stores.
b). Support staffs will handover the items removed from the aircraft to the stores at the earliest
opportunity so that damage to parts due to uncontrolled storage in the hangar will be avoided.
c). Station stores in-charge will ensure tagging and labelling of all components dispatched to base
station. He will also maintain record of all details of components dispatched to base station.
Procedure as given in MOE 2.3.4 will be followed.
L2.1.7 ISSUE OF COMPONENTS TO THE MAINTENANCE PROCESS
a). Issue of components to maintenance process will be carried out by station in-charge (engg
/stores) of line station.
b). The support staff will fill all details about the component installed / removed in the work order
and forward to Tech. Officer (Records) at Bangalore, along with the respective FLYPAL due
report.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
c). Stock register and bin card updation will be the store in charge’s (engg / stores) responsibility.
Procedure given in MOE 2.3.7 will be followed.
L2.1.8 FREE-ISSUE DISPENSING OF STANDARD PARTS (CONTROL, IDENTIFICATION,

SEGREGATION)
a). Procedure of free issue dispensing of Standard parts to the maintenance personnel will not be
followed in line / base station.
L2.1.9 TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT, SERVICING AND CALIBRATION PROGRAMME /

EQUIPMENT REGISTER
a). Servicing and calibration programme of tools and test equipment held at line station will be
monitored by the station in-charge (engg / stores) of line station.
b). He will also be sending a monthly updation list to the Bangalore Base tools & equipment in -
charge for records. Procedure given in MOE 2.5 will be followed
L2.1.10 IDENTIFICATION OF SERVICING / CALIBRATION DUE DATES
a). Station in charge (engg /stores) will maintain a record for identifying calibration / servicing due
date of tools and equipment held at line stations.
b). He will ensure procedure given in MOE 2.5.4 is strictly followed.
********************
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.2 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES INCLUDING SERVICING / FUELLING Etc.
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures related to line maintenance
procedure related to aircraft servicing, fuelling, etc.
b). Detailed procedures for servicing, fuelling are given in Engineering Procedure Manual Section-4,
Chapter-11.
a). Fluid (oil, fuel etc) or Gas (Nitrogen, Oxygen etc) servicing of the aircraft in line station will be
carried out as per procedures given in the respective aircraft maintenance manual.
b). If procedures are not provided in the maintenance manual, then established standard procedures will
be followed.
c). Necessary steps will be taken to ensure that the surrounding environment is not polluted while
servicing the aircraft.
L2.2.2 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION - (CONTROL AND AMENDMENT)
a). All maintenance documents such as tech. log book, work orders, schedules, and task cards will be
completed and certified by certifying person and forwarded to Technical Officer (Records) at
Bangalore.
b). Engineering In-charge will make sure that all inspection schedules and task cards available at line
station are as per latest revision. Any superseded documents will be destroyed.
c). Engineering in-charge will follow the Maintenance documentation procedure given in MOE 2.13.
d). Control of maintenance records kept at line stations will be done by engineering in-charge of the
station.
L2.2.3 AIRWORTHINESS DATA - (CONTROL AND AMENDMENT)
a). All airworthiness data such as Airworthiness Directives, Mandatory modifications, Alert service
bulletins, Flight manual supplements will be sent by Technical officer (library) from Bangalore base.
b). Station engineering in-charge will ensure that revisions received are incorporated and records of date
of receipt, person received, date and person incorporated will be maintained. All the superseded
documents will be destroyed.
c). Station engineering in-charge receiving the airworthiness data will liaise with the support staff in-
charge of the aircraft and ensure that the work as per airworthiness data is carried out after raising a
work order.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.2.4 FUEL SUPPLY - QUALITY & QUANTITY MONITORING.

(Ref: EPM, Section – 4, Chapter 11 & Chapter 17)
a). Fuel for aircraft is available only thru DGCA approved fuel vendors located at most of the airports,
namely Airport Fuelling Station (AFS).
b). Deccan will uplift fuel in barrels or in its approved (by Controller of Explosives) fuel bowser for
supply of the same to the aircraft maintained / operated, at various locations away from the airport.
At airport, where fuel vendor is available, fuel will be directly uplifted into the aircraft from the
vendors fuelling vehicle.
c). Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff handling the aircraft will ensure proper
type /grade of fuel is uplifted into the aircraft by positively ensuring that the grade specified for the
aircraft (in the flight manual and near the fuel cap) matches with that grade mentioned in the
fuelling vehicle.
d). Operating / Maintenance crew will also verbally check with the employee of the fuel delivery
vehicle about the type / grade of the fuel to double check the type / grade of fuel before upliftment.
e). Quality of fuel supplied by approved vendors at airport will be checked by the operating /
maintenance personnel by general inspection of fuel for sediments and for presence of water using
approved water detecting capsule.
f). The quality of fuel (for Water contamination, sedimentation, clarity) held under storage with the
organization will be checked every day / prior to each uplift by the foreman (or senior most
technician) and the same will be recorded in a Fuel Quantity / Quality Register.
g). Fuel Quantity / Quality Register will contain the following minimum details
1. Date of checking.
2. Quantity of fuel remaining at station.
3. Signature to confirm against a statement that the fuel quantity and quality is verified
and found satisfactory.
4. Remarks if any.
h). If the stored fuel is not used for more than six months the same will be returned to the fuel vendor
for detailed quality checks. On recertification of the quality of the fuel by the fuel vendor the same
will be kept in the fuel store / bowser. If fuel quantity held is insufficient or economical for testing,
then the remaining fuel will be degraded and disposed off without polluting the environment.
L2.2.4.1 BULK STORAGE
a). Deccan Aviation as an operator & maintenance agency will store fuel in bowser or barrels, at certain
line stations to meet the operational requirements but the stock held by Deccan Aviation will not
exceed the bulk storage quantity allowed as per CAR & Indian Petroleum Act / Petroleum Rule 1937
in effect, at any given time.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.2.4.2 AIRCRAFT REFUELLING
a). Aircraft refueling will be carried by the following means:
1. Thru approved fuel vendors available at various airport.

2. Using approved Bowser owned by Deccan Aviation
3. Using fuel procured from fuel vendor & stocked in barrels by Deccan Aviation.
b). Operating crew will oversee and maintenance personnel will carryout aircraft fuelling and will
follow all precautions and procedures enumerated in Engineering Procedure Manual Section-4,
Chapter 11 & 17 to ensure that proper quality and quantity of fuel is uplifted into the aircraft.
L2.2.4.2.1 FUELLING FROM FUEL VENDOR AT AIRPORT
a). Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff handling the aircraft will ensure proper
aircraft (in the flight manual and near the fuel cap) matches with the grade mentioned in the
fuelling vehicle.
b). Aircraft operating crew will ensure the correct grade / type of fuel uplifted by clearly reading out the
grade / type of fuel mentioned in the fuel uplift voucher issued by the fuel vendor.
c). Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff will also verbally check with the
employee of the fuel delivery vehicle about the type / grade of the fuel to double check the type /
grade of fuel before upliftment.
d). Quality of fuel supplied by approved vendors at airport will be checked by the Aircraft operating
crew or the approved maintenance staff by general inspection of fuel for sediments and for presence
of water using approved water detecting capsule, prior to uplifting the fuel into the aircraft.
e). Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff will monitor the refueling operations
carried out by the fuel vendor. Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff will ensure
that all general precautions and compliance with procedures of refueling operations such as those
which are given below are strictly adhered to;
1. Fuel bowser is bonded to the aircraft and to the ground

2. Fuel sample is checked free of water and other contaminants (by sampling),
3. Fuel load is uplifted according to the flight requirement
4. Fuel caps / panels are securely replaced on completion of fueling operation.
f). An entry will be made in the aircraft technical log for the fuel quantity uplifted and the total amount on
board the aircraft by the Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff.
g). The accomplishment of all ground refueling operations and their associated procedures will be subject to
quality audit surveillance.
h). A copy / detail of fuel vouchers for each fuel uplift supplied by fuelling company will be kept at
respective stations for a period of three months.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.2.4.2.2 FUELLING FROM COMPANY OWNED APPROVED BOWSER
a). Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff handling the aircraft will ensure proper
aircraft (in the flight manual and near the fuel cap) matches with that grade mentioned in the
fuelling vehicle.
b). Aircraft operating crew will ensure the correct grade / type of fuel uplifted by clearly reading out the
grade / type of fuel mentioned in the fuel uplift voucher issued by the fuel delivery personnel.
c). Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff will also verbally check with the fuel
delivery personnel for dispensing fuel from the fuel delivery vehicle about the type / grade of the
fuel to double check the type / grade of fuel before upliftment.
d). Quality of fuel supplied by company owned approved (By Controller of Explosives) bowser will be
checked by the Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff by general inspection of
fuel for sediments and for presence of water using approved water detecting capsule.
e). Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff will monitor the refueling operations
carried out by the company owned, approved fuel bowser operator. Aircraft operating crew or the
approved maintenance staff will ensure that all general precautions and compliance with procedures
of refueling operations such as those which are given below are strictly adhered to;
1. Fuel bowser is bonded to the aircraft and to the ground

2. Fuel sample is checked free of water and other contaminants (by sampling),
3. Fuel load is uplifted according to the flight requirement
4. Fuel caps / panels are securely replaced on completion of fueling operation.
f). An entry will be made in the aircraft technical log for the fuel quantity uplifted and the total amount
on board the aircraft by the Aircraft operating crew or the approved maintenance staff.
g). The accomplishment of all ground refueling operations and their associated procedures will be
subject to quality audit surveillance.
h). A copy / detail of fuel vouchers for every fuel uplift supplied by company owned & approved fuel
bowser will be kept at respective stations for a period of three months.
L2.2.4.2.3 BARREL REFUELLING
a). Deccan Aviation will undertake barrel refueling at locations, which are not serviced by the approved
fuel vendors.
b). Base engineering manager / engineering in charge of the station will control the quantity and quality
of fuel uplifted in barrel from fuel vendors, procedures followed for transportation, storage and issue
of fuel from such barrels to aircraft.
c). Fully epi-coated barrels will only be used for uplifting, storage and issue of fuel to the aircraft.
d). Detailed procedures for upliftment, transportation, storage and delivery of fuel from barrel are
mentioned in the EPM, Section-4, and Chapter-30.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.2.4.2.4 HOT REFUELLING (REFUELLING WITH PASSENGERS ON BOARD OR ROTOR TURNING)
a). Hot refueling in helicopter will be undertaken with passengers embarking, on board, disembarking
or when the rotor is turning after setting forth the conditions and procedures under which such
fuelling may be carried out.
b). All precautions laid down in rule 25A of the Aircraft Rules, 1937 regarding fuelling of aircraft will
be adhered to while refueling.
c). Additional precautions will be followed when refueling with fuels other than aviation kerosene or
when refueling results in a mixture of aviation kerosene with other aviation turbine fuels, or when an
open line is used.
d). Hot refueling means the refueling of a helicopter with its engine I engines I rotors running.
e). Helicopter Operations at few locations such as Katra, Amarnath require Hot Refueling for the
following reason;
1) Adverse weather conditions allowing few hours of operational time.

2) Requirement to carry higher number of passengers
3) To balance the Engine Hour and Cycle utilization ratio.
f). Only turbine engine helicopters using fuels that have a flash point equal to or greater than JET A or
JET A-I fuels will be fueled while an engine is operating.
g). Helicopter being refueled while an engine is operating will have all sources of ignition of potential
fuel spills located above the fuel inlet port(s) and above the vents or tank openings. Sources of
ignition include, but are not limited to, engines, exhausts, and combustion-type cabin heater
exhausts.
h). An appropriately qualified helicopter pilot will be at the aircraft controls during the entire hot
refueling process.
i). Passengers will be off-loaded to a safe location prior to hot refueling operations. Passengers will not
be loaded or off-loaded during hot refueling.
j). Only designated personnel, properly trained in hot refueling operations, will operate the equipment.
k). Regional engineering manager / Chief engineer will make available the written procedures for safe
handling of the fuel and equipment at the fuelling location.
l). All door, windows, and access points allowing entry to the interior of the helicopter that are adjacent
to, or in the immediate vicinity of, the fuel inlet ports will be closed and will remain closed during
hot refueling operations.
m). Before refueling the helicopter, the helicopter will be bonded to the fuel source to equalize static
electricity between the fuel source and the aircraft.
n). One refueling coordinator will be in place with direct eye-contact with the pilot, the person operating
the dispensing hose or nozzle and the person operating the equipment.
o). Refueling equipment will be operated on receipt of clearance signal from the Pilot and the Person
holding the dispensing hose or nozzle. Similarly the operation of the equipment will be stopped if
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
any of the people involved in hot refueling gives an emergency signal. Refueling coordinator will
ensure immediate stoppage of the operation of the equipment.
p). “NO SMOKING” signs will be displayed in the cabin(s), tarmac and fuel storage area. No smoking
rule will be enforced.
q). One day training will be conducted by the Engineer-In-Charge to all persons involved in Hot
Refueling, to familiarize the procedures to be followed during hot refueling or any emergency that
may occur in relation to the refueling and the same will be documented.
r). Hot refueling equipment may be in the following form as required;
1) Barrel and Hand operated pump.

2) Barrel and Electrically operated pump.
3) Barrel and Fuel operated pump.
s). Suitable and properly maintained fire fighting equipment will be positioned for use, in case an
emergency occurs during the refueling.
t). Fuel in the barrel intended for hot refueling is required to be tested for presence of water before
commencement of Hot refueling by the Engineer / Pilot (on Ground) , who is present at the location.
u). The quantity of fuel to be loaded must be decided before hot refueling is commenced.
v). Before the helicopter’s fuel filler cap is removed, the refueling equipment and the helicopter must be
earthed and connected so as to ensure they are of the same electrical potential.
w). While hot refueling is taking place, radio transmissions from the helicopter will be restricted to the
greatest extent practicable.
x). While hot refueling is taking place, an HF transmitter or radar equipment on the helicopter must not
be operated.
y). Detailed procedure for hot refueling is provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-11.
L2.2.5 GROUND DEICING
a). Policies and procedures will be elaborated before undertaking operating at such environments.
L2.2.6 MAINTENANCE CARRIED OUT IN THE OPEN SPACE - (LIMITATIONS)
a). Base stations of Deccan Aviation for maintenance of an aircraft are established with the minimum
scope of maintenance (i.e.) at least up to 100FH / 150FH inspections and OOP inspections.
b). If due any situation, hangar facilities are not available, the line maintenance activities at base / line
stations will be carried out in the open space subjected to weather condition.
c). All the limitations for carrying out maintenance in the open space as given in AMM / EMM will be
strictly followed by the support staff.
d). All maintenance activities will be suspended during adverse weather conditions.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
e). When a prolonged maintenance is anticipated, the support staff will obtain weather report and take
appropriate action to cover the aircraft system / components to prevent them from getting
contaminated.
f). Similarly, prolonged maintenance will not be undertaken during adverse weather condition (dusty,
rainy or heavy wind).
L2.2.7 MAINTENANCE OF GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
a). Ground support equipment held at all stations will be inspected and serviced as per the periodicity
assigned (Ref: Annexure 10.1, LPM Chapter-10) in the respective equipment history card by the
person designated by the Base Engineering Manager / Engineer in-charge.
b). Station Base engineering manager / engineering in charge will monitor maintenance of ground
support equipment and take appropriate action for keeping all ground equipment in serviceable
conditions.
c). Master list of ground support equipment with assigned periodicities for maintenance / servicing will
be maintained at each base / line station by the station stores in-charge / engineering in charge.
d). In case any maintenance action is required on the ground equipments the same will be undertaken in
coordination with the tools & equipment in charge (for spares requirement) and Technical Officer-
Planning will be intimated about unavailability of the said equipment for the stipulated time.
L2.2.8 MAINTENANCE OF SUB-CONTRACTED GROUND HANDLING AND SERVICING
a). Ground handling and servicing of aircraft at all locations will be handled by the organization. The
policies will be elaborated, when ground handling and servicing is subcontracted.
L2.2.9 CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF ULD AND CARGO LOADING SYSTEMS/RETENTION

EQUIPMENT
a). Presently no ULD or cargo loading systems are being used. The policies will be defined, when such
systems are put to use in the organization.
L2.2.10 TARMAC & APRON SAFETY
a). Standard tarmac and apron safety procedures will be followed by all maintenance staff, while attending
an aircraft at all line / base stations.
b). Company approved standard tarmac and apron procedures to be followed by the maintenance personnel
are provided in EPM, Section-4, Chapter -26.
********************
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.3 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND REPETITIVE DEFECTS

(Ref: EPM Section – 4 -, Chapter 14)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding rectification of
defects arising during line maintenance activities at base or during line maintenance at regularly
operating / occasionally operating line stations.
b). Detailed procedure for line maintenance control of defects including repetitive defects are provided
a). All defects noticed during line maintenance by operation or maintenance personnel and action
taken by support / certifying staff as per maintenance data for rectification of the same will be
recorded in appropriate document.
b). No defect rectification will be carried out by any support / certifying staff based on verbal
communication of defects.
L2.3.2 REPORTABLE DEFECTS
a. Any defects observed by all operational & maintenance personnel during any phase of control of or
execution of work or association with the personnel involved in operation, maintenance or ground
handling are classified as reportable defects.
b. A system or part suspected to be malfunctioning, but unable to concretely prove that any
malfunction existing is also classified as Reportable Defect and can be reported as a suspicion.
L2.3.2.1 PILOT REPORTED DEFECTS
a). All defects reported by pilots will be entered by them in the appropriate column in the Tech Log
Book. Thereafter the defect will be analysed and rectified by support / certifying staff as per policy
given MOE Para 2.15
L2.3.2.2 MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL OBSERVED DEFECTS
a). All defects observed by maintenance personnel will be entered by them in the appropriate column in
the Tech Log Book. Thereafter the defect will be analysed and rectified by the support staff as per
policy given MOE Para 2.15
L2.3.3 DEFERRED DEFECT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
a. Deferring of defects is permitted by invoking the operator’s MEL, approved by DGCA. Deferring of
defects allows continuation of flight with inoperative equipment, which doesn’t render the aircraft
un-airworthy for the particular flight.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
b. Deferring of defects is permissible only in occasionally operating line stations only. MEL will not be
invoked in stations from which operation is intended for more than 15days At base stations, defects
noticed during an hour before take off can be deferred under the provisions of MEL
c. Deferrable Defects are classified under four categories, based on the time limit allowed for
rectification action and the classifications are specified against each deferrable item in the MEL.
1 Category - A : Items in this category will be repaired with in the time interval specified
in the remarks column of the MEL
2 Category - B : Items in this category will be repaired with in three (3) consecutive
calendar days, excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the
tech. logbook.
3 Category - C : Items in this category will be repaired with in ten (10) consecutive
calendar days, excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the
tech. logbook.
4 Category - D : Items in this category will be repaired with in one hundred and twenty
(120) consecutive calendar days, excluding the day the malfunction was
recorded in the tech. logbook.
L2.3.3.1 RULES FOR DEFERRING
a). MEL can be invoked from occasionally operating line stations by operating or maintenance
personnel.
b). Pilot having at least a CPL / CHPL on the type of aircraft, can invoke MEL and defer items that has
effect on operating procedures only at stations, where support / certifying staff has not been
positioned.
c). MEL can be invoked from the base station, if the defect is found within one hour prior to departure.
d). Certifying staff including Daily Inspection approval holder can invoke MEL and defer items
requiring Maintenance (M) & Operational (P) procedures to be followed.
e). They cannot invoke items requiring maintenance procedures to be completed for deferring.
L2.3.3.2 CONFORMITY WITH MEL PROVISIONS
a). Operational (O) and Maintenance (M) provisions are provided in the MMEL issued by the
airworthiness authority of the country of origin.
b). Such provisions are required to be converted in to step by step procedure by the operator in
consultation with the maintenance agency and approval of MEL obtained from the office of DGCA.
c). Certifying person releasing the aircraft will ensure that the necessary maintenance procedures are
completed and certified in the tech. logbook.
d). Certifying person will also ensure that necessary placarding as given in the maintenance procedure
is completed and pilot advised of about the operational procedure to be complied due invoking of
MEL.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.3.4 CERTIFICATION OF DEFECT RECTIFICATION – TRANSFER OF DEFECTS TO WORK

ORDER
a). Any defects (Minor / Major) will be reported by making an entry in the tech. logbook, by the
operating crew or by the maintenance personnel, who is aware of the defective condition of the
aircraft.
b). No defect rectification will be initiated by support staff, without first making a defect entry in the
tech. logbook.
c). Every defect entered in the tech. logbook will be transferred to a work order (un-scheduled
maintenance) and rectification action taken will be recorded in the work order.
d). Certifying staff will transfer the defect reported to the work required column in the tech. logbook
and enter the rectification action taken with publication references in the action taken column of the
work order. Certifying staff will also attach any procedure sheets used for defect rectification to the
work order.
e). Certifying staff will make an entry in the tech. logbook about the brief detail of the rectification
action taken and refer the work order number for more details.
f). If the brief rectification action cannot be contained in the columns of the tech. logbook, then the
certifying staff will state the following in the tech. logbook for any defect rectification.
“Defect rectified. Refer work order no. DAX-2008-01-30-121 for details. Aircraft released for
flight.”
L2.3.5 AWARENESS OF DEFFERRED DEFECTS CARRIED BY THE AIRCRAFT
a). Deferred defects if still not rectified and being carried forward within the time period, will be
reflected in the tech logbook, under the table namely MEL release.
b). If there is no deferred defect being carried forward, then Nil entry will be made by the certifying
person in the tech. logbook to ascertain that the aircraft doesn’t carry any deferred defects.
L2.3.6 MONITORING OF REPITITIVE DEFECTS
a. Any minor defect repeating more than three times on the same aircraft or appearing on three
different aircraft within the span of one month period will be called as Repetitive Defect and the
same will be considered as repetitive defects (also as an Occurrence) and reported by Base
Engineering Manager / Engg.in-charge to Tech. Officer (Directives & Occurrences), Manager –
Tech. services, Chief engineer & Quality Manager using occurrence reporting form (Form No. 004).
b. Such repetitive defects will be intimated to the manufacturer by Manager – Tech. services for
suggestions to avoid the same and investigation carried out as per MOE 2.18.3 to prevent further
occurrence.
c. Investigation result of repetitive minor defect will be intimated to all maintenance personnel thru
Technical circulars for avoiding future.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
d. Detailed procedure for line maintenance control of defects including repetitive defects are provided
L2.3.7 COMMUNICATION WITH BASE
a). Engineering in-charge at regularly / occasionally operating line station will send a weekly report of
operational and maintenance information to the Base Engineering Manager and Tech. Officer
(software) at Bangalore.
b). Engineering in-charge at regularly / occasionally operating line station will send details of defects
noticed and rectification action taken including occurrence report, in case of any occurrences as per
MOE 2.18. Defect information with rectification action will form part of the weekly report
information. Occurrence information (incident /accident) will be sent as and when it occurs.
c). For line operation being carried out at base stations, the certifying staff of the respective aircraft will
provide the information on daily basis to the Tech. Officer (Base station). Tech. Officer (Base
station) will send the weekly report (and /or update the FLYPAL) to the Tech. Officer (software) at
Bangalore.
d). The station engineering in charge (Base /line) will remain in communication with the base (Chief
Engineer / Manager-Technical services / Quality Manager) for all engineering and operational
matters by e-mail and telecommunication.
********************
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.4 LINE PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETION OF THE TECHNICAL LOG

(Ref: EPM Section – 4, Chapter – 3)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures to be followed for data /
information entry in the technical logbook and its control including retention.
b). Detailed procedure explaining the responsibilities of various personnel for completing the technical
log is provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-3
a. System for logging sector wise operational and maintenance information will be followed and the
details recorded in the Tech. Logbook.
b. The technical log book layout will meet the intent of the CAR Series-X, Part-VI requirement in
terms of information to be recorded before, during and after flight.
L2.4.2 EXPLANATION OF TECHNICAL LOG SYSTEM.
a). Technical log system allows recording of sector wise maintenance and operational information
such as fuel / oil upliftment, daily inspection certification, weight and balance, pilots
acceptance, crew details, flight information, flight parameters, defect & rectification details,
MEL invoking & Deferred defect details etc.
b). Detailed explanation of each of the column of the technical log book is provide in EPM section-
4, Chapter-3
L2.4.3 COMPLETION OF FLIGHT SECTOR RECORD
a). Flight crew will be responsible for completion of each and every flight sector record
information.
b). If any defect is observed during a flight sector, the same will be entered by the flight crew
immediately after completion of the flight.
c). If no defect is observed, the flight crew is required to enter NIL defect and sign.
d). Any defect observed by the Maintenance personnel will be entered as soon as the defect is
noticed and the aircraft will be released after carrying out necessary defect rectification.
L2.4.4 DISTRIBUTION OF COPIES
a). The white sheet (Original – First sheet) remain in the technical log and will form a part of the
permanent record of the aircraft.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
b). The green sheet (Copy – second sheet) will be removed after the last flight and sent to technical
Officer - Records.
c). The pink sheet (copy – third sheet) will be removed before the first flight of the day and retained
on ground from where the aircraft had taken off for the day. This sheet will be retained by the
certifying person who released the aircraft for the flight, till the last landing of the day / till the
removal of the pink sheet and then filed in a folder, as this sheet is the proof of pilot acceptance
of the aircraft.
d). If the aircraft was released by the approved pilot for the day, then the pink sheet (copy –third
sheet) will be removed and provided to any of the responsible maintenance personnel on the
ground and then collected from him at the end of the day.
L2.4.5 CERTIFICATION / SIGN OFF
a). This sub-section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures to be followed by the
organization for control of line maintenance personnel qualification and approval limitations.
L2.4.5.1 BEFORE FIRST FLIGHT / TRANSIT INSPECTION / AFTER LAST FLIGHT INSPECTION
a). After satisfactory completion of the Before First Flight / Transit Inspection, approved person
will sign off in the appropriate columns of the tech log book, which will be considered as
aircraft release to Service for the sector, provided no defect is reported by the operating crew.
b). General description of servicing and inspection to be carried out during BFF / transit / after last
flight inspection is provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-4.
L2.4.5.2 TYPICAL TASK PERMITTED AFTER TASK TRAINING (FOR TASK TRAINED MECHANICS)
a). Task trained and authorized persons will be allowed to perform simple defect rectifications at
line stations and issue CRS i.a.w CAR 145.A.50 with respect to the work carried out on the
aircraft.
b). Any defect rectification work performed by the task trained person will be carried out after
recording the defect (work required to be carried out) on the work order. Work carried out will
also be recorded in the work order. Work order cross reference will be mentioned in the Tech.
logbook with a brief reference to the work carried out.
c). Sample list of simple defect rectification are provided below;
1. Routine lubrication and replenishment of all system fluids and gases.
2. Replacement of wheel assemblies, brake units, emergency equipments, ovens, boilers,

beverage makers, internal & external lights, filaments, flash tubes, windscreen wiper
blades, pax / cabin crew seats, seat belts, harnesses, toilet system components including
gate valves, static wicks, batteries, in-flight entertainment system components
excluding passenger addressing system.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
3. Closing of cowling and re-fitment of quick access inspection panels
4. De-activation of duplicate controls and system components permitted by MEL.
L2.4.5.3 MINOR SCHEDULED LINE MAINTENANCE AND SIMPLE DEFECT RECTIFICATION
a). Minor scheduled line maintenance means any minor scheduled inspection / check up to and
including a weekly check specified in the maintenance programme of the aircraft. If weekly
check is not provided in the manufacturers maintenance programme, check considered
equivalent and approved by the Regional airworthiness office, Bangalore will be identified as
Minor scheduled line maintenance activity.
b). Sample list of simple defect rectification is provided in MOE L2.4.5.2.c
L2.4.5.4 LINE MAINTENANCE ABOVE MINOR SCHEDULED INSPECTION WITH DEFECT

RECTIFICATION
a). Inspection above weekly or equivalent inspection, but below scheduled base maintenance
inspection as listed in table in MOE 1.9.e is called Line maintenance inspection above minor
scheduled inspection.
L2.4.5.5 DUPLICATE INSPECTION
a). Aircraft / engine / Propeller control system if disturbed, is required to be inspected and certified
by one certifying staff / approved person and subsequently another inspection is required to
made and certified by a second approved person before the aircraft is released for service.
Second part of the inspection must be carried out as near as possible and should follow
immediately after the first inspection. Second part of the inspection is called as Duplicate
inspection.
b). Duplicate inspection of all control system will be carried out;
1. Before the first flight after overhaul, replacement, repair, adjustment or modification of
the control system.
2. If after the second check, the control system is disturbed in any way and any time.
c). Pilot having CPL / CHPL on the type aircraft and have successfully completed internal task
training on duplicate inspection of controls on specific aircraft type will be provided with an
approval to carryout duplicate inspection at outstations (line stations) only.
L2.4.6 MAINTENANCE CONTROL SYSTEMS
a. This sub-section of MOE (L2.4.6) provides the policies and procedure to be followed for control
of scheduled / out of phase inspections and special inspections in line maintenance.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
b. Scheduled (Routine or Periodic) inspections are those inspections, which are provided in ATA
Chapter-5 or equivalent in aircraft / engine / propeller maintenance manual and required to be
carried out repetitively (or periodically). These inspections apply to the whole of the airframe /
engine / propeller.
c. Lubrication servicing / inspection are those servicing inspection, which are provided in ATA
chapter -12 or equivalent and are required to be carried out repetitively (or periodically) or when
a condition is noted such as low oil / gas level or aircraft flown through rain or parked in rain etc
d. Corrosion protection and corrosion prevention (CPCP) inspection are those inspection provided
in aircraft maintenance manual or corrosion prevention manual provided by the aircraft / engine
manufacturer and is required to be carried out repetitively (or periodically) or when a condition
is noted such as extensive corrosion or when parked / operated in mild / moderate / severe
corrosive environment.
e. Out of phase inspection are those inspections applicable for a component / system or for few
components / system and required to be carried out repetitively (or periodically). Repeating
periodicity may be equal to or different from the scheduled inspection periodicity. Out of phase
inspections are described so, because they need not be clubbed with the scheduled (some time
referred as phase) inspection and carried out at intervals, they fall due.
f. Special inspections are required to be carried out as a continuous or follow up action, following
a specified maintenance activity. For example : Engine ground run / operational check of fuel
system after replacement of a fuel system component, Torque check of a dynamic component
such as TGB, MGB, Mast installation after specified flying hours since installation etc.
g. Specialized inspections are those inspections which are required to be carried out and certified
by specially qualified persons with Certificate of competency issued by DGCA. Details of such
inspections are FPI, MPI, Eddy current, Ultrasonic, Radiography, Borescope, Coin tap test etc.
L2.4.6.1 SCHEDULED, LUBRICATION, CORROSION & OUT OF PHASE INSPECTIONS
a). All inspection occurring on repetitive basis such as scheduled inspection / lubrication servicing
inspection / corrosion prevention inspection / out of phase inspections will be monitored under
the computerized FLYPAL system and a due report will be provided to the support staff to
carryout the work.
b). Support staff / certifying staff will raise a work order based on the due report, carryout the same
and certify the inspection. Certifying staff will scrutinize the work carried out and issue CRS
i.a.w CAR. 145. A.50 procedures.
L2.4.6.2 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
a). Special inspection defined above in MOE L2.4.6.f are monitored based on the entry in the Tech.
logbook in next maintenance due column.
b). Support staff who is carrying out the initial maintenance activity (like TGB / MGB installation)
will raise a work order for installation and also raise another work order for the follow up
maintenance activity, such as torque check after 10hrs of component operation.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
c). He will record the follow up maintenance activity due hours in terms of airframe hours in the
tech. log book at a specific location namely “Maintenance Inspection Next Due at ……….Hrs
and …………. (Date).
d). He will also leave the pending work order in the pouch provided in the tech. logbook.
e). If same / another certifying person is required to maintain and certify the aircraft, the certifying
staff will access the information from the Maintenance inspection next due column in the tech.
log book and use the work order left in the tech log book pouch to carryout the work.
f). On completion of the work and certification in the tech logbook, work order and working copy
logbook, the work order will be sent to the Tech. Officer (records) for entry in the original
logbook and retention.
L2.4.7 RETENTION OF TECH LOGBOOK.
a). All tech log books will be retained up to two years from the date of de-registration of the aircraft
/ permanent withdrawal from service whichever is earlier.
L2.4.8 MAINTENANCE STATEMENT
a). Whenever a certifying staff or approved Person signs a Tech Log Column for inspection after
completing Before first flight, or a certifying person issues a CRS certificate for scheduled line /
base inspection or defect rectification, the signature will be taken as Certificate of Release to
Service i.e. “Certifying that work specified except otherwise as stated was carried out in
accordance with CAR and in respect of that work the aircraft is considered ready for release to
service”.
b). CRS is not required to be issued after transit inspection.
********************
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L.2.5 LINE PROCEDURE FOR POOLED PARTS AND LOAN PARTS

(Ref: LPM Chapter -13)
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures to be followed by the
organization for control of pooled and loan parts.
b). Detailed procedure for control of parts loaned from other organization / personnel are provided in
Logistics Procedure Manual Chapter-13.
a). Presently, organization has no arrangements for pooling of parts with another operator. Policies
for pooling will be provided when such agreements are in place.
b). Part taken on loan from other operator may be fitted on the aircraft after ensuring that the part
meets the airworthiness standards.
L2.5.2 VERIFICATION OF APPROVED SOURCES OF LOAN PARTS
a). Head-Logistics will resort to loaning of parts as procurement procedure, during the following
occasions;
1. If parts are not available for procurement, but available on loan basis.
2. If the defective part is required to be sent for repair / overhaul and to avoid grounding
of aircraft till the time the part sent for repair / overhaul is returned back.
b). Loaning of parts will be initiated from the company approved suppliers / contractors only. If the
parts are not available with the company approved supplier / contractor, then loaning from other
agencies will be initiated.
c). In such case, the other agencies approval details will sought and supplier / contractor evaluation
procedure as per MOE 2.1 will be followed by Head-logistics.
d). Parts will be loaned, only after company approval is granted to the supplier / contractor by the
Quality Manager.
L2.5.3 VERIFICATION OF HISTORY OF PARTS - MODIFICATION STANDARD AND AD

COMPLIANCE
a. History of parts being considered to be taken on loan will be obtained from the company
approved supplier / contractor and forwarded to the Base Engineering Manager / Chief Engineer
for acceptance.
b. History of parts obtained by Head-logistics for evaluation by base engineering manager / chief
engineer is given below;
1. Copy of history card providing the date of initial installation and service life thereafter.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
2. Repair / Overhaul carried out during the life of the component.

3. History of any incident to the part or to the aircraft on which the part was fitted, such as
High temp, Hard landing, Sudden stoppage, Wind damage (damage due to thunderstorm,
twister etc) / accident.
4. Life completed in terms of flying hours, calendar period, cycles, landings, RINS etc
5. Details of sub-assemblies / life limited parts fitted on the major assembly /component.
6. Status of Modification standard including DGCA modifications and AD’s issued by the
airworthiness authority of the country of origin.
c. On obtaining the acceptance from the Base engineering manager / chief engineer, Head-logistics
will initiate a loan contract document and process the loan procurement (or import) procedure
for the part.
L2.5.4 COMPLIANCE WITH LOAN AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS – TRACKING & CONTROL
a). On obtaining the acceptance of the history of part to be loaned from base engineering manager /
chief engineer, Head-logistics will enter into a loan contract clearly specifying the terms and
conditions of the loan.
b). After signing of the loan document, Head-logistics will initiate loan procurement (or import)
procedure.
c). Head logistics will intimate the supplier to send a copy of the service record, commercial
invoice, packing slip and a declaration that the part is intended to be used on aircraft for quick
processing of customs and import formalities.
d). Head logistics will advise the supplier to send the original service record by post /courier to
avoid loss of original documents by postal / custom staff handling, which may render the part to
be quarantined on receipt, defeating the purpose of loan.
e). Head logistics will track the part when it is in transit to reduce the freight movement time
between the supplier facility and the organization destination facility.
L2.5.5 PROCESSING OF REMOVED LOAN PARTS FOR RETURN TO SOURCE – SERVICE RECORD
a). When the necessity of loan ceases, advisory to remove the part will be provided by the Chief
engineer / Base engineering manager to support staff.
b). Support staff removing the part from the aircraft will carryout the following procedure given below;
1. Raise a work order as per instruction received by mail / phone / fax from chief engineer
/ base engineering manager.
2. Remove the part from the aircraft as per approved maintenance data / instructions.
3. Drain the fluid as necessary and blank all openings with appropriate blanking.
4. Cover all openings with appropriate materials.
5. Provide a status tag for the loan part (serviceable, unserviceable, repairable etc)
6. Fill up the work order with all relevant details and Complete the work order and
forward to Tech. Officer (Records)
c). Tech. Officer (Records) will calculate the life completed by the part, between its installation /
removal by the organization and update the original service record of the part / module.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
d). Tech. Officer (Records) will retain hard copy of the updated service record of the part / module and
hand over the original to Stores inspector for dispatch the supplier /contractor who provided the loan
part.
e). Stores inspector will always send a copy of the report with the part and send the original by post /
courier to avoid loss of original service record by customs / postal officials during export / dispatch
of the part.
L2.5.6 ROBBERY SYSTEM – CONTROL PROCEDURES & AUTHORITY
a). During base / line / shop maintenance, situation may arise to remove a part from one of the
serviceable aircraft / component and fit in other aircraft or component due following reasons;
1. Operational reasons such as to avoid grounding of an aircraft or to retrieve an aircraft which

had a defect / damage etc.
2. Maintenance reasons such as to confirm / troubleshoot the snag on another aircraft /

component.
b). Support staff requiring to rob a part from an aircraft / component in base / line / shop / stores facility
will raise a parts robbing permission form (Form No…..) and submit the same to the base
engineering manager / chief engineer for permission.
c). On receipt of permission to rob the part, support staff will raise a work order (on the printed booklet
allotted for the aircraft from which the part is being removed) mentioning the removal of part from
the aircraft / component and for fitment on the unserviceable aircraft.
d). Part robbed from the aircraft will be handed over to the stores inspector with the serviceable tag and
then re-possessed from the stores after issue to the aircraft on which it is required to be installed
e). In case of part being removed from the component undergoing repair / overhaul, the robbery detail
will be entered in the relevant shop work order to inspect and certify the airworthiness of the part
and then hand it over to the stores inspector with the serviceable status tag, for forwarding to the
aircraft / component requiring the robbed part.
f). A warning tag will be put on the aircraft / component, closer to the location of the part / system and
on the cockpit of the aircraft, from which the part is removed to indicate to the other operation /
maintenance personnel about the part removed from the aircraft.
g). If a part is being robbed from one serviceable aircraft and intended to be fitted on the other
serviceable aircraft during line operation of the aircraft or the serviceable part is being removed from
an unserviceable aircraft, for trouble shooting purpose, the support / certifying staff will raise
relevant work order for both the aircraft and swap the part for confirming the snag as part of snag
rectification process. In such case, the part need not be routed thru the bonded stores.
L2.5.7 UPDATION OF AIRCRAFT LOGBOOK & COMPUTER SYSTEM
a). Any parts removed / installed by the support staff will be first entered in the work order created by
them for the purpose. Support staff will enter the details in the working copy of the logbook,
available at the sub-base / line station.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
b). Tech. officer (sub-base) or Engineer in-charge (line station) will send weekly report to Tech. Officer
(records) with operational and maintenance activities carried out on the aircraft to enable to update
the FLYPAL.
c). Completed work order is handed over to Tech. officer (sub-base) and the same is forwarded to Tech.
Officer (records) at Bangalore. Tech. Officer (records) will update the FLYPAL computer system
about the removal / installation of the components.
d). Detailed procedure of logbook and computer system updation of work carried out at sub-base / line
station is explained in MOE 2.10.2
********************
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.6 LINE PROCEDURE FOR RETURN OF DEFECTIVE PARTS REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT
(Ref; LPM Chapter-12 & EPM Section – 4, Chapter- 5))
a). This section outlines the policies, requirements and brief procedures regarding return of
defective aircraft components removed from aircraft during line operation and return to stores.
b). Detailed procedures to be followed by line maintenance personnel for return of defective parts
removed from aircraft are given in EPM Section-4, Chapter-5 & Logistics Procedure Manual
chapter- 12.
d). Components identified as defective will be tagged properly by attaching appropriate tag, drained &
blanked, well protected to avoid handling damage and returned to stores for necessary action.
e). Repairable components will be sent to approved repair centre (company approved contractor) for
repair.
f). Components beyond economic repair will be termed Unsalvageable and scrapped for disposal.
L2.6.2 PROCESSING ADVICE OF REMOVAL AND DISPATCH TO TECHNICAL SERVICES SECTION

INCLUDING SERVICE RECORD UPDATION.
a. Defective parts will be removed from the aircraft by a support / certifying staff after raising a work
order. Procedure sheets will be followed, if the parts removal procedure is a complex one such as
engine removal etc.
b. On removal of the part, support / certifying staff will attach a status tag duly filled with all relevant
information and return the part to stores in-charge of the base station or stores inspector at Bangalore.
c. Support / Certifying staff removing the part / Technical officer (of base station, where line operation is
carried out) will send the work order related to the part removal to the Tech. Officer (Records).
d. Tech. officer (Records) will update the original history card / service record of the part.
L2.6.3 DISPATCH OF PARTS FOR RECTIFICATION
a). Defective parts removed from aircraft at line / base station (where line operation is carried out)
are normally returned to stores at main base by station engineering / stores in-charge for
dispatching to repair stations for repair / overhaul.
b). Support / certifying staff will attach Unserviceable Tags with the component and all
columns completed with full details of the defect including symptoms entered. Using of work
“Unserviceable” is not acceptable and the support / certifying staff has to declare the detailed
defect / malfunction noticed. It is important to state the full reason for removal in order to assist
the component repair shop in identifying the defect and having to do away with
unnecessary & expensive testing.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
c). All ESDS items being sent back for repair will be packed in ESDS packing only by the support
/ certifying staff using the packing of the new part or with the packing material obtained from
stores, to avoid damage due to static discharge.
d). Occasionally, the parts removed will be sent to approved contractor’s facility directly from line /
base station to avoid unnecessary movement of parts from one station to other.
e). All components removed as unserviceable / defective from the aircraft, engine or equipment
will be sent to the stores / company approved contractors facility along with duly filled in
unserviceable tag and using parts return voucher (Form no. 011).
f). Logistics -Head at Bangalore will co-ordinate with Technical Officer (records) to obtain the
updated service record / history card of the part for dispatch to the approved contractor’s
facility.
g). Logistics -Head at Bangalore will send the items / co-ordinate the dispatch along with
necessary original documents by post / courier to repair stations for repair / overhaul.
********************
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L.2.7 LINE PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL OF CRITICAL TASKS

(MOE 2.23, EPM Section-4, Chapter-8&9, Section-1, Chapter-17)
a). This section provides brief policies and procedure to be followed for control of critical tasks and
maintenance away from base / sub-base station.
b). Detailed procedures are provided in EPM Seciton-4, Chapter 8 & 9, Section-1, Chapter-17.
c). Line Maintenance procedures which are critical in nature, that could endanger the safety of the
aircraft if not carried out properly, will be identified to minimise the risk of errors occurring /
repeating in the aircraft / component.
d). Maintenance work carried out in aircraft / engine control system will be inspected by another
qualified person, to avoid maintenance error.
e). Occasional requirement to carryout scheduled maintenance activity at line stations will be permitted
by the Quality Manager after satisfactory audit of the available facility in terms of tools, equipments,
manpower, literature, facility etc
L2.7.2 CONTROL OF CRITICAL TASK AT LINE FACILITY
a). Certifying staff attached with the aircraft will follow the procedure given below for effective
control of critical task;
1. Dual control installation / Removal - Certifying staff will complete the dual control
installation / removal and then advise another approved support staff / the pilot attached
with the aircraft to carryout the duplicate inspection. Both the inspection including
installation / removal will be documented in a work order.
2. In case of scheduled activity falling under critical task ( as listed in MOE 2.23.4), the
Tech. officer (planning) will advise the Base engineering manager / chief engineer of a
requirement to position another person for carrying out the duplicate inspection /
inspection on the parallel system (on twin engine aircraft as per EPM section-4, chapter-
8 &9).
3. In case of unscheduled activity, certifying staff attached with the aircraft / base
engineering manager planning the quantum of work to be carried out will initiate the
requirement for another person to carryout the work falling under critical task.
4. In case of minor activity like replacing engine / gearbox oil, replenishing oil and
replacing oil cap on both the engines, the certifying staff carrying out the work, will
request the pilot of the aircraft to carryout the inspection of such minor task, but critical
in nature. Such inspection by the pilot will also be documented in the work order.
REV NO : 01
PART – L2
L2.7.3 CONTROL OF MAINTENANCE AWAY FROM BASE / SUB-BASE
a). Occasions may arise when a scheduled or unscheduled maintenance is required to be carried out
at a location away from the established main base / sub-base station due to various reasons such
as aircraft grounded at out station due defect, parts not available to service the aircraft on time,
operational requirement etc.
b). When a situation arises that a scheduled (periodic / routine) inspection is required to be carried
out or an unscheduled major work is required to be carried out at stations away from approved
main base / sub-base then such tasks are considered as Critical task under line maintenance and
the procedure given below is required to be followed as listed;
Scheduled maintenance Work will be carried out on one time basis after a physical audit
activities up to 100hrs/150hrs : carried out by the Quality Manager and approval granted by the
or Annual inspection Quality Manager based on the audit findings.
Scheduled maintenance
activities including 200hrs Work will be carried out after obtaining approval from the Regional
:
and above except out of airworthiness office, Bangalore.
phase inspections
Unscheduled maintenance
activities like out of phase
Work will be carried out based on the based on the verification of
inspection, engine or engine
: facilities by support staff, after carrying out a self verifying audit
module change, gearbox
using a check list and attaching the same with the work order.
change, landing gear change
etc
c). Detailed policies and procedures for control of critical tasks during the line maintenance of
aircraft are mentioned in MOE 2.23, EPM Section-4, Chapter -8 & 9.
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES DATE : Aug 2008
Requirements for issue of Approval / Authorization
3.1 QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANISATION PROCEDURES

(Ref: CAR 145.65.c & EPM Section-3, Chapter-3, 4 & 5)
a. This section outlines the policies and procedures adapted by the organization for establishing an
Independent Quality Management Group and the systems established to carryout audit, highlight
non-conformances and ensure corrective action.
b. Detailed procedures for carrying out quality audit of organization procedures are provided in EPM
Section-3, Chapter 3, 4 & 5.
3.1.1 COMPANY AUDIT POLICY
a). Independent Quality audit will be conducted by the Quality Manager / Auditor at regular intervals
to assess compliance status of the organization with respect to the regulatory requirements which
are listed below;
1. Functioning of the organization as per CAR 145 requirements.
2. Policies declared in MOE are being adhered or not?
3. Procedures established in procedure manuals are being followed or not?
4. Product of the organization is meeting the specification requirement or not?
b). Audit will be conducted by trained auditors, using customized check list for all processes and
products covering the entire organization activities and products at all locations under the
organization’s scope of approval at an interval not exceeding 12 months
c). Audit will be conducted to cover all the activities of the organization and any deviation observed
will be recorded as Non-conformances. Non-conformances will be addressed to the responsible
person and his immediate senior for corrective action.
d). Regular review meeting will be conducted to check progress on rectification action for non-
conformances
e). Organization (Quality Department) will monitor and ensure thru the quality audit and feedback
system, the compliance with required aircraft / component standards and adequacy of procedures to
ensure that such procedures invoke good maintenance practices and airworthy aircraft / aircraft
components.
f). Audit findings will be reviewed by the Accountable Manager at an interval not exceeding six
months.
3.1.2 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM & GROUP
a). This sub-section will define the setting up of Quality Management Group and the functions of the
Quality Management System.
3.1.2.1 INDEPEDENCE
a. The INDEPENDENCE of the audit will be established by always ensuring that audits are carried out
by personnel not responsible for the FUNCTION (Maintenance of aircraft / component),
PROCEDURE (Maintenance /Logistics / Training) or PRODUCTS (Airworthy aircraft / component)
being audited.

PART-3 Annexure-1
b. The independent audit is an objective process of routine sample checks of all aspects of the CAR-
145 approved maintenance organisation and its ability to carry out all maintenance to the required
standards and includes product inspections, as this is the end result of the maintenance process.
3.1.2.2 ACCESS TO ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER
a). Quality Manager will provide an annual audit plan in the form of a schedule to the Accountable
Manager and the same will be part of EPM Section-3, Chapter-3.
b). All level-1 non-compliance which may affect the airworthiness of aircraft / component will be
brought to the notice of the Accountable Manager, with suggestions for corrections.
c). Half yearly review feedback about the various audit results, non-conformances raised, corrective
action taken will be provided to the Accountable Manager.
d). Quality Manager will have direct access to the Accountable Manager to discuss about serious non-
conformances and the required corrective action to be taken to rectify the same.
3.1.2.3 COMPOSITION AND FUNCTIONS OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT GROUP
a). Quality Management Group will consist of Quality Manager and a team of trained Quality auditors,
who will not be engaged in any production related activities.
b). The main function of the team is to conduct independent audits, as programmed by quality manager,
raise & report findings and follow up to check the findings are rectified satisfactorily.
c). Quality Management activity provides information on the ability of the organization to deliver a safe
product and the effectiveness of systems in meeting regulatory authority and company’s
requirements.
d). Quality Management system will also ensure that non-conformances observed are corrected,
resulting in improving the ability of the organization in delivering a safe product and remaining in
compliance with the requirements.
e). Audit plan will cover all processes and product sampling at all locations where maintenance and
related activities are being carried out.
f). Quality manager will publish a yearly schedule and distribute the same to Regional Airworthiness
Office (Bangalore), Chief Engineer, Manager- technical services and all line stations. This plan
encompasses aircraft, base facilities, line facilities, logistics, training and the associated procedures.
g). Quality manager will control and monitor implementation of the audit plan, which will allow for
reaction to unforeseen circumstances and arrange scheduled audits at the most appropriate time.
h). Audit plan will documented as appendices of the EPM Section-3, Chapter-3 and will be updated by
quality manager based on the varying scope of approvals / locations during the period of the year.
i). Independence of audit will be maintained by always ensuring that audits are carried out by dedicated
audit personnel not responsible for the function, procedure and products being checked.

PART-3 Annexure-1
j). For a medium size organization (employing less than 500 persons in the AMO), competent
personnel from one section / department not responsible for the production function, procedure or
product to audit another section / department, and overall planning and implementation will be
controlled by the Quality Manager.
3.1.3 ANNUAL REVIEW OF MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
a). The quality manager will implement an audit plan, which during a twelve-month period will address the
whole maintenance system and management activity and all of the aspects of CAR-145, that have a
bearing on the ability of the organization in delivering a safe product the meeting the company
requirements.
b). The quality audit programme will also address, through individual audits, the aspects of the individual
aircraft maintenance, which are covered by the DGCA’s approval. Organization’s quality audit
programme consist of;
1. Base station (Facility & Procedures) audit

2. Line stations (Facility & Procedures) audit.
3. Aircraft / Component (Product) audit
c). Half yearly review report of audit findings and corrective action carried out will be sent by Quality
Manager to Accountable Manager.
d). The annual review report of audit findings for the year and corrective actions carried out will be sent by
Quality Manager to the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore at the end of the year.
3.1.4 AUDIT PROGRAMME
a). Audit programme consists of compiled customized check lists for various functional areas of the
organization to ensure compliance with manufacturers and regulatory authorities requirements.
b). Internal audit by the quality audit team is a continuous process to ensure that the firm is in compliance
with all the requirements and deficiencies noted, if any, during internal audit, are corrected properly.
c). Internal audit always ensures there are no possible deviation from defined standards and provides
recommendation to the Chief Engineer & Accountable Manager for Quality improvement.
d). Quality Manager with internal auditors will compile a checklist to ensure coverage of the maintenance
and related activities. Such checklists will be reviewed yearly to incorporate any changes or additional
audit requirement.

PART-3 Annexure-1
e). The audit program will include at least the following areas;
a. Base station audit
Technical 1 Technical literature - Receipt - Control and Amendment.

Services – Base 2 Maintenance program – Preparation – Control - Amendment
station 3 Inspection Schedules and procedure sheets - Preparation – Approval - Amendment
4 Generation of Due report - Scrutiny of work order / work packages – Record
keeping
5 Original Log books – Entries, Upkeep
6 Modification/ Airworthiness Directives Data – Receipt – Action-Data keeping
7 Records retention
Maintenance – Hangar facilities.
Base station Ground servicing equipment
Aircraft maintenance and certification.
CRS procedures.
Defect recording, analysis, investigation and statistics.
Engine trend monitoring.
Training of Personnel
Records of certifying persons.
Logistics & Supplier / Contractor evaluation and control
Stores – Base Inspection & Acceptance of components & materials
station Tagging, Storage & Release of components & materials
Procurement & acceptance of tools and equipments
Calibration of tools and equipments
Issue of tools and equipments to maintenance & control
b. Line station audit
Sub base / Line 1 Line maintenance control of spares.

station Audit – 2 Maintenance documentation procedure.
Maintenance, 3 Oil, fuel uplift records.
Tech. Services, 4 Line station defect control.
Logistics & 5 Technical log completion.
Stores 6 Returning of defective components.
7 Ground support equipment servicing.
8 Servicing/ calibration of tools and equipment.
c. Shop Audit
Shop Audit – 1 Shop approval and Capability.

Maintenance, 2 Designated areas for various activities.
Tech. Services, 3 Pneumatic / Electrical power / Water availability
4 Shop tables / Fire extinguishers / Special tools & equipments.
5 Environmental conditions.
6 Publication control – subscription, receipt, amendment, processing, dissemination.
7 Inspection / Overhaul / Repair schedules – Preparation, scrutiny, approval,
amendment w.r.t publication revisions.
8 work order – Issue / Preparation, scrutiny for completion, CRS issues
Completed schedules – scrutiny & retention.
Support / certifying staff – Approval / Authorization, validity, specimen signature.
Availability of tools, spares & consumables.

PART-3 Annexure-1
d. Product Audit (Aircraft)
Product audit - 1 Aircraft interior / exterior - condition placards etc.

aircraft 2 Corrosion on structure and other areas.
3 Documents to be carried on board.
4 Trend monitoring & Power assurance of engine.
e. Product Audit (component)
Product audit - 1 Component receipt documentation & incoming inspection.

component 2 Dismantling, Cleaning, Inspection, Processes, Assembly, Packing & Dispatch.
3.1.4.1 ADEQUATE AND SATISFACTORY FACILITIES
a. Audit check lists, which forms the part of the procedure manual will cover the aspects of verifying
adequate and satisfactory facilities while conducting audit of base, line and shop station facilities.
b. Adequate and satisfactory facilities will include the following :
1. Facility for parking the aircraft in the hangar during base maintenance.
2. Facility for keeping the components removed from the aircraft during base maintenance.
3. Facility for keeping and accessing the hard copy / electronic maintenance data, while
carrying out the work during base maintenance.
4. Facility for printing the electronic version of maintenance data to hard copy for ease of
reference.
5. Facility for Tech. services personnel for carrying out the work, in terms of office space for
personnel, records etc.
6. Facility for storage of serviceable, unserviceable, quarantine, scrap parts, tools,
equipments and consumables required for base maintenance.
7. Facility in terms of pneumatic, electric power, water etc.
8. Facility capable of protecting the aircraft / personnel from adverse weather conditions
such as hailstorm, snow, heavy wind etc.
9. Facility to attend and service the aircraft like fuelling, lubrication servicing, gas charging
etc at line maintenance locations.
10. Facility at shop locations in the form of work benches for inspection, maintenance,
packing, tools & equipments, power requirements, cleaning baths, testing facilities, ovens
etc as required for meeting the scope of work granted for the shop.
c. Quality auditors carrying out the audit will verify whether the facilities are adequate and are being
maintained satisfactorily to carryout the maintenance functions within the scope of approval grated
without compromising the quality of work being carried out.
d. Any non-standard facilities or non-conformances in maintaining the quality of facility will be

recorded as non-compliance and followed up for suitable corrective action, with in the agreed time
period.

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.1.4.2 COMPLIANCE WITH APPROVED PROCEDURES
a). The audit program will include, verification of compliance with the procedures approved in
respective procedure manuals, which are listed below station wise;
1. Base Station
i. Maintenance Procedures.
ii. Tech. Services Procedures
iii. Logistics Procedures
iv. Internal Training Procedures & personnel Approval procedures.
v. Quality Assurance (Audit process & auditors)
2. Line Station
i. Maintenance Procedures
ii. Stores Procedures.
3. Shop Location
i. Maintenance Procedures
3.1.4.3 DATES AND TIME SCALES (Ref: EPM Section – 3, Chapter – 3)
a). An internal audit plan will be drawn up, as given here under, ensuring that all sections of the Approved
Maintenance Organization responsible for aircraft maintenance functions are audited at least once in
every 12 months.
b). The quality manager will maintain master folder of audit check lists with index for reference and use of
personnel.
c). This plan will be made during the month of December for the succeeding year. Programme will be
provided to Accountable Manager and chief engineer, Regional engineering manger and Head-Logistics.
d). Typical audit plan is provided as annexure in EPM Section-3, Chapter-3.
e). Audit schedule for the year is given below in a calendar wise / location wise table.
STATION\MONTHS JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
DELHI √ √
JAMMU √ √
KATRA √ √
MUMBAI √ √
SURAT √ √
RAIGARH √ √
KOLKATA √ √
BHUBANESHWAR √ √
VIZAG √ √
HYDERABAD √ √

PART-3 Annexure-1
TORNAGALLU √ √
BANGALORE √ √
WHEEL & BRAKE √ √
SHOP
BATTERY SHOP √ √
CHENNAI √ √
KOPPAL √ √
3.1.4.4 AUDIT OF SUPPLIERS & CONTRACTORS (Ref: EPM Section – 3, Chapter – 12)
a). Organization procures parts and materials from company approved supplier and outsources
maintenance activities beyond the scope granted by DGCA to company approved contractors.
b). Company approvals for suppliers / contractors are provided based on the approval issued by
airworthiness authority of the country (where it is located), with whom the Govt. of India (Ministry
of Civil Aviation) has bi-lateral agreements.
c). Such organization may be approved under EASA Part-145 or FAA Repair station approval
procedures or Transport Canada approval procedure or by any other process / category of approval
in effect, in such countries.
d). Physical audit of such facilities and the periodicities will be carried out based on the following
criteria, which will be decided by the Quality Manager & Accountable Manager on case to case
basis.
1. Geographical location of the organization (i.e. Distance from Bangalore).

2. Volume of material being purchased / maintenance work being outsourced.
e). All suppliers and contractor evaluation will be carried out as per procedure given in MOE 2.1
f). Detailed procedures for evaluation and control of contractors are provided in LPM Chapter -14
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.2 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT / COMPONENT
a). This section outlines the policies and procedures adapted by the organization for carrying out a
product audit on aircraft at base / line stations and component audit at shop facilities.
b). Detailed procedure for audit of aircraft / component is provided in EPM Section-3, Chapter-4.
3.2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INITIATION OF CORRECTIVE ACTION
a). Audit will be carried out to verify the condition of the facility, procedures and practices in place for
carrying out maintenance, product sampling (aircraft / component), which is the result of the
procedures followed by maintenance personnel.
b). Auditing will be based on the checklists, which are used to find out the anomalies in the facilities,
procedures, products and non-conformances recorded.
c). Non-conformances recorded will be referred to the relevant clause of MOE, EPM or regulatory
requirement.
d). Reference to the evidences related to the non-conformances will be mentioned in the non-
conformances and copy retained in file for future reference.
e). Signature of the auditee will be obtained in the non-conformances.
f). List of non-conformances will be communicated to section in-charge (immediate senior in line) and
Regional engineering manager,
g). Corrective measures will be suggested to correct the discrepancies and followed up for ensuring
compliance.
3.2.2 AUDIT PROGRAMME – AUDITING STANDARDS
a). Auditing standards will be based on company requirement provided in MOE, Procedures given in
various procedure manuals and based on self experience to correct the discrepancies observed. Audit
points will be complied in the form of checklists and the same will be used.
3.2.2.1 PRODUCT SAMPLES (AIRCRAFT AND / OR EQUIPMENT)
a). Auditing of aircraft / component will include verification of the airworthiness status of aircraft by
following checklists and using experience to observe the discrepancies which may affect the
airworthiness of the aircraft / component.
b). Status of completion of schedules, work order, procedure sheets and off-job sheets including the
transfer of defects to work order / on the columns provided for recording the additional work carried
out in the inspection schedule, will be verified.

PART-3 Annexure-1
c). Compliance to the following requirements will be verified;
1. Compliance with manufacturers’ and the organization’s standard specifications and

procedures;
2. Condition of corrosion prevention and control treatments and other protective processes;
3. Procedures followed to ensure that entire aircraft is checked on completion of any work or
maintenance, for loose tools, loose articles, general cleanliness and housekeeping.
4. Recording of observations.
5. Correct certification of maintenance documents, log books and recording of all
maintenance work.
6. Adherence to the procedures.
7. Condition of aircraft / equipment.
d). Record of audit and spot checks made with respect to each aircraft will be maintained by the Quality
Auditors and a photo copy of the report will also be retained at the respective station by the Base
engineering manager / engineering in-charge.
3.2.2.2 DATES AND TIME SCALES
a). Regular Audit will be conducted on aircraft / equipment once every twelve months, as per published
audit plan.
b). Variation to audit plan will be maintained to maximum of plus or minus one week and could be due
to reasons beyond control of the organization such as weather, civil unrest etc.
c). Spot check audit will be carried out without any prior intimation to the personnel at the location.
3.2.3 AUDITING METHODS (Ref: EPM Section – 3, Chapter – 3)
a). Sampling and Trail method of auditing process will be followed, while preparing the audit check list
for various maintenance and related activities.
3.2.3.1 SAMPLING
a). Sampling is an audit method in which one of the activity / end product is randomly selected and
audited to know whether the organization follows the set systems and procedures to produce a
quality end product. Auditing by sampling method will be followed while auditing various systems
and functions of the organisation
3.2.3.2 “TRAIL” AUDITS
a). Trail Audit is a procedure by which the audit is conducted on a process starting from its Initialization
to completion. For example;
Audit subject: Use of Latest publication for maintenance activities.


PART-3 Annexure-1
Trail Auditing will be carried out about the process used by the organization for ordering
publication, keeping a track of its subscription status, system in place to ensure receipt of
publication, documenting the receipt, dispatch of publication to various bases, review of publication,
action taken to execute the requirement of the publication on the aircraft / component and so on.
b). Audit by Trail method will also be used while conducting audit of the AMO’s system and
procedures.
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.3 QUALITY AUDIT – FINDINGS –REPORTING - REMEDIAL ACTION PROCEDURE

(Ref: CAR 145.65.c.2 & EPM Section – 3, Chapter – 6)
a). This section outlines the policies and procedures adapted by the organization for obtaining report
from the auditee about the corrective action taken and evaluation of the same, whether it meets the
requirement.
b). Detailed procedures of quality audit findings, reporting of non-compliance, remedial action
procedure are provided in EPM Section-3, Chapter-6
a). Quality audit will be carried out by auditors using customized check lists as per audit plan and
record non-conformance.
b). Non-conformances recorded will be classified as per the severity of the non-compliance and its
effect on flight safety.
c). Non-conformances will be raised, with mutually agreed date (by auditor and auditee) for corrective /
preventive action.
d). On completion of audit, audit report along with all non-conformances will be sent to the auditee and
the concerned department head.
e). Action (corrective & preventive) taken report received from the auditee will be reviewed based on
evidence or by another review audit to verify the adequacy of the action completed.
f). Feedback about the action taken will be communicated to the auditee and the concerned department
head.
g). Half yearly review report will be provided to the accountable manager about the station wise details
of findings and action taken and the pending non compliances.
3.3.2 AUDIT PROCESS & RECORDING OF FINDINGS
a). Audit is carried out using customized checklists prepared in accordance with the MOE, Procedural
manual requirements and manufacturer’s specification / recommendations for maintenance.
b). Customized check lists consists of audit inspection items in the form of questionnaire to find out
whether the concerned personnel are following the policies and procedures given in MOE, Procedure
manuals, Airworthiness data, Maintenance data, Maintenance instructions etc.
c). Findings (Non conformances) observed by the auditors are classified into two levels as given below;
1. Level 1 Finding is any significant non-compliance with CAR-145 requirements which

lowers the safety standard and hazards seriously the flight safety.
2. Level 2 finding is any non-compliance with the CAR-145 requirements which could
lower the safety standard and possibly hazard the flight safety.

PART-3 Annexure-1
d). Audit observations are recorded in the customized check lists in the following manner ;
1. √ - Satisfactory
2. A – Acceptable
3. X No – Non-Conformance No.
4. N/A – Not Applicable
5. NP – Not Performed
e). Any un-acceptable deviation from the procedures / non-compliance of the requirement will be
recorded as Findings / Non-conformances in the audit check list.
f). For every Non-conformance findings marked in audit check list a non-conformance report (NCR form
no. 051) will be raised and the NCR number will be reflected in the completed audit check list.
g). Non conformance Report (Form No. 051) will have the following information;
1. Non conformance report Number

2. Location and Audit subject (Procedure / Product)
3. Details of Non conformances found and its classification (Level I or II)
4. Violation / Non-compliance details w.r.t MOE / Procedure Manual / Aircraft
specification / Deviation from standard practices etc.
5. Root cause information provided by the auditee
6. Mutually agreed time frame for corrective / preventive action, with sign & date, by
auditor and auditee.
7. Space for auditee to record the corrective / preventive action with sign & date.
8. Review comments by auditor & Quality Manager.
9. Closing date by Quality Manager.
h). Non-conformance will be rated by the auditor as Level-1 or Level-2 finding based on its effect on the
flight safety, whether seriously hazards or possibly may hazard the flight safety.
i). Level -I NCR is required to be actioned upon immediately and without any allowable timeframe.
j). Product related to the Level-1 finding will be instructed to be kept in abeyance and not released to
service, till the time the Non-conformance is properly actioned upon (corrective and preventive
action).
k). Level – II NCR raised will be discussed with the auditee and the time frame required to complete the
action (corrective / preventive) will be mutually decided and documented in the NCR form.
l). Audit report and One copy of the NCR (Level –I or II) will be handed over to the auditee for
recording the corrective action and to return to the auditor.
3.3.3 QUALITY AUDIT REPORT AND FEEDBACK SYSTEM
a). Audit report is generated by the auditor after completion of the audit for the purpose of reporting to
the auditee and his department head about the level of compliance to the CAR-145 requirement and
the manufacturer’s specifications (aircraft maintenance programme & standard procedures).
b). Audit report will consists of the following minimum information;


PART-3 Annexure-1
1. Audit report Number

2. Location and Audit subject (Procedure / Product)
3. List of findings and the attached NCR form related to the findings.
4. Signature of the Quality auditor.
5. Non conformances found and its classification

6. Mutually agreed time frame for corrective / preventive action, with sign & date.
7. Space for auditee to record the corrective / preventive action
8. Review comments by auditor & Quality Manager.
9. Closing date by Quality Manager.
c). Quality audit report (form No. 053.)with a details of observations will be sent to the following
personnel for non-conformances in the areas, which are under their direct control and accountability;
Responsible Immediate Area of responsibility

Persons superiors
Base Regional All Base maintenance and associated line maintenance
engineering engineering activity including Technical library, stores, tools &
manager manager equipments including GSD, hangar, tarmac, base / line
Regional Chief Engineer staff information control etc
engineering
manager
Line station Regional All line maintenance and related activity including
engineer in- Engineering literatures, tools and equipments, tarmac, fuelling and
charge Manager servicing etc
Shop in-charge Chief Engineer All shop maintenance and related activity.
Manager-Tech. Chief Engineer All Technical Services activity at Bangalore.
services
Head - Logistics Chief Engineer All logistics functions.
Stores Inspector Head - Logistics All functions related to stores at Bangalore and at other
- Bangalore stations and movement of goods between bases
Tools & Head - Logistics All functions related to control of tools and equipments at
Equipments In- Bangalore and at all stations.
charge -
Bangalore
Chief engineer Accountable All activities listed above
Manager
d). Responsible persons listed above will carryout the following actions to close the non-compliance
within the agreed timeframe within which it can be addressed;
1. Correct the discrepancy immediately to avoid further damage or reduction in level of

safety / quality.
2. Analyse the non-compliance and establish the root cause for the non-compliance.
3. Initiate preventive actions for to stop repeat of such non-compliance.
4. Prepare and submit a report to Quality Manager and Chief engineer and immediate
superior giving above details against each observation.
e). Quality manager will monitor the response and compliance action by verifying the preventive &
corrective actions carried out, raise a quality audit feedback report (Form No. 054) and forward it to
the concerned responsible person & immediate superior, chief engineer.

PART-3 Annexure-1
f). Quality audit feedback will be provided by quality manager location wise and department wise.
Feedback report will have two sections. First section will list station wise pending NCRs. Second
section will provide the observation / findings (Non-conformances) and against each Non-
conformances, and acceptable corrective and preventive action taken will be listed.
g). If Quality Manager is not satisfied with the action taken, he will communicate the same to the
auditee and his department head, under copy to the Chief engineer asking for review of action taken.
h). In such case, review of action taken and justification will be provided by the Chief engineer and then
the NCR will be considered closed.
i). If satisfied about the action taken, Quality Manager may ask the auditor to close the specific audit.
Else quality manager will require the auditor to carryout a review audit to confirm the adequacy of
the corrective & preventive action taken.
j). On completion of the review of action taken report / subsequent review audit, Quality Manager will
provide a feedback report to the auditee / chief engineer about the closure of the NCR.
k). The principal function of the quality audit feedback system is to ensure that all findings (Non-
conformances) resulting from the independent quality audits conducted by the Quality auditors are
properly actioned upon or corrected in a timely manner and to keep accountable manager informed
of any safety issues and the extent of compliance with CAR-145.
l). Quality Manager will carryout review every six months and prepare a review report for submission
to the Accountable Manager
3.3.4 ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER / SENIOR MANAGEMENT REVIEW MEETING
a). The Accountable manager will hold half-yearly review meetings with Chief Engineer and Quality
Manager to check progress of corrective actions and to review the overall performance of the
organization.
b). Half yearly review report of audit findings and corrective action carried out will be submitted by
Quality Manager to Accountable Manager, during the review meeting.
c). Root cause analysis report, in general covering all areas of discrepancy will be prepared by the
quality manager and submitted to the Accountable Manager and Chief engineer during the review
meeting
d). Discussions will be held to improve the areas of functions, which have higher and repeated non-
conformances to avoid reduction in quality and safety rating of the organization.
3.3.5 CORRECTIVE ACTION AND TIMESCALE
a). The Quality Audit non-conformance Report (Form No. 051) will be a composite form in two
sections. i.e. Non compliance section and Action taken section.
b). Non compliance section highlights the discrepancies observed by the auditor to the attention of the
person responsible for the particular facility, procedure or standard.

PART-3 Annexure-1
c). Action taken section will provide the details of corrective action taken, root cause analysis for the
non-compliance and preventive action taken to avoid recurrence.
d). All non-conformities observed during audit will be recorded in the form with the details as listed in
3.3.2.g
e). The form will allow one copy to be retained by the auditor until the corrective & preventive action is
satisfactorily completed.
f). Auditee will fill up the second section of the NCR form with applicable / relevant evidences, giving
proof of corrective action, and sent to auditor for closing the NCR.
g). Level -I NCR is required to be actioned upon immediately and without any allowable timeframe.
h). Product related to the Level-1 finding will be instructed to be kept in abeyance and not released to
service, till the time the Non-conformance is properly actioned upon (corrective and preventive
action).
i). Level – II NCR raised will be discussed with the auditee and the time frame required to complete the
action (corrective / preventive) will be mutually decided and documented in the NCR form. In any
case more than 2 -3 weeks will not be provided for closing of Level II NCR.
3.3.5.1 REMEDIAL ACTION
a). When corrective action is performed the same will be recorded in the applicable columns of Non-
conformance form, and returned to the Quality Auditor.
b). Auditor will prepare a consolidated audit report (Form No. 053) listing all audit findings and related
compliance action received from the auditee.
c). After the compliance action is accepted by the Quality Manager, non-conformity report will be
closed by the Quality auditor and intimation sent to the responsible person and his department head
about the acceptance to the action taken.
3.3.5.2 DISCIPLINARY ACTION
a). Whenever it is found that the discrepancy reported is due to willful negligence or casual attitude of
any individual or a group of persons, then disciplinary action will be initiated by the Accountable
Manager.
3.3.5.3 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION AND FOLLOW-UP
a). It is the responsibility of the Chief engineer to ensure thru Base Engineering Manager’s, that non-
conformity reports are satisfactorily resolved within a reasonable time frame.
b). It is the responsibility of the quality manager or auditor to ensure that the action taken is adequate
and likely to ensure future satisfactory performance and prevent recurrence.

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.3.6 QUALITY AUDIT AND FEEDBACK RECORDS
a). Quality audit and feedback records will be maintained by the quality auditor at Bangalore.
b). Hard copy of the quality audit report, NCR forms and Feedback report will be maintained for a
period of two years at Bangalore and at sub-base / line stations by the quality auditor / Tech. Officer
/ Engg. In-charge respectively.
c). Quality audit and feedback records will be scanned and scanned copy will be maintained for a period
of 5 years.
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.4 APPROVED / AUTHORISED STAFF - QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING PROCEDURES

(CAR 145.A.30.h, CAR 145.A.35 & EPM Section-3, Chapter 8, 9, 10 & 23)
a). This section outlines the policies and procedures followed by the organization to ensure the support
/certifying staff meets the qualification and competency standards set by the organization. This
section also provides the training requirements to be met by the support / certifying staff.
b). Support staffs are those who are licensed as per DGCA requirement / issued with approval by
Quality Manager working in the base maintenance environment and do not hold necessary
certification privileges to release the aircraft to service.
c). Certifying staffs are those issued with a certification authorization by the quality manager permitting
them to sign Certificate of Release to Service on behalf of the organization, within the limitations
stated in such authorization.
d). Task Trained and authorized Persons means a person who has received the appropriate task training
within the trade category of experience and having granted an approval for performing limited tasks
as part of minor scheduled line maintenance or simple defect rectification contained in AMC
145.A..30.g.2.
e). Detailed procedures for control of qualifications, training requirements, competence assessment &
issue of inspection approval / certification authorization to support / certifying staff is provided in
EPM Section-3, Chapter-8, 9, 10 & 23.
a). Qualified personnel will be recruited by the organization after carrying out internal competency
assessment as per established procedure.
b). All personnel employed in maintenance and related activities will be provided with induction, &
continuation training.
c). Qualified and competence assessed personnel will be provided with approval to carryout and certify
maintenance activities / certification authorization to sign Certificate of Release to service.
3.4.2 INSPECTION APPROVAL AND CERTIFICATION AUTHORIZATION
a). The following types of approvals / authorization will be issued by quality manager;
1. Inspection Approval to carryout and certify maintenance on aircraft/ engine / propeller/

systems/ components. (Base / Component maintenance)
2. Certification Authorization to carry out & certify maintenance on aircraft / engine /

propeller / systems / components and also to sign certificate of release to service on behalf
of the organization.
3. Task Trained Personnel Authorization: Task Trained and Authorized persons will be
authorized to carryout limited line maintenance tasks on aircraft / component and issue
aircraft CRS with respect to the work, the aircraft is released to service.

PART-3 Annexure-1
4. Details of various types of approvals issued by the organization are indicated as annexure
no.1 to this chapter
b). Quality manager will control the system and procedures that are followed for issuing authorizations /
approvals.
c). The certifying staff hold authorizations which allow them to issue ‘Certificates of Release to
Service’ after inspection, replacement, modification and defect rectification as defined in MOE 2.16
and in associated procedures within the provisions of DGCA requirements and limited to the
company’s approved scope of work.
d). Inspection approvals / Certification authorization will be issued in a style that makes its scope clear
to the certifying staff and any authorized person (DGCA officials) who may require to examine the
authorization. (CAR 145.A.35.h refers).
e). Inspection approval will have the following minimum information;
1. Name of the certifying staff.

2. Company Approval Number.
3. Date of initial issue
4. Approval validity
5. Holder’s signature & stamp
6. Quality Manager’s signature & stamp
7. AME Licence Number
8. Date of initial issue
9. Licence validity
10. Basic licenses & Aircraft Type ratings & category
11. Inspection approvals granted.
12. Approval limitations
13. Other privileges – Engine ground run / aircraft taxiing / duplicate authorizations.
f). Certifying authorization will have the following additional information;
1. Authorization Limitations.
2. Certification authorization granted
g). Task Trained Personnel authorization will be issued in the same format as the inspection approval /
certification authorization, but will have Not Applicable entry on relevant columns related to Basic /
AME licence details.
h). Quality Manager will issue inspection approval / certifying authorization to support /certifying staff,
on behalf of the organization and may nominate Quality Auditor’s to actually conduct examination
and issue or revoke the inspection approval or certification authorization to support / certifying staff.
(CAR 145.A.35.i refers).
i). Detailed procedures for issue of inspection approval / certifying authorization is provided in EPM
Seciton-3, Chapter-8

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.4.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ISSUE / RENEWAL OF APPROVAL - AUTHORIZATION
a). General Requirements for grant or renewal of inspection approval / certification authorization are
given as under;
i. Minimum age for support / certifying staff is 21 years. (CAR 145.A.35.m refers)
ii. Completed refresher training within preceding 24 months, (for renewal Only) (CAR
145.A.35.d refers)
iii. Involved in maintenance at least six months in the preceding 24 months. (CAR 145.A.35.c
refers)
iv. Every maintenance personnel are expected to maintain a personal logbook, which will give
the details of the individuals work experience, task performed under the supervision of
authorized personnel. Such logbooks will only be considered as an experience for issue /
extension of approval / authorization. Procedure for maintenance of personal logbook is
explained in EPM Section-2, Chapter-5.
v. Approval /Authorization will be issued to personnel meeting the minimum qualification

requirements and passed the oral cum practical examination (competency assessment)
conducted for the purpose by a board constituted by the Quality Manager. The board will
consist of quality manager or auditor, Chief Engineer and / or senior type rating holder
having appropriate endorsement and approval.
3.4.3.1 REQUIREMENT FOR ISSUE OF APPROVAL – QUALIFICATION, EXPERIENCE, TRAINING &

COMPETENCE.
a). Requirement for issue of inspection approval to support staff in terms of qualification, minimum
experience, training and competence requirement are provided in Annexure-1 of this Section (Part-
3).
3.4.3.2 REQUIREMENT FOR ISSUE OF CERTIFYING AUTHORIZATION TO ISSUE CRS.
a). Requirement for issue of certification authorization to certifying staff in terms of experience to
carryout such maintenance work, training and competence requirement are provided in Annexure-
1of this Section (Part-3).
3.4.3.3 TASK TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED PERSONS – REQUIREMENTS FOR ISSUE OF TASK
BASED AUTHORIZATION AND LIST OF TYPICAL TASK PERMISSIBLE TO BE CARRIED
OUT BY TASK TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED PERSONS
a). Requirements for issue of certification authorization for task trained person and authorized persons
in terms of qualification, minimum experience to carryout such maintenance work, internal on-job
training and competence requirement are provided in Annexure -1 of this section. (Part-3)

PART-3 Annexure-1
b). List of typical task permissible to be carried out by task trained & authorized persons are given
below;
1. Routine lubrication and replenishment of all system fluids and gases.
2. Replacement of wheel assemblies, brake units, emergency equipments, ovens, boilers,

beverage makers, internal & external lights, filaments, flash tubes, windscreen wiper
blades, pax / cabin crew seats, seat belts, harnesses, toilet system components including
gate valves, static wicks, batteries, in-flight entertainment system components excluding
passenger addressing system.
3. Closing of cowling and re-fitment of quick access inspection panels
4. Installation / Removal and De-activation of duplicate controls (limited to installation /

removal of dual control stick or pedals with its attachment rod and hardware without
disturbing the primary control and its hardware) and /or system components permitted by
MEL.
5. Detailed procedure for on-job training and issue of authorization for task trained persons
are provided in Section-3, Chapter -22.
3.4.3.4 EXAMINATION, TEST AND ASSESMENT PROCEDURES
a). Candidate fulfilling requirements in terms of qualification, experience, training and competence will
apply using application for grant of approval / authorization (Form No. 005) with relevant
enclosures and submit the same to the Chief engineer thru, Regional engineering manager.
b). Regional engineering manager / Chief engineer will carryout initial assessment and recommend the
application to the Quality Manager for conduct of competence assessment examination for issue of
inspection approval / certification authorization.
c). Quality Manager / auditor will constitute a board consisting of Quality Manager /auditor, Regional
engineering manager / chief engineer and type rated AME / approval holder and conduct an oral
cum practical examination to assess the competency of the personnel to carryout the work.
d). Test will include oral cum practical examination to analyze the theoretical knowledge level,
practical exposure on subject task expected to be performed and related precautionary / safety
measures to be taken before undertaking the work.
e). Questions asked by the exam board members and answers provided by the candidate in the oral cum
practical examination will be documented and will form a part of the application form.
f). At the end of the exam, candidate’s signature will be obtained against the answers provided by him
for the questions put by the exam board members.
g). If the candidate displays 70% knowledge during a oral cum practical examination, the candidate will
be declared passed, and recommended for issue of approval / authorization.
h). Quality Manager will issue approval / authorization (Form No. 058) to the candidates declared
successfully passed by the examination board. Copy of the approval / authorization will be provided
to the individual.

PART-3 Annexure-1
i). Approval / Authorization will have table containing the inspection approval / certification
authorization privileges granted to the support / certifying staff.
j). Approval / Authorization issued will be valid for a maximum period of one year, but restricted till
the end of the issuing year, during initial issue. Later on, approval / authorization will be renewed
for a period of one year.
k). Support / certifying staff wish to renew their approval / authorization will submit a application for
approval / authorization renewal duly countersigned by the Regional engineering manager.
l). Requirement for renewal of approval / authorization is given below;
1. Duly filled application should be submitted to the Quality Manager.

2. Medical certificate signed by atleast a MBBS should be attached.
3. Proof of recent experience of 3 months in last 12 months should be shown.
4. If approval/ authorization were not used during last 12 months, then the support /
certifying staff should appear for competency exam before exercising the privileges.
3.4.4 CONTINUATION TRAINING- PROGRAMME & PROCEDURES
a). Training manager will establish continuation training programme for support and certifying staff
which will cover the requirements given in Airworthiness Advisory circular No. 8 of 2000.
b). All support / certifying staff will attend continuation (refresher) training once in 24 months on the
type of aircraft, on which they hold type rating / company approval or authorization.
c). Support / Certifying staff requiring continuation training will contact training manager by mail and
send a request for training on specific model of aircraft / component, at least 3 months before the
expiry of the previous refresher training
d). Training Manager will organize for conduct of the training at the training facility at Jakkur or
organize for training to be provided at site.
e). If training is to be provided at site due large number of staff at one place, training manager will
propose with to the Quality Manager detailing the facilities organized at site for conduct of training
and obtain approval from the Quality Manager.
f). The continuation training procedure is given in Para 5.9 of Training Manual
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.5 CERTIFYING STAFF RECORDS (Ref: EPM Section-3, Chapter-28)
a). This section outlines the policies and procedures followed by the organization to maintain support /
certifying personnel’s records, so that the same can be retrieved when required.
b). Detailed procedure for control of support / certifying staff records are provided in EPM Section-3,
Chapter-28.
a). Records pertaining to support / certifying staff will be maintained / retained in the organisation as
per established procedures.
3.5.2 LIST OF SUPPORT / CERTIFYING PERSONNEL
a). List of support /certifying staff is provided in MOE 1.6 and the same will be updated by the Quality
Manager once in six months.
3.5.3 MINIMUM INFORMATION OF CERTFYING STAFF
a). The following minimum information will be kept on record of quality cell in respect of each
certifying person.
1. Name.
2. Date of Birth.
3. DGCA License No., Rating and Validity
4. Basic Training.
5. Type Training.
6. Refresher Training.
7. Experience.
8. Qualification relevant to the approval.
9. Scope of authorization
10. Date of first issue of authorization.
11. Validity of authorization.
12. Identification number of authorization.
13. Medical Record.
3.5.4 CONTROL OF CERTIFYING STAFF RECORDS
a). Persons authorized to have access to the system will be maintained at a minimum to ensure that
records cannot be altered in an unauthorized manner or that such confidential records become
accessible to unauthorized persons.
3.5.5 ACCESS TO STAFF RECORDS- AUTHORISED PERSONS, DGCA PERSONNEL, AUTHORISED

MANAGERS
a). The certifying person will be given reasonable access on request to his own records.

PART-3 Annexure-1
b). Quality Manager will provide support / certifying staff with a copy of their inspection approvals /
certification authorization in either a hard copy or soft copy format (CAR 145.A.35.k refers)
c). DGCA personnel (Authorized persons), Quality Manager and Chief Engineer will have complete
access to all records.
3.5.6 RETENTION OF RECORDS
a). Support / Certifying staff records will be retained for at least two years after the certifying person
has ceased to be employed with the organisation or on the withdrawal of the authorization whichever
is earlier.
b). In addition, the certifying personnel will be furnished, on request, with a copy of their record on
leaving the organization, after obtaining necessary clearances and completing standard company
administration exit / severance formalities.
3.5.7 FORMAT OF INSPECTION APPROVAL / AUTHORIZATION DOCUMENT
a). Inspection approval / Certification authorization including task trained person’s authorization is
issued in the same format.
b). The format of Authorization is provided as Form No. 058 in forms manual.
c). Contents of the inspection approval / certification authorization is provided in MOE 3.4.2 (e. f & g)
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.6 QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL (ASSURANCE PERSONNEL)

a). This section outlines the policies and procedures to be followed for employment of quality audit
personnel (otherwise mentioned as Quality Assurance personnel) including their qualification
requirement.
b). Detailed procedure for competency assessment of quality audit (assurance) personnel are provided in
a. Suitably qualified and experienced personnel will be recruited to function as Quality auditors.
b. Quality audit personnel will remain independent of production functions.
c. Quality audit personnel will be provided with continuation training and specialization training on
audit techniques.
3.6.2 APPROVED / NOMINATED PERSONNEL
a). Person with appropriate knowledge and experience given in MOE 1.3.3.2 will be proposed as
Quality manager to Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore for approval.
b). Quality Auditors will be appointed by Quality Manager in consultation with Manager – Human
Resource Department after competency assessment.
3.6.3 ALLOCATED MAN-HOURS(IF NO FULL TIME)
a). All quality Audit personnel will be working on full time basis.
3.6.4 INDEPENDENCE OF QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL
a). Auditors will not have any day-to-day involvement in the area of maintenance activity that is to be
audited.
b). They will have freedom of access to all work areas, offices, files, records and personnel and will be
reporting directly to the Quality Manager
c). Auditors will be able to carry out their audits independently of routine management and in
accordance with the company quality audit programme, report and record on the appropriate
documentation, all findings and discrepancies to enable them to be dealt with under the closed loop
process.

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.6.5 EXPERIENCE, TRAINING AND COMPETENCE OF QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL
a). The personnel required to carry out the auditing tasks, will meet the following criteria ;
1. 10 years of aircraft maintenance experience, excluding ab-initio training.

2. 2 years in quality audit /control department.
3. Must have attended training on quality auditing techniques.
b). Product audit personnel should have a company training on the aircraft / engine / propeller / system /
component maintenance or type rated on the aircraft / engine.
c). All quality audit staff involved in the audit process will receive appropriate audit training, including
introduction to quality audit systems, audit techniques and the appropriate methods of reporting and
recording.
d). Refresher training will be provided every 24 months
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.7 SUPPORT / CERTIFYING STAFF INCLUDING TASK TRAINED PERSONS

(Ref: EPM Section -3, Chapter-8, 9 & 10)
MOE 3.4 details the certifying staff requirements.
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.8 TASK TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED PERSONS

(Ref: EPM Section-3, Chapter 10)
MOE 3.4 details the task trained and authorized staff’s requirements.
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.9 AIRCRAFT OR COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK EXEMPTION PROCESS CONTROL

a). Any deviation from an aircraft maintenance programme or specified maintenance task as given in
maintenance manuals or other appropriate maintenance documents, in either the content of the task
or the period / frequency at which it is scheduled to be accomplished, constitutes a "Maintenance
Task Exemption".
b). This section provides in brief the policy regarding the aircraft or component maintenance task
exemption process control adapted by the organization.
c). Detailed procedure for control of aircraft or component maintenance task exemption (variation)
process is provided in EPM Section-3, chapter-26.
a). Deccan Aviation will not deviate from the requirements of the approved maintenance programme,
except as a "Variation", or from the requirements of maintenance, overhaul or component
maintenance manual or other approved specification.
3.9.2 VARIATION (MAINTENANCE LATITUDE) TO AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME
a). Application will be made initially by the certifying staff / base engineering manager who requires
“Variation” from the maintenance programme due to unavoidable reason, to the chief engineer.
b). Chief Engineer will analyze the requirement and if found valid, will forward the request to the
quality manager.
c). Quality Manager will determine if the justification for the request is adequate after seeking the
support of the manufacturer where it is essential.
d). If the variation is already permitted by the manufacturer in the maintenance manual, Quality
Manager may forward the application to Regional airworthiness Office, Bangalore for approval.
e). Detailed procedures to be followed for variation in aircraft maintenance programme is explained in
EPM Section-3, Chapter-26
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.10 CONCESSION CONTROL FOR DEVIATION FROM ORGANISATION’S PROCEDURES

a). Concession is defined as permission by Quality Manager to deviate from the company policies and
procedures described in the MOE and associated procedure manuals
b). This section outlines in brief the policies and procedures for control of deviation from organization’s
established procedure on one time basis.
c). Detailed procedure for control of deviation from organization’s procedures are provided in EPM
Section-3, Chapter-15.
a). Concession as defined above will be granted only in case of an emergency and unavoidable situation,
permitting deviation from established policies and procedures in MOE, after ensuring that the
deviation will not cause any kind of hazard to flight safety.
3.10.2 SYSTEM FOR APPROVAL AND CONTROL OF CONCESSION
a). All concession requests for deviation from organisation procedure will be raised by Regional
engineering manager / Chief Engineer with justification and submitted to Quality Manager.
b). Quality Manager will scrutinize the request and if found appropriate and justified, will grant one
time approval to deviate from the organization procedure.
c). All concessions used in the aircraft / aircraft component / process / procedures will be recorded in
the appropriate work order and logbooks, by the respective certifying staff, who is releasing the
aircraft / component under concession.
3.10.3 CONCESSION CRITERIA
a). No procedures related to maintenance (materials, tools etc) and certification staff requirements,
provided by TC holder / regulatory authority , respectively will not be entertained
b). Concessions are deviations from the organization’s approved practices and procedures, as defined in
this exposition, which needs approval by the Quality Manager.
c). Concession will be requested when organization is unable to follow the standard procedure and has
an option to follow an alternate procedure, which will not endanger the airworthiness / safety of the
aircraft and its occupants.
d). Concession request will not be entertained by the Quality Manager more than one time. If the
procedures are such that , it is impractical to follow, concerned person may apply to the Quality
Manager using policy / procedure revision request form for revision consideration. (Form No.006).

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.10.4 REQUEST PROCEDURE, RESPONSE AND APPROVAL
a). Where it is found that a policy or procedure described in the MOE cannot be adhered to on one time
basis, the person involved may propose to deviate from that procedure.
b). Requests will normally originate from the Regional engineering manager / Chief Engineer and
submitted to the quality manager who will examine the request and determine whether it is
appropriate or not.
c). If found appropriate and justified, the quality manager will grant concession and intimate the
originator and Regional engineering manager / chief engineer.
d). Concessions are normally one-off events that have no recurrent effect. In cases where a time limit or
other restriction is placed on a concession by the Quality Manager, it will be monitored by the
Regional Engineering Manager to ensure that the granted limits are not exceeded.
e). Quality Manager will keep an index and details of various concessions issued, with justifications for
audit by DGCA.
3.10.5 EVALUATION OF CONCESSION REQUEST
a). The proposed deviation must meet the following conditions:
1. The proposed alternative procedure will guarantee an equivalent level of safety and quality.
2. While evaluating the request made by the Base engineering manager / Chief Engineer for the
Concession, the Quality Manager will also verify the reasons as to why the laid down
procedures and maintenance instructions cannot be adhered to, and also the justification for
asking for a concession.
3. The substantiation of the request must prove that the proposal to deviate is justified. When
evaluating a request for concession and before granting the same, the quality manager will take
into account the effect on the airworthiness of the aircraft or aircraft component and the
applicable regulations / requirements, and the organization’s scope and the terms of the
approval.
4. The quality manager cannot vary the organisation’s scope of work or permit any action, which
would jeopardize the approval held by the company. The quality manager may, however, able to
vary a company procedure defined in the associated procedure manuals, provided that the
policies and the intent of this MOE are not jeopardized.
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SPECIALISED ACTIVITIES SUCH AS NDT / NDI, Etc.
(Ref: EPM Section -3, Chapter 31)
a). Deccan Aviation has capabilities to carry out the following NDI /NDT process
1. Fluorescent- dye penetrant inspection

2. Magnetic particle inspection
3. Eddy Current inspection
4. Ultrasonic inspection.
5. Borescope Inspection
6. Coin Tap test Inspection.
b). This section outlines the policies and procedures to followed for control of procedures related to the
qualification, experience, training and examination of personnel involved in specialized activities
such as NDT / NDI
c). Detailed procedure for control of personnel’s qualification, training requirements, competency
assessment is provided in EPM Section-3, Chapter-31.
a). Qualification requirements for personnel provided in CAR section-2, Series-L, Part XIV will be
followed and no deviation will be entertained.
b). All NDT / NDI inspection will be carried out based on the specific instructions provided in the NDT
manual / standard practices manual / maintenance manual.
3.11.2 EXPERIENCE, TRAINING AND EXAMINATION
a). Experience, training and examination requirements as given in CAR Section 2 Series L Part XIV
will be followed and the same are detailed in EPM Section-3, Chapter-31.
b). Candidate must have minimum of two years of experience in NDT industry, out of which 6 months
in aviation industry.
c). Candidate must have minimum of 3 months (in last one year) of recent experience on the procedure,
by using the type of equipment or similar type of equipment owned by the company, before applying
for authorization.
3.11.3 ISSUE OF APPROVAL / AUTHORIZATION BY QUALITY MANAGER
a). Candidate having certificate of competency issued by DGCA will apply to the Quality Manager
using application for grant / renewal of approval / authorization (Form No. 005), duly signed by the
Regional engineering manager / chief engineer.

PART-3 Annexure-1
b). Candidate will be subjected to competency assessment for knowledge in use of various type
equipments owned by the organization and the standard or specific case to case procedure provided
by the TC holder in standard practices manual / NDT manual.
c). Quality Manager will issue certification authorization to the candidate to carryout the work and
certify the aircraft / component for release to service, with respect to the work.
3.11.4 CONTINUATION TRAINING AND TESTING
a). Procedure given in CAR Section 2 Series L Part XIV will be followed and the same are detailed in
EPM Section-3, Chapter-31
3.11.5 AUDITING OF STAFF AND SYSTEM
a). Auditing of staff certifying specialised activities and the system and procedures followed for
carrying out the specialised activity will be carried out once every twelve months.
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.12 CONTROL OF MANUFACTURERS’ AND OTHER MAINTENANCE WORKING TEAMS

(Ref: EPM Section -3, Chapter 16)
a). Maintenance work required to be carried out on an aircraft / engine / component which is beyond the
scope of work / capability of the organization, then manufacturer’s or other approved maintenance
team’s assistance to carryout and certify will be sought.
b). This section outlines the brief policies and procedures to be followed by the organization for control
of quantum of work, authorization of personnel, control of repair documentation such as drawings,
maintenance instructions, certification etc.
c). Detailed procedure for control of manufacturer’s and other maintenance working team is provided in
a). If any maintenance work to be carried out in the organization’s base facility or at locations away
from base, are beyond the scope of approval / capability of the organization, then assistance from
the manufacturer’s / other approved maintenance organization will be sought.
b). Assistance from manufacture, manufacturer authorized service centre or EASA / FAA /TC or
equivalent authorities approved organization will be sought to carryout work and /or certify the
work.
c). Control will be exercised by the organization in verifying the quantum of work, authorization of
personnel, materials, maintenance data or instructions, tools & equipments, environmental
conditions at the time of carrying out the work to ensure quality work is carried out on the aircraft /
component.
3.12.2 SOURCE OF WORK
a). Any major defect or damage requiring repair requiring skilled or precision working, which is beyond
the scope of the organization or capability of the personnel will be entrusted to the manufacturer /
other maintenance working team.
b). In such cases, chief engineer will liaise with the manufacturer to obtain recommendations on the
scope of work to be carried out and propose the same to the Regional Airworthiness Office for their
acceptance.
c). Manufacturer team may perform design, repair, installation and test with in the scope of their
manufacturing / maintenance approval granted by the airworthiness authority of their country.
Regional airworthiness Office, Bangalore will be intimated prior to utilizing the service to obtain
their acceptance.
d). Other maintenance working team may perform design, repair, installation and testing with in the
scope of their repair design approval / maintenance approval granted by the airworthiness authority
of their country.
e). In both the cases, the Indian Government (Ministry of Civil Aviation) must have bilateral agreement
in effect with such airworthiness authority of the country, and accept their approval process. Else,
such manufacturer or maintenance working team will not be allowed to carryout work on the
organization owned / maintained aircraft.

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.12.3 AUTHORISATION OF PERSONNEL
a). All work to be carried out by the manufacturer’s working party and other maintenance working
teams will be certified by them under their Company authorization if their MOE or equivalent
documents and their scope of approval permit them to carryout the work and certify the same.
b). In case due to various regulatory reasons, if the manufacturer working team / other maintenance
team cannot certify the work carried out by them, then the Quality Manager will permit the senior
and experienced certifying staff or base engineering manager / chief engineer who is type rated on
the model of aircraft to associate with the repair team and certify the repair under approval issued by
the company.
c). In both cases, CRS will be issued by the company authorized certifying staff only.
3.12.4 SYSTEM FOR CONTROL OF MATERIALS, WORKING INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES
a). All materials/tools/ spares required for the subject work will be supplied by the organization
procured as per procedures or the organization may ask the manufacturer / other working team to
provide the same.
b). In such cases, all parts / materials will be subjected to inspection and acceptance procedures as
described in MOE 2.2 and then issued for use.
c). Quality Manager will ensure that the one of the following criteria is fulfilled for control of
maintenance instruction and procedures
1. Use of maintenance instruction and procedures approved by the manufacturer.
2. Use of maintenance instruction and procedures approved by the Head of Engineering /

Quality of the organization, which has supplied the maintenance working team.
3. Use of maintenance instruction approved by the Quality Manager, based on the

recommendation from the manufacturer.
3.12.5 CONTROL OF DOCUMENTATION - MODIFICATION, REPAIR PROCEDURES
a). Base engineering manager / chief engineer will raise a work order i.a.w MOE 2.10 and issue the
same to the manufacturer’s / other maintenance working team.
b). Any modification / repair, recommended by the manufacturer, will also be carried out under detailed
work order raised as above.
c). Work carried out by manufacturer’s / other maintenance working team will be certified in the
respective work order and in logbooks by the authorized personnel described in sub-para 3.12.3 of
this chapter.

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.12.6 CERTIFICATION - REPAIR-REPLACEMENT-MODIFICATION-INSPECTION – OVERHAUL
a). Procedure for certification of repair, replacement, modification, inspection or overhaul will be
carried out by the authorized personnel described in sub para 3.12.3 of this chapter.
3.12.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
a). Work will be carried out in an acceptable environmental condition, which will not hamper the
execution of the work or put undue stress on the working personnel.
b). Work will not be carried out during rain, storm, icing or dusty (dust storm) conditions.
c). If work is required to be carried out in a place outside the hangar, where the temperature is higher
than moderate and acceptable (25°C to 30°C), then the working time per day will be reduced to
avoid exceeding human factor limitations.
3.12.8 FINAL CERTIFICATION TO RELEASE BY THE COMPANY
a). For any work carried out by manufacturers and other maintenance teams, the final Certificate of
Release to Service (CRS) will be issued by company authorized certification authorization Holder
after satisfying himself that the work is carried out in a proper and complete manner.
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.13 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURE

(CAR & AMC 145.30(e), EPM Section-3, Chapter-24, MOE 2.8.11, Training Manual)
a). Human factors deal with the relation between the INDIVIDUAL and
1. Data (Maintenance Data / Instructions, Organization procedures, computer data)

2. Materials (Tooling, equipment)
3. Environment (Climate, temperature, lighting, working space, noise, pollution)
4. Individual (family members, supervisors, subordinates, customers)
b). This section outlines the policy and procedures to be followed to provide human factors training to
all personnel involved in the CAR-145 maintenance organization.
c). Detailed procedure for control and conduct of human factors training procedure is provided in EPM
Section-3, Chapter-24, MOE 2.8.11 & in Training Manual.
a). Organization’s human factors approach will be based on the improvement of the relation between
the following;
1. Individual and Data.
2. Individual and Materials
3. Individual and Environment
4. Individual and Individual
b). Human factor issues, ways and means to improve and overcome the difficulties faced will be made
part of the training syllabus.
3.13.2 CATEGORIES OF STAFF TO BE TRAINED
a). All appropriate Deccan Aviation personnel will receive both initial and recurrent human factors
training. This will include:
1. Managers, supervisors
2. Certifying staff, technicians
3. Planners, technical records personnel
3.13.3 DURATION
a). Initial training will be provided to the staff within six month of joining to Deccan Aviation,
depending on the evaluation for the need of this training for the staff concerned.
b). The initial training course will be integrated within other training and a set syllabus will be followed.
The training syllabus will cover all topics as listed in training manual.

PART-3 Annexure-1
c). Human factors training will be made part of continuation training syllabus for all personnel who
attend continuation training, every 24 months.
3.13.4 REQUIREMENT FOR TRAINERS
a). Human factor trainer should meet the following minimum criteria;
1. Must have undergone a formalized training activity and having been assessed and
cleared by Quality Manager or already performed trainings.
2. Must have worked at least 3 years in a maintenance organization
3. Must have got a detailed initial training on human factors covering the syllabus of
Human factors under CAR-145 by Quality Manager or another trainer.
b). If suitable persons are not available, then the services of general industrial personality development
trainer will be utilized for imparting training after a briefing from the Quality Manager about the
human factors involved in CAR 145.
3.13.5 TRAINING METHODS AND SYLLABUS
a). Training for Human factors will be given through Audio-Visual Capsules for ease and thorough
observation of all personnel. A set syllabus is followed.
b). The training syllabus will cover all human factors topics. (Ref: AAC 3 of 2000) and the same listed
in training manual.
c). Lecture on Good Maintenance Practice will also be covered. Good Maintenance practices are listed
in EPM Section – 1, Chapter – 19.
d). Human factors training syllabus will cover the following topics, described in brief below;
1. Improvement of relations between Individual and Data (CAR 145.A.45 & CAR 145.A.65)
i). Procedures are developed taking the human factors related principles into account
and a system to report the error or ambiguities noted in Maintenance organization
procedures. Use Form No. 006 for reporting error in policies or procedures. Refer
EPM Section-3, Chapter-14 for detailed procedures.
ii). Procedures are developed to report the errors or ambiguities noted on maintenance
data / instructions. Use Form No. 027 for reporting error noted in maintenance
data / instructions. Refer EPM Section-1, Chapter-18 for detailed procedures
2. Improvement of relations between Individual and Material (CAR 145.A.40)
i). Human factors associated in management, supply and use of tooling / access
means.

PART-3 Annexure-1
3. Improvement of relations between Individual and Environment (CAR 145.A.25)
i). Human factors associated in relation to the working environment.
4. Improvement of relations between Individual and Individual
i). Human factor training syllabus includes training to all personnel to know about
their own and other’s limits. (CAR 145.A.30)
ii). Human factor consideration in planning, preparation, co-ordination and teamwork

(CAR 145.A.47).
iii). Human factor consideration associated with communication / transmission of

instructions and signing of tasks (CAR 145.A.47 and 145.A.65)
iv). Human factors related to human performance and limitations in the management
of individuals (CAR 145.A.47)
3.13.6 INITIAL & CONTINUATION TRAINING
a). Initial training will address all the personnel of the organization to get to know about the various
personnel’s to be dealt with during the course of employment.
b). Continuation training for human factors will be provided on an ongoing basis with formal training at
least once in every two years for the above mentioned personnel in order to ensure that they remain
current in terms of human factors.
c). This training will be an open two way interactive process to ensure that valuable feedback is
collected on human factor issues.
d). Continuation training may be combined with Refresher Training, will be of sufficient duration in
relation to the relevant quality audit findings and other internal/external sources of information
available on human errors in maintenance.
e). A register for human factor training programme will be maintained by Training Manager. This
register will include frequency, duration and personnel attended the training. Individual personnel
records kept in quality cell will be updated accordingly.
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.14 COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT OF PERSONNEL

(Ref: CAR 145.A.30 (e), CAR 145.A.35.f, MOE 1.7.e & EPM Section-3, Chapter-23)
a). CAR 145.A.30.e requires the organization to establish and control the competence of personnel
involved in any maintenance, management and/or quality audits in accordance with a procedure
and to a standard agreed by DGCA. In addition to the necessary expertise related to their job
function, competence assessment will include an understanding of the application of human factors
and human performance issues appropriate to that person’s function in the organization.
b). CAR 145.A.35.f requires the organization to assess all prospective certifying staff for their
competence, qualification and capability to carryout their intended certifying duties in accordance
with an established procedure prior to the issue or re-issue of a certification authorization under
CAR-145.
c). This section briefly outlines the policies and procedures adapted by the organization for, various
personnel whose competence assessment is required to be assessed, assessment procedures,
training & qualification of personnel, management competence assessment and retention of
assessment records.
a). Competence assessment of personnel involved in any maintenance, management and / or quality
audits will be carried out in accordance with established procedure and standard agreed by DGCA.
b). Competence assessment will be carried out as per established procedures and training will be
provided to those personnel who fail to qualify in the assessment.
3.14.2 PERSONNEL TO BE ASSESSED IAW CAR 145.A.30(E)
a). Personnel whose competency is required to be assessed as per established procedure are given below;
1. Personnel involved in any maintenance activity (support / certifying staff, Technicians,

Tech. services personnel, logistics / stores personnel, Specialized services staff, Foreman /
Supervisors)
2. Management personnel
3. Quality audit personnel
b). Competence of personnel involved in any maintenance, management and /or quality audits will be
carried out by a board consisting of Quality Manager and relevant technically qualified personnel.
c). Competence assessment will include assessment of the individual for knowledge on the specific
functional area of employment and an understanding of the application of human factors and human
performance issues appropriate to that person’s function in the organization

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.14.3 ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
a). Competency assessment will be done at three stages.
b). First assessment will be done during pre-induction phase, where a candidate would be assessed for
competence by the concerned Head of the Department and HR-Manager. On satisfactory
assessment, the individual will be inducted into the organization.
c). Second assessment will be done at routine basis, when they attend the continuation training. This
assessment will be done to ensure whether the individual is up-date with the current happenings
related to his field and also to refresh the basic knowledge in the respective field. Competency
assessment during continuation training will be done by Training manager or Base engineering
manager, where the continuation training is conducted.
d). Third assessment will be for the support / certifying staff including appropriately qualified persons
and task trained persons for issue of approval / authorization. The Quality Manager will constitute an
examination board for competence assessment, consisting of Quality Manager, Chief Engineer
and/or type experienced certifying personnel. On satisfactory assessment and recommendation from
the board, the Quality Manager will issue approval / authorization.
3.14.4 QUALIFICATION
a). The Regional engineering manager / Chief Engineer will ensure that all candidates whose
applications are forwarded to Quality Manager are suitably qualified and meet the company
requirement.
3.14.5 TRAINING
a). The Chief Engineer before putting up application for any candidate will ensure that the candidate has
undergone proper training as per organization requirement and meet the qualification and training
requirement for issue of approval / authorization.
b). If any employee is assessed to be low on competency to perform the function, the Quality manager /
Chief engineer will recommend and organize additional training for the person to cope up with the
requirement.
3.14.6 ASSESSORS
a). The examination board will consist of the Quality Manager, Chief Engineer and/or type trained or
authorized certifying personnel in the relevant category.
3.14.7 MANAGEMENT COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT
a). All personnel in managing positions in the engineering set up will undergo yearly periodic
management competence assessment by the Manager – HR.

PART-3 Annexure-1
3.14.8 ASSESSMENT RECORDS
a). Competency assessment will be carried out using competency assessment form (form no. 059)
b). All Assessment records will be maintained till the time the employee is working with Deccan
Aviation and thereafter for a period of one year.
c). Detailed procedure for competence assessment of maintenance personnel are provided in EPM,
********************

PART-3 Annexure-1
Qualification, Experience, Training & Competency requirement for Issue of

Various approvals / authorization by Quality Manager to support or certifying staff.
1. Basic license issued by DGCA in appropriate category or CPL/CHPL on the type aircraft
Approval to carryout 2. Minimum of four years of total aircraft maintenance experience including ab-initio
and certify BFF, training.
Transit and ALF
(Lay over) 3. 7 transit inspections carried out under the supervision of an appropriately qualified
inspections without approval holder.
snag rectification
4. Must have passed an exam conducted by Quality Manager / Auditor.
1. BAMEL in appropriate category. (LA, PE, HA, JE, RA, ES, IS, RN)
2. Minimum of five years of total aircraft maintenance experience including ab-initio

Approval to carry training.
out and certify
Minor scheduled 3. Completion of DGCA approved, internally conducted training course relevant to the
line maintenance inspection on the aircraft.
with simple defect
rectification 4. Completion of minimum of seven weekly or equivalent relevant inspections.
1. Full scope authorization / AME Licence issued by DGCA in similar aircraft.
2. Minimum of five years of total aircraft maintenance engineering experience including ab-
Approval to carryout
initio training.
and certify Line
maintenance higher
3. Satisfactory completion of CAR-147 / EASA-147 or equivalent type training on the
than weekly check
specific type aircraft at DGCA / Manufacturer approved facility.
& Defect
rectification
Approval to carryout
maintenance / 1. Type rated AME on same / similar aircraft meeting all general requirements.
inspection ( BASE
MAINTENANCE 2. Minimum of five years of total aircraft maintenance experience including ab-initio
SUPPORT STAFF) training.


PART-3 Annexure-1
Approval to carryout 1. Must have BAMEL in appropriate category.

and certify duplicate
inspection of 2. Must have total of five years of aircraft maintenance engineering experience including ab-
controls including initio training.
installation /
removal of dual 3. Must have successfully completed internal task training on inspection of controls on
controls. specific aircraft type.
4. Must have passed an oral cum practical test conducted by Quality Manager / Auditor
Approval to carryout 1. Must type rating on the specific aircraft and engine.
assembly of major
components and 2. Must have total of five years of aircraft maintenance engineering experience including ab-
issue erection initio training.
certificate
3. Must have experience of one year as support / certifying staff after obtaining type rating.
Approval to carryout 1. Must have type rating on airframe and engine.

engine ground run
Approval to carryout 1. Must have type rating on airframe and engine.

aircraft taxiing.
Approval to carryout 1. Must have passed Paper –I and II of AME examination.

inspection of parts
and materials – 2. Must have minimum of one year of experience in aviation / aviation related stores.
Stores Inspector &
Release Note 3. Must have passed an exam conducted by Quality Manager / Auditor
Signatory approval
Approval to pilots to 1. Must have CPL / CHPL on the type aircraft.

carryout and certify
duplicate inspection 2. Must have successfully completed internal task training on duplicate inspection of
of controls (valid for controls on specific aircraft type.
line stations only)
Approval to carryout 1. Must have total of five years of aircraft maintenance engineering experience including ab-
and certify duplicate initio training.
inspection after
installation / 2. Must have successfully completed internal task training on removal / installation of dual
removal of dual controls on specific aircraft type.
controls
3. Must have passed an oral cum practical test conducted by Quality Manager / Auditor.

PART-3 Annexure-1
Approval to carryout 1. Must have type rating on the engine or in similar model of engine in appropriate category.
and certify
borescope 2. Satisfactorily undergone training on bore scope inspection conducted by manufacturer or
inspection. the company or completed three bore scope inspection under an authorization holder.
3. Must have passed an oral cum practical test conducted by Quality Manager / auditor
Approval to carryout 1. Must have type rating on the aircraft in appropriate category.
weighing and
preparation of 2. Must have completed atleast one weighing under an approved support staff.
weight schedule
Approval to carryout 1. Must have type rating on the type of aircraft or in similar type of aircraft in appropriate
weight schedule re- category.
computation
Approval to carryout 1. Person holding BAMEL in relevant category of HA, JE, RA, ES, IS, RN or Diploma in
maintenance on Engineering in the appropriate branch or Degree in Engineering in the appropriate branch.
components in shop
facility – 2. Person must pass relevant modules of examination as per Annexure 1 of CAR Section-2,
Series-L, Part-X, which will be conducted by DGCA.
1. Battery shop.
3. Person must have undergone training with the manufacturer or with approved firms /
2. Wheels & organization approved to impart such training or with another person holding (holding
Brake shop. approval for 2 years) specific approvals covering the activity.
3. Helicopter 4. Person should have one year experience in the overhaul, major repairs, modifications of
dynamic the systems of components / accessories of aircraft, engines out of which six months must
components be on the overhaul, maintenance, repairs, modifications of the system etc. of the particular
overhaul shop type of aircraft component, engines or systems
5. Should have 10+2 standard with physics, chemistry and mathematics or equivalent
examination and not less than 21 years of age.
6. successfully completed oral test by board consisting of Representative of Civil Aviation

Dept, Quality Manager, Chief Engineer and Head of the particular shop
TASK TRAINED 1. Must have four years of aircraft maintenance experience, preferably with a 3 year course
AND in relevant category.
AUTHORIZED
PERSONS 2. Must have Minimum of 1 year experience on the aircraft and out of which, 6 months
maintenance experience on the relevant system / task.
3. Must have completed internal training conducted by the organization on the relevant task.
4. Must have completed a oral cum practical exam conducted by Quality Manager / auditor.

PART-3 Annexure-1
1. Adequate understanding of aircraft, components, systems and organization procedures

provided in MOE and associated procedure manuals.
2. Involved in maintenance at least six months in the preceding 24 months.(CAR 145.A.35.c

refers).
Requirement for
issue of certification 3. Completed refresher training within preceding 24 months on specific type rating of the
authorization aircraft (for renewal only). (CAR 145.A.35.d refers)
4. Licence remaining valid throughout the validity period of the authorization.
5. Must have passed an oral examination by the Quality Manager / auditor.
********************
PART-4 CONTRACTED OPERATORS PROCEDURES DATE : Aug 2008
4.1 CONTRACTED OPERATORS
INTRODUCTION
a). Organization provides maintenance and maintenance management services to various operators and
the list of such operators with the following information will be part of the Engineering procedures
manual. Section-1, Chapter-20.
1. Name of the company.

2. Type of aircraft being maintained.
3. Registration No.
4. Scope of Maintenance work contracted with the operator / owner.
5. Whether the operation contract is also entered with the owner of the aircraft.
6. Name & Contact details of the Nodal Officer
7. Scope of work being carried out for the operator as per the contract.
********************
4.2 CONTRACTED OPERATOR PROCDURES AND PAPERWORK
a. Deccan Aviation provides maintenance services under contract to maintain aircraft operated by
various operators.
b. The maintenance tasks undertaken by the organization includes scheduled and unscheduled line
maintenance including rectification of defects and replacement of components and other
maintenance tasks required as per AD/ SB issued by regulatory authority/ manufacturers. The
following maintenance management task (listed below in sub-paragraph) is also undertaken.
c. Organization will also provide maintenance service to an aircraft operator who requires their work
card / work card system / Maintenance programme & Inspection schedule to be used, then such
arrangement of carrying out maintenance as per the operator’s /other agencies approved maintenance
programme / inspection schedule will be followed. In this case, all the original completed inspection
schedules will be handed over to the operator and a copy of the records will be maintained for a
period of two years from the date of completion of the work. (CAR 145.A.45.e refers)
4.2.1 Spares management procedure
a. The responsibility of supply spares for aircraft maintained by the organization lies with the operator.
If the operator forwards a request to the organization, then the same will be supplied by the
organization as per procedures given in the Stores manual.
b. The Nodal Officer of the Operator will provide a requisition / purchase order for such spares. All
spares supplied by either by the organization directly or by the operator will be routed through the
organization stores before they are used on the aircraft.
4.2.2 Engine performance monitoring ( Engine Management Program and Reliability Monitoring)
a. All engine parameters noted by the flight crew in flight are recorded in the tech log book. Parameters
will be transferred to the Trend monitoring Book (for Rolls Royce engines only) and corrected as per
correction table. Corrected values will then be plotted in graphs.
b. The engine parameter graphs are monitored on a monthly basis by the certifying staff & Regional or
Base engineering Manager.
c. Periodic Checks of chip detectors will be carried out at manufacturers recommended scheduled
Intervals to check the health of the engine.
4.2.3 Control of maintenance programme.
a. Maintenance Programme will be prepared by the type rated or type trained engineer, on the
particular aircraft, in association with the Tech. Officer (AMP/Schedules). The same will be verified
by the Regional engineering Manager / Chief Engineer or by a person designated by the Chief
Engineer (Manager –Technical Services) for the purpose and submitted to the Regional
b. Copy of Approved maintenance programme will be circulated to all sub-base station approved for
maintenance of the type aircraft and one copy will be kept in the aircraft for ready reference.
c. Any changes to component service life / overhaul limit, inspection schedules, SB, AD, Mandatory
modifications will be monitored by the Tech. Officer (MPD/Schedules) and the same will be
incorporated into the maintenance programme and submitted for approval to Quality Manager.
d. Copies of revised maintenance programme will be circulated to all control copy holders.
4.2.4 Analysis of pages of technical log
a. All entries made in the Tech Log Pages will be analysed for legible and proper entries of sectors,
timings, defect reports, parameters, MEL Releases etc by the Tech. Officer (sub-base / records)
b. Relevant data will be entered into the FLYPAL system for maintenance monitoring by the Tech.
Officer (FLYPAL) at Bangalore base. At all line stations, the data will be entered by the Tech.
officer.
4.2.5 Control of deferred maintenance
a. All deferred defects at line stations will be intimated to the Tech. Officer (Directives &
Occurrences) at Bangalore.
b. Tech officer (Directives & Occurrences) will liaise with the type engineer or the chief engineer,
who will plan for the rectification action.
c. Tech. Officer (Directives & Occurrences) will maintain a register aircraft wise to monitor the
details of deferred defects and the maintenance action on the same.
4.2.6 Major and repetitive defect control
a. Major defect will be controlled as per procedures given in MOE 2.18.
b. Any repetitive defect will be intimated by the certifying personnel to the Regional/Base engineering
Manager / Chief engineer.
c. Repetitive defects will be analysed by a team consisting of type qualified engineer and the base /
regional engineering manager or Chief engineer. If the defect repeats more than 3 times,
manufacturer will be consulted for rectification action.
4.2.7 Aircraft damage - identification and control
a. All damages, observed by maintenance personnel or by the flight crew will be recorded in the
Tech. Logbook and suitable action taken for rectification by the certifying persons at line / base
station.
b. If the damage is more and requires major rectification action, chief engineer will be consulted for
rectification action.
4.2.8 Reporting of un-airworthy conditions.
a. Any un-airworthy conditions reported by the crew or observed by maintenance personnel will be
recorded in the Tech logbook and will be rectified prior to releasing the aircraft for further flights.
4.2.9 Control of continuous airworthiness programme.
a. All aircraft either owned by the organization or owned by other parties and maintained by the
organization will be maintained under a continuous airworthiness program to ensure that the
aircraft is airworthy at all times.
b. Continuous airworthiness is ensured by monitoring of amendments to manufacturer’s maintenance

programme ( or Chapter 4 or 5), SB’s, AD’s etc, timely amendment of the approved maintenance
programme and circulation of amended maintenance programme to all controlled copy holders for
carrying out continuous airworthiness inspection on the respective aircraft
4.2.10 Control of repair scheme.
a. All repair will be carried out as per repair manual or procedures provided by the manufacturer.
b. Minor repair scheme will be prepared in accordance with the AC-43 (Standard repair practices
manual), in the absence of specific recommendation from the manufacturer in repair manuals.
c. Minor repair will be carried out by type qualified engineer and copy of all repair drawings will be
attached to the work order.
d. All major repairs will be initiated by the type qualified engineer / regional engineering manager in
consultation with the manufacturer.
e. Repair scheme will be scrutinized by the Quality Manager and forwarded to the Regional
Airworthiness Office, Bangalore for approval.
f. Detailed procedure for carrying out repair on aircraft maintained by the organization is provided in
4.2.11 Load and Trim
a. CAR Section-2, Series-X, Part-II requires that every operator to prepare a load and trim sheet, to
indicate the composition and the distribution of total load carried on board the aircraft as well as the
calculated C.G. position for take off and landing configurations, before the commencement of the
flight.
b. Preparation of such load sheet will be the responsibility of the pilot-in-command of the flight or
persons trained for the purpose. Hence for all operators’ aircraft under maintenance with the
organization, it will be the responsibility of the pilot-in-command to ensure that proper load and
trim calculations are done before commencement of flight.
c. In case of operator, who has entrusted the operation contract of the aircraft to the organization, then
it will be the responsibility of the organization’s Pilot (in-command) to ensure that load and trim
sheet is filled up before the commencement of the flight.
4.2.12 Nodal Officer – Link Between the AMO and the Owner / Operator
a. CAR Section-2, Series-E, Part-1 requires that every owner / operator who has contracted the
maintenance of their aircraft to an AMO, to appoint a Nodal Officer to enhance the airworthiness
control system.
b. Manager – Technical Services will provide the following information to the Nodal officer on
periodic basis
Copy of organisation’s approval, scope and capability Before commencement of contract and if
there is any change in the scope / capability.
Request to provide technical literatures as per the terms and Once in a year
conditions of the contract.
Intimation about the Inspections and Component replacements Once in three months
falling due on the aircraft
Request to provide spares / consumables for inspections Once in three months
c. Nodal officer will be provided with access to the aircraft and the maintenance bay to enable him to
carryout checks / surveillance, while the maintenance is in progress.
********************
4.3 CONTRACTED OPERATOR’S RECORDS COMPLETION

a). Completion and preservation of maintenance records of operator’s aircraft will be the responsibility
of the maintenance organization.
4.3.1 COMPLETING OPERATOR'S LOG BOOKS
a). The operator’s logbooks will be updated and certified for maintenance task as per EPM Section-3,
Chapter-18.
4.3.2 KEEPING THE OPERATOR'S TECHNICAL RECORDS
a). All other technical records such as completed inspection schedules, task cards, off job sheets, record
of completed ADs, SBs, and modifications, pages of technical log, etc., will be maintained and
retained by the maintenance organization as per procedures given in EPM Section-3, Chapter-17.
4.3.3 RETENTION OF RECORDS ON BEHALF OF OPERATORS

(CAR 145.55c & EPM Section-1, Chapter-20)
a). All log books and technical records belonging to operator’s aircraft will be preserved for two years
from the date of completion of the work. However all original log books and other technical records
will be transferred to operators on completion of the contracted period.
b). Detailed company procedure for completion, preservation, handing over and retention of Operator’s
records are explained in EPM Section-1, Chapter-20.
********************
Part -5 DATE : Aug 2008

Forms
5.1 SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS
a). MOE and associated procedure manuals refers to use various forms for seamless flow of information
and for traceability of the originator, authorising person etc.
b). Sample of all documents are provided in forms manual. Each forms are serially numbered (Form
Number) in the forms manual for ease of identification.
c). Each form will be provided with the details such as no. of copies to be printed and to the concerned
to whom the filled up form is supposed to be sent to.
d). Forms manual consist of index which list out all forms as per the form number.
********************

Forms
5.2 LIST OF SUB – CONTRACTORS
a. Presently, no work is being sub-contracted.
b. List of sub-contactor will be provided in LPM Chapter-14, as when a sub-contractor is approved and
designated.
********************

Forms
5.3 LIST OF LINE MAINTENANCE STATIONS
a). Stations approved for Line Maintenance for various aircraft are given below;
CHENNAI Bell 407 Helicopter
VIZAG Bell 206L4 Helicopter
KATRA Bell 206L3 Helicopter
KOPPAL Cessna Citation CJ1+ airplane

Cessna Caravan 208B airplane
TORNAGALLU Cessna Caravan 208B airplane
********************

Forms
5.4 LIST OF CONTRACTED CAR-145 ORGANIZATION AS PER CAR-145.70 (a) (16)
a). List of CAR-145 organization contracted to obtain services beyond the scope of the organization
will be listed in the LPM Chapter-14
PART-6 DATE : Aug 2008

OPERATOR’S MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
6. OPERATOR’S MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
a). Organization is issued with a NSOP by the DGCA for operating non-scheduled services.
b). Since organization is a CAR-145 Approved Maintenance Organization as well as a DGCA Approved
Non–Scheduled Operator, it has its own approved quality system and maintenance procedures which
are compiled in accordance with the relevant Civil Aviation Requirements issued by DGCA for
maintenance and operation of aero planes and helicopters
c). The details of such approved maintenance procedures are enlisted in this chapter.
6.1 BASIC MAITNENANCE PROCEDURES
a). Organization is holding maintenance approval to carry out maintenance of various aero planes and
helicopters and the engine’s installed thereon as per the scope of approval granted from Regional
b). In order to ensure proper and effective maintenance, all maintenance procedure including basic, special
and unscheduled maintenance tasks are carried out at main base / sub-base / line stations within the
scope of approval granted by the Airworthiness Office.
c). Higher maintenance activities above the granted scope of approval are carried out at the aircraft /
engine manufacturer approved facility.
d). The basic maintenance procedure as per manufacturer’s guideline ranges from pre-flight inspection to
the highest scheduled maintenance inspection, which will be carried out at specified intervals.
e). Compliance of basic maintenance procedures, do include replacement of calendar time limited items,
lifed components, items due for overhaul / bench checks, tests on condition items, in-situ functional
checks, lubrication, hydraulic servicing, compliance of modification, etc.
f). Rectification of flight crew reported/ground crew observed defects are carried out and certified by
appropriately approved support staff and aircraft released to service by qualified certifying staff.
g). Any changes in periodicity or inspection contents as approved by Regional Airworthiness Office will
be implemented by additional call-outs which will become part of the monitoring of aircraft
maintenance status.
h). The major maintenance schedule or periodic check as per approved maintenance task is carried out at
specific intervals.
i). The aircraft is subjected to inspection which includes scheduled maintenance task like replacement of
life limited items, component due for replacement/overhaul, bench check for on-condition items,
special inspection like NDT techniques, major modifications, repairs, structural inspection including
ageing airplane program, corrosion prevention and control program (CPCP).
j). Unscheduled maintenance task are the follow-up actions on inspection observation, carried forward
defects, opportunity inspection, replacement of prematurely failed components, compliance of Alert
Service Bulletins, inspection after Hard Landing, inspection after Bird Strike etc.

k). The periodic checks or major maintenance may be subject to life development program which is
normally an escalation within the maximum period detailed in Maintenance planning document of
the manufacturers, based on operating experience and will be carried out under the approval of
DGCA.
l). Any approved life development will be carried out for the basic maintenance tasks only and
excludes controlled life items, calendar/cycle based specific inspection / replacement, and
servicing tasks.
6.2 ENGINE PERFORMANCE MONITORING (TREND MONITORING)
a). The satisfactory performance of an engine involves monitoring various parameters like, oil
consumption, oil temperature, vibration, N1, N2, fuel flow, thrust, EGT, etc within the permissible
limits as per engine maintenance manual during operation.
b). These parameters will be continuously monitored to assess the condition of engine in service. The
parameters are monitored in such a way to assess the internal gas path conditions as well as
mechanical conditions.
c). Basically the engine performance/trend monitoring is carried out based on individual engine
manufacturer’s recommendation and program.
d). However, engine parameters normally used to monitor the internal condition of engines in flight
covers EGT, Fuel Flow, N1 and N2 (at a particular power / thrust rating) that are indicative of
engine gas path performance.
e). The engine vibration, oil pressure and oil temperature, reflects the engine’s mechanical condition.
f). Apart from recording the above parameters in cruise flight, the other parameters like Aircraft
Forward Speed, the ambient temperature and the altitude of the flight that will have influence on
engine performance is also recorded in the Tech. Logbook.
g). These parameters are scrutinized by support / Certifying Staff and corrective actions taken
whenever recorded parameters show performance deterioration.
h). Similarly performance related defects recorded by the flight crew for each sector are also analyzed
by support / Certifying Staff and corrective action taken prior to releasing the aircraft for further
flight.
i). The engine parameters recorded in the tech log book will be scrutinized by the support / certifying
staff to assess the degradation and take corrective measures.
j). The engine oil consumption will also be continuously monitored for any abnormal increase by the
support / certifying staff.
k). The Trend Monitoring program given by the manufacturer evaluates engine performance by
computing deviations of observed / recorded in-flight data from baseline values representing
typical performance for the particular engine-airframe combination involved.
l). Detailed procedures of trend monitoring are provided in EPM, Section -4, Chapter-15
********************

6.3 ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
a). Oil quantity added to each engine on every occasion is recorded in the tech log book to monitor
oil consumption by the support / Certifying Staff.
b). It will be the responsibility of the certifying staff carrying out inspections above 100hrs /150hrs
to add up the total quantity of the oil consumed since last inspection and calculate the average
oil consumption as given below.
c). The average oil consumption is normally given by the manufacturer in the engine operation &
maintenance manual which is compared with the average oil consumption calculated from the
recording in the tech. log book and corrective actions are taken as per maintenance manual in
case of any abnormality is noticed before releasing the engine for further flight.
Oil Consumption = Total Oil Consumption

Block Time in Hours
6.4 POWER ASSURANCE CHECK
a). Aircraft manufacturer provides the procedure for carrying out the power assurance check and
related charts in the respective flight manual of the aircraft. CAR Section-2, Series-O, Part-1
requires the pilot in command to ensure before take of, that the aircraft develops required
power.
b). Power assurance check will be carried out at the intervals as specified by the manufacturer.
Detailed procedures for power assurance check is provided in EPM, Section-4, Chapter-16
6.5 CONTINUED AIRWORTHINESS OF AGED AIRCRAFT
a). The DGCA Airworthiness Advisory Circular and relevant Civil Aviation Requirements provide
necessary guidelines for ensuring continued air worthiness and maintenance of aged aircraft.
Aged aircraft are those defined as aircrafts that have passed 20 years since manufacture.
b). Normally, the aircraft manufacturer provides ageing aircraft maintenance program to ensure
continued air worthiness so that proper adherence of the program in maintenance can take care
of the of significant structural items/members before they fail.
c). Ageing aircraft program document may consist of service bulletins requiring structural
inspection of specific areas, Supplemental Structural Inspection Document (SSID) specific to
aging aircraft, repair and modification program, and Corrosion Prevention and Control Program
(CPCP).
d). Ageing aircraft program provided by the manufacturers is declared mandatory by the regulatory
authorities that need implementation, as per the program laid down at stipulated intervals.
e). The ageing aircraft program is separate from the normal maintenance program and is to be
complied as per the relevant document at the threshold given.

f). It is very important while carrying out ageing aircraft program, that all minor and major defects
will be thoroughly analyzed and investigated and cause established and corrective action taken
so that the occurrence of such defects minimized, if not eliminated totally.
g). All records related to ageing aircraft program will be properly maintained and preserved.
6.6 CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION
a). Rule 5 of Aircraft rule requires that no person will fly or assist in flying any aircraft unless it has
been registered and bears its nationality and registration marks. CAR Section-2 Series-F Part-1,
lists out the procedure for obtaining the certificate of Registration. Organization will follow the
requirements provided in the above rule.
b). Company procedure for obtaining Certificate of Registration for aircraft imported into the
country or purchased with in the country are provided in EPM, Section-1, Chapter-1
6.7 AEROMOBILE STATION LICENSE
a). Aircraft Rule 9, sub-rule 3 and rule-57 requires that every aircraft will be fitted and equipped
with radio apparatus as may be specified according to the use and circumstances under which
the flight is to be conducted.
b). CAR Section-2, Series-R, Part-II, describes the procedures and requirements to be complied
with for installation of airborne communication, navigation and radar equipment. Organization
will follow the requirements provided in the above rule.
c). Company procedures for obtaining Aeromobile station license for aircraft imported into the
country or purchased with in the country or after installation of radio equipments on Indian
registered aircraft are provided in EPM, Section-1, Chapter-2.
6.8 ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
a). CAR Section – 2, Series-F, Part-III, provides information for guidance and compliance by
operators for obtaining certificate of airworthiness for aircraft imported into the country or
acquired with in India.
b). Company procedures for obtaining certificate of airworthiness for aircraft are provided in EPM,
6.9 REVIEW OF CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
a). Airworthiness Review is required to be carried out once in a year, from the date of issue /
renewal / last review. CAR Section-2, Series-F Part-III provides the procedure to be followed
for review of C of A.
b). Company procedures for carrying out the review of C of A is provided in EPM, Section-1,
Chapter-4

6.10 RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
a). Renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness is required to be carried out 5yr /2yrs /1yr interval
based on the life of aircraft since manufacture. Validity of C of A is provided in the C of A
document.
b). Company procedures for renewal of certificate of airworthiness is provided in EPM, Section-1,
Chapter-5
6.11 ISSUE OF EXPORT C OF AIRWORTHINESS
a). Any Indian registered aircraft when exported out of India should be accompanied with the
export Certificate of Airworthiness issued by the DGCA.
b). Company procedures for obtaining export C of A is provided in EPM, Section-1, Chapter-6
6.12 QUALITY CHECK OF FUEL
a). Fuel Uplifted on the aircraft: It will be the responsibility of the pilot in command to check the
quality of the fuel being uplifted on the aircraft.
b). Fuel stored in Barrels / Bowser: It will be the responsibility of the support / certifying staff /
Engineering Manager / In-charge of the base / line station to control the quality of fuel uplifted
in Barrels / Bowser.
c). Detailed procedures to be followed to ensure dispensation of quality fuel into the aircraft are
6.13 QUALITY CHECK OF OIL
a). Certifying staff / authorized persons releasing the aircraft to service is responsible to check the
quality of oil in the components such as MGB, TGB, IGB etc.
b). Detailed procedure to be followed to ensure quality of oil in the aircraft component is provided
in EPM, Section-4, and Chapter-18.
6.14 QUALITY CHECK OF HYDRAULIC FLUID
a). Certifying staff / authorized persons releasing the aircraft to service is responsible to check the
quality of hydraulic fluid in the aircraft.
b). Detailed procedure to be followed to ensure quality of hydraulic fluid is provided in EPM,

6.15 FERRY FLIGHT PERMISSION
a). CAR Section-2, Part-VII specifies the circumstances under which an aircraft without valid /
suspended / deemed to have suspended C of A may be permitted by DGCA to undertake ferry
flight and the procedure for issue of ferry flight permit. Organization will not fly an aircraft not
meeting the airworthiness requirements unless ferry flight permit is obtained.
b). Detailed company procedures for obtaining ferry flight permit is provided in EPM, Section-3,
Chapter-27
6.16 WEIGHING OF AIRCRAFT
a). CAR Section-2, Series-X, Part-1 provides the frequency of the weighment and preparation of
weight schedule. Organization will follow the requirements provided in the CAR.
b). Authorization for carrying out weighing and / or computation of weight schedule will be
provided by the quality manager after carrying out examination of the personnel.
c). Detailed company procedures for the frequency of the weighment, format of weight schedule,
qualification requirement for the personnel to issue authorization for carrying out weighing and
/ or computation of weight schedule are provided in EPM, Section-4, Chapter-20
6.17 CARRIAGE OF DOCUMENTS ON BOARD THE AIRCRAFT
a). CAR Section-2, Series-X, Part-VII, provides the documents to be carried on board the Indian
registered aircraft. Organization’s maintenance and operation personnel responsible for the
flight will ensure that all required documents are on board before commencement of flight.
b). Detailed company procedures for ensuring that all required documents are carried on board the
aircraft are provided in EPM, Section-4, Chapter-13.
6.18 CVR / DFDR READ OUTS AND RECORDING INTEGRITY
a). CAR Section-2, Series-I, Part V and VI provides the fitment and maintenance requirements of
FDR and CVR on Indian registered aircraft. Quality Manager will ensure that the aircraft
operated by the organization meets the requirements given in the above mentioned CAR.
b). Detailed procedure for maintenance and read out requirements of CVR and FDR are provided in
EPM, Section-4, Chapter-21.

6.19 TEST FLIGHTS
a). CAR Section-2, Series-T, Part-II provides the requirement of flight testing of aircraft for which
a C of A has previously been issued.
b). It will be the responsibility of the certifying authorized personnel to be aware of test flight
requirements and release the aircraft for test flight accordingly.
c). Detailed company procedure for flight testing of aircraft operated by the organization is
provided in EPM, Section-4, Chapter-22
6.20 FIRST-AID KIT
a). CAR Section-2, Series-X, Part-III lays down the requirement for placement and use of first aid
kit on the Indian registered aircraft.
b). Certifying authorization holder is responsible to ensure that the first aid kit meeting the above
CAR requirements is on board before releasing the aircraft for service.
c). Detailed company procedure for placement and certification of first aid kit is provided in EPM
6.21 FURNISHING MATERIALS
a). CAR Section-2, Series-X, Part-IV provides the requirement of use of standard furnishing
material in crew, passenger, cargo or baggage compartment.
b). It will be the responsibility of the Head-Logistics to procure furnishing material meeting the
above CAR requirements while placing orders for furnishing materials.
c). Detailed company procedures for use of furnishing material and testing after dry cleaning of
such furnishing material are provided in EPM, Section-4, Chapter-23
6.22 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (MEL)
a). CAR Section-2, Series-B, Part-1 specifies the procedure for framing, approval and the use of
acceptable deficiency list (MEL).
b). Manager-Technical Services in consultation with the type rated engineer & chief pilot will
prepare the MEL for each aircraft operated by the organization and submit to the quality
manager for scrutiny.
c). After scrutiny, quality manager will submit the MEL for provisional approval to the Regional
Airworthiness Office, Bangalore. Till such time, the approval for MEL is not granted by the
DGCA (HQ), the provisional copy will be carried on board and followed.

d). Until the provisional approval for MEL is granted by the Regional Airworthiness Office,
Bangalore, no aircraft will be released for flight with defects / damage as per sub-rule (5) of rule
60 of Aircraft Rules, 1937.
6.23 PROCEDURE FOR CERTIFYING THE COMPONENTS FROM AN ACCIDENTAL AIRCRAFT
a). Organization will follow the guide lines stipulated in Airworthiness Advisory Circular 4 of 2003
dated 30th October 2003 on “Return to Service of Aircraft Items – Recovered from the
Aircraft involved in accidents / incidents for use of components from an aircraft that has met
with an accident /incident.
b). When ever there is an occasion for use of such parts, organization will follow guidelines to use
such parts on a serviceable aircraft with due permission from DGCA HQ through a request to
the Regional Airworthiness Office.
6.24 AERIAL WORK OPERATIONS
a). Organization conducts special operations using aircraft which are classified as Aerial work
aircraft. Such operations are under slung cargo transportation, survey of area using under slung
survey equipments, flower dropping etc.
b). Chief Engineer and the Certifying authorization holder is responsible for ensuring the following
1. Equipments having approved (approved by airworthiness authority of the country with

which India (Ministry of Civil Aviation) has bi-lateral agreements to accept/validate their
type certificate approvals) supplemental type certification for installation on specific model
of the aircraft are only fitted as per the instruction installation.
2. Instructions/ Inspections for continued airworthiness is carried out as specified in the

continuous airworthiness instructions provided by the supplemental type certificate holder.
3. Any weight change due to installation / removal is documented in the weight & balance
section of the flight manual.
4. Necessary flight manual supplement is inserted in the flight manual.
c). Detailed procedures to be followed for installation of special mission oriented equipments and
to ensure continued airworthiness are provided in EPM Section-4, Chapter-24.

6.25 CARRIAGE OF ACCEPTABLE DANGEROUS GOODS
a). Carriage of Dangerous goods as cargo movement will be governed by Operation’s Manual of
the operator. Due maintenance reasons, items classified as Dangerous goods may have to be
carried on board to facilitate maintenance activities. For example: Sealed battery for engine start
at outstations, Adhesives / Compounds required for sealing etc.
b). In such cases, the quantity allowable for safe carriage will only be carried on board in the cargo
compartment. Necessary precautions recommended by Dangerous Goods Manual (ICAO
document no. 9284-AN/905) will be undertaken.
c). Detailed company procedures for carriage of acceptable dangerous goods are provided in EPM
Section- 2, Chapter -3.
********************

Moe - 15

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Moe - 15

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION

DECCAN AVIATION LIMITED

Name of MOE Holder Location Copy No.

MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION EXPOSITION REV NO : 01

REVISION RECORD DATE : Aug 2008

Revision Revision Details of Pages Revised Incorporated Date

Rev. 1 Aug. 2008 All Pages

Part Title Page No

Part Title Page No

Part Title Page No

Part Title Page No

Part Title Page No

Part Title Page No

Part Title Page No

Name of MOE Holder Location Copy No.

MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION EXPOSITION REV NO : 01

DATE : Aug 2008

CAR Civil Aviation Requirements

DAL Deccan Aviation Limited

FDR Flight Data Recorder

IATA International Air Transport Association

JAA Joint Aviation Authorities

LMP Line Maintenance Procedures

MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION EXPOSITION REV NO : 01

DATE : Aug 2008

MEL Minimum Equipment List

NDT Non Destructive Test

OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer

PART – 0 DATE : Aug. 2008

Part - 0 General Organization

PART – 0 DATE : Aug. 2008

s). Detailed procedure of amendment is described at para 1.11 of this MOE

PART – 0 DATE : Aug. 2008

Component Component means any engine, propeller, part or appliance.

Maintenance Maintenance Organization Exposition means the document or documents that

DATE : Aug 2008

1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER

DATE : Aug 2008

1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY

1.2.1 ORGANIZATION’S GOAL

NO HARM TO THE PEOPLE &

NO DAMAGE TO THE ENVIRONMENT.

DATE : Aug 2008

1.2.2 SAFETY POLICY

Good Safety performance is important to the success of Aviation business.

• Recognize SAFETY as a prime consideration at all times

• Adopt Safety management in the organization

• Apply human factor principles to all our decisions

regulations is the duty of all personnel.

• Consult, listen and respond openly to our staff and customers.

• Recognize those who contribute to improve safety performance

Col. Jayanth Poovaiah (Retd)

DATE : Aug 2008

1.2.3 QUALITY POLICY

Quality Policy of the organization is stated below

• TO PROVIDE HIGHEST STANDARDS OF QUALITY SERVICE TO OUR CUSTOMERS.

• TO CONSTANTLY STRIVE & IMPROVE THE STANDARDS, THERE BY MAINTAINING

Capt. Jayanth Poovaiah (Retd)

DATE : Aug 2008

1.3 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

i). Accountable Manager ; Col. Jayanth Poovaiah (Retd).

ii). Quality Manager : Mr. R. Meenakshisundaram